JP2023101702A - game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of heightening expectation to acquisition of bonanza.SOLUTION: A game machine includes performance execution means capable of executing a suggestive performance for performing winning suggestion of a special game by using a performance pattern different from a special pattern. The performance execution means executes display notification in a privilege mode based on notification of winning in the special game, and performs privilege notification related to suggestion capable of executing the special game continuously. Thus, interest of a player playing a game can be improved effectively when performing privilege notification at the execution time of winning notification.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 50

Description

The present disclosure relates to gaming machines such as pachinko gaming machines.

Conventionally, in a pachinko game machine, on the condition that a game ball enters a starting hole (ball entry hole), a big win determination is performed to determine whether or not a big win has occurred. When a big hit determination is made, a variable display of special symbols is performed to notify the result of the big hit determination. In the variable display of the special symbols, when the result of the jackpot determination is a jackpot, a jackpot game advantageous to the player is executed (see Patent Document 1).

In the gaming machine according to Patent Document 1, the expectation of the player is heightened by executing a notice performance suggesting the possibility that the big win game will be executed during the variable display of the special symbols, or by putting the game machine into a win easy state (time-saving state) in which the game ball is more likely to enter the starting hole than in the normal game state after the big win game is executed.

Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2022-145786

However, the conventional technology as described above has a problem that it is difficult to say that the player's expectation for winning the jackpot is sufficiently raised.

Accordingly, the present disclosure has been made in view of such problems, and aims to provide a gaming machine capable of increasing the interest in games played by players.

According to one aspect, in a gaming machine comprising win/fail determination means capable of determining win/fail for awarding a special game advantageous to a player; notification control means capable of executing notification of either a predetermined win or a specific win that is more advantageous than the predetermined win based on the result of the determination; To provide a game machine which enables a suggestive effect to be a second mode display after a first mode display for identifying a performance pattern when a hit report can be executed, and in the second mode display, an execution mode showing at least one of a privilege report exceeding a game profit obtained in one special game or a privilege report capable of performing a new special game continuously.

According to the present disclosure, it is possible to improve interest in games played by players.

It is a front view of the pachinko game machine according to the present embodiment. It is a schematic front view showing a second big winning device and the like provided in the pachinko gaming machine. It is an enlarged view of the A portion shown in FIG. 1, and is a view showing display devices provided in the gaming machine. It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the main control board side of the pachinko gaming machine. It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the sub-control board side of the same pachinko game machine. It is the table|surface which shows the various random numbers which the microcomputer for game control acquires. (A) A special random number determination table. (B) A jackpot symbol type determination table. (C) A small winning symbol type determination table. (D) A reach determination table. (E) A time-saving design type determination table. It is a big hit design type determination table and a small hit design type determination table, and is a table for explaining the types of big hits and small hits. (A) It is a normal figure hit determination table. (B) It is a type determination table of normal figure. (C) Normal figure fluctuation pattern determination table. (D) An electric chew open pattern determination table. It is a special figure variation pattern determination table. It is a specific table of the special figure winning command. 4 is a flowchart of main control main processing; 10 is a flowchart of main-side timer interrupt processing; 6 is a flowchart of sensor detection processing; It is a flow chart of gate passage processing. 4 is a flowchart of normal operation processing; 4 is a flowchart of special action processing; It is a flowchart of a special symbol standby process. It is a flowchart of big hit determination processing. It is a flow chart of variation pattern selection processing. It is a flowchart of processing during special symbol fluctuation. It is a flowchart of special design decision processing. It is a flowchart of a game state management process. It is a flow chart of special electric auditors processing 1 (jackpot game). It is a flowchart of a game state setting process. It is a flowchart of special electric auditors processing 2 (small winning game). It is a flowchart of special electric auditors processing 2 (small winning game). 9 is a flowchart of distribution member control processing; It is a timing chart showing the opening pattern of the second large winning opening and the operation pattern of the distribution member according to the type of the small winning symbol. 8 is a flowchart of specific area sensor detection processing; 9 is a flowchart of sub-control main processing; 10 is a flowchart of 1 ms timer interrupt processing; 10 is a flowchart of 10 ms timer interrupt processing; It is a flow chart of look-ahead effect execution processing (part 1). 4 is a time chart of pending change notice; It is a flow chart of a look-ahead effect execution process (part 2). It is a figure explaining a game flow (the 1). (A) is a diagram showing a background image in the daytime background mode; (B) is a diagram showing a background image in the night background mode; (C) A diagram showing a background image in flame background mode. It is explanatory drawing which shows the specific example of normal fluctuation|variation in fluctuation|variation production|presentation. It is explanatory drawing which shows the specific example of N reach (normal reach) in variable production|presentation. It is explanatory drawing which shows the specific example of the SP reach in variable production|presentation. It is explanatory drawing which shows the specific example of the battle reach in variable production|presentation. It is explanatory drawing which shows the specific example of production|presentation development after a small hit game. It is a time chart of production (1) of turning point notification. It is a figure which shows an example of the production|presentation aspect (1) of turning point alert|reporting. 10 is a flowchart of milestone notification processing (part 1); It is a time chart of the production|presentation (2) of turning point alerting|reporting. It is a figure which shows an example of the production|presentation aspect (part 2) of turning point alert|reporting. 10 is a flowchart of a milestone notification process (part 2); It is a time chart (part 1) regarding the execution of the notification effect and the continuous special game. It is a time chart (part 2) regarding the execution of the notification effect and the continuous special game. It is a figure which shows an example which concerns on the privilege aspect of a production design. It is a flow chart of privilege design information processing. It is a display mode table of a pending icon. FIG. 11 is an explanatory diagram showing a specific example of effect variation including a pending icon; It is a flowchart of a reliability suggestion notification process. It is explanatory drawing which shows the specific example of the advance notification which can be performed in the introductory production. 9 is a flowchart of redisplay notification processing; FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing a specific example of an effect related to an operation instruction image; 9 is a flowchart of input suggestion notification processing; It is a figure explaining a game flow (the 2).

In the embodiment for carrying out the present invention (hereinafter referred to as "the present embodiment"), a pachinko game machine 1 in which game balls are used as the game media used for the game and can be played by shooting the game balls toward the game board surface will be described as an example.

In the following description, technical matters and the like that are well known to those skilled in the art may be simplified or omitted. In addition, terms that are commonly used by those skilled in the art may be used without explanation of definitions of the terms. Below, supplementary content written in parentheses is an example, and is not limited to the supplementary content.

[Overview of Basic Game Progress of Pachinko Machine 1]
The pachinko gaming machine 1 exemplified below satisfies a predetermined lottery implementation condition (acquisition of determination information/acquisition of a determination element) when a game ball enters a predetermined ball entrance (game progress) provided on a game board surface (game area 3 where the game ball flows down) that allows the game ball fired in response to a predetermined operation (rotating operation of the handle) to be accepted (entered) by the player.

Based on a predetermined trigger (timing to start lottery determination based on the First-In, First-Out system/fulfillment of game conditions/fulfillment of requirements to start lottery determination/final determination) caused by the fulfillment of the predetermined lottery execution conditions, the variable display of the identification pattern (special symbol related to the entry of the ball into the starting port or the normal symbol related to the entry of the ball into the gate 28) will be started on the display device for the gaming machine (symbol display device/seg display unit).

When a predetermined fluctuation time elapses after the start of the variable display of the identification pattern, the identification pattern is stop-displayed in a predetermined type of stop display mode corresponding to the result of the predetermined lottery (judgment/whether or not of the lottery element), thereby enabling the progress of the game for deriving the game result (notification of whether or not the game is successful).

In addition, during the variable display of the above-mentioned identification symbols, the performance display device (liquid crystal) for the gaming machine enables the variable display of one or more performance symbols, and the performance notification (movie display with the predetermined symbols) related to the game progress (during the variable display) according to a predetermined performance scenario (performance variation pattern) that takes into account the result of the predetermined lottery. , and the game property is such that the player's expectations for the game profit (prize balls, privilege status, useful information) that can be obtained thereafter can be heightened.

Then, when the mode type of the identification symbol that is stopped and displayed becomes a winning result (stop display of the identification symbol for winning) that can be shifted to a special game (big win or small win) that is more advantageous to the player than the normal game, a predetermined movable part (opening/closing device) provided corresponding to a predetermined specific ball entrance (winning opening or big winning opening) that is in a state (closed) that makes it difficult to enter a ball during a normal game on the game board can be operated to make it easy to enter (open). , and the game property is such that the player can obtain a predetermined game profit based on entering the game ball into the specific ball entrance.

The execution condition (start) of the predetermined movable part described above may be caused by notification of the winning result, or may be caused by entering a game ball into a predetermined specific ball entry area after notification of the winning result (satisfying predetermined operation requirements).

Furthermore, after the end of the above-mentioned special game, the probability change state in which the winning probability of the predetermined lottery is higher than the probability corresponding to the normal game (low probability state), and / or the time reduction state (hereinafter sometimes referred to as time reduction state, time reduction game state, time reduction) that can make the execution efficiency related to the variable display of the identification pattern higher than during the normal game. This advantageous state can be implemented based on the achievement of a predetermined start condition (lottery result, the number of games played, detection of a predetermined ball entry, after the end of a predetermined game state, etc.), thereby making it possible to proceed with a game that enhances the interest of the game.

[Structure of game machine]
A pachinko gaming machine 1 (hereinafter also referred to as the pachinko gaming machine 1) of the present embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. As shown in FIG. 1 , the pachinko game machine 1 of the embodiment includes a game machine frame 50 and a game board 2 mounted inside the game machine frame 50 . Of the game machine frame 50, a front frame 51 that can be opened and closed (rotary support) so as to expose the game board 2 has a transparent window (glass plate) 3C that allows the game board 2 to be seen as a whole, a handle 60a for shooting game balls with a shooting intensity corresponding to the rotation angle, a batted ball supply tray (upper tray) 61 that stores game balls, and a surplus ball tray (lower tray) that stores game balls that cannot be accommodated in the batted ball supply tray 61. ) 62 are provided.

In addition, the front frame 51 is provided with an effect button 63 and a select button 64 (see the plan view within the dashed line in FIG. 1) that the player can operate during the effect that is executed as the game progresses. A frame lamp 66 and a speaker 67 for decoration are provided on the front frame 51 . The production button 63 has an internal light emitter (not shown) and a vibrating device 63b built therein.

In the pachinko game machine 1, the production button 63 emits light by emitting light from the internal light emitter. Moreover, the production button 63 vibrates by vibrating the vibrating device 63b. There are multiple types of light emitting modes of the internal light emitter. Specifically, the luminous mode of the internal luminous body includes a white luminous mode in which the internal luminous body emits white light, a yellow luminous mode in which the internal luminous body emits yellow light, a red luminous mode in which the internal luminous body emits red light, and the like.

In the present embodiment, the input of the effect button 63 is validated at the time of activation of the predetermined effect during the variation of the special symbol or during the predetermined hit state, or at the time of selection of one of the plurality of effects, etc., and at this time, it is executed so that the internal light emitter may emit light of a predetermined color and/or the vibrating device 63b may vibrate in a predetermined pattern.

At this time, by inputting a performance button 63 (single press, long press, repeated hits, etc.), it is possible to activate a predetermined performance or to select and determine one of a plurality of performances.

The game board 2 is surrounded by a rail member 4 and formed with a game area 3 in which a game ball shot by operating a handle 60a flows down. The game board 2 is provided with board lamps 5 (see FIG. 5) for decoration. The game area 3 is provided with a plurality of game pegs (not shown) for guiding game balls.

The handle 60a shown in FIG. 1 is designed to discharge air from a discharge hole 60c, which is blown from an air blower (pump actuator) 60b built in the handle 60a during a game (during a variable display of special symbols).

Specifically, the air blower 60b is configured as a pump actuator capable of continuously generating instantaneous wind. However, the present invention is not limited to the configuration of the pump actuator, and instead of the pump actuator, any other air blowing device (for example, a fan such as an electric fan) that can arbitrarily generate wind may be used.

Further, in the present embodiment, the pump actuator is driven in conjunction with the variable display of the effect pattern or the effect display of the predetermined pattern (operation instruction image 63c, etc.) performed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 to enable the wind to be generated.

Therefore, in the vicinity of the palm of the player who grips the handle 60a near the front side of the pachinko game machine 1, a blow effect based on the discharge of wind generated from the blower device 60b (sensory information perceivable by touch) can be given to the player who grips the lever part 60e (turns on the touch switch 114 (see FIG. 4)) and rotates.

In addition, in the vicinity of the front side of the pachinko game machine 1 (in the vicinity of the batted ball supply tray 61), a vibration effect based on the vibration generated by the vibrating device 63b (sensory information perceivable by touch) can be given to the player who presses the effect button 63 (turns on the effect button detection switch 63a (see FIG. 5)/predetermined input processing).

As a modification, the blower 60b or the vibration device 63b may be provided at an appropriate position in the front side of the pachinko game machine 1 as long as it is a position capable of imparting tactile sensory information (wind/vibration) to the player sitting in front of the pachinko game machine 1.

For example, a vibrating device 63b is provided in the handle 60a, and the vibration generated by the vibrating device 63b (sensory information perceivable by touch) is transmitted to the vicinity of the front side of the pachinko game machine 1 (around the palm where the player grips the handle 60a). Further, a blower 60b may be provided in the speaker 67 so that air can be sent out from a discharge hole provided on the front side of the speaker 67 to the vicinity of the front side of the pachinko game machine 1 (around the face of the player who visually recognizes the image display device 7).

Further, as shown in FIG. 1, an image display device 7, which is a liquid crystal display device, is provided near the center of the game area 3. As shown in FIG. The display screen (display unit, display area) 7a of the image display device 7 has a variable display (variable display) of the first special symbol (hereinafter also referred to as special symbol 1) and the second special symbol (hereinafter also referred to as special symbol 2), which will be described later.

The performance symbol display area is composed of, for example, three display areas of "left", "middle" and "right". A left effect pattern 8L is displayed in the left display area, a medium effect pattern 8C is displayed in the middle display area, and a right effect pattern 8R is displayed in the right display area. Each of the performance symbols is composed of a plurality of symbols representing numbers "1" to "9", for example.

The image display device 7 displays the result of the variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 displayed on the special figure 1 display device 41a and the special figure 2 display device 41b (see FIG. 3) described later (that is, the result of the jackpot lottery) in an easy-to-understand manner by combining the left, middle and right performance patterns.

For example, when a jackpot is won, the production pattern is stopped and displayed with double numbers such as "777". In addition, when it is a special figure loss related to the defeat, the production pattern is stopped and displayed with a separate number (special figure loss) such as "263". In addition, when a small win is won, the production pattern is stopped and displayed with a predetermined small win appearing number (which can be set arbitrarily, and may be a double number or a loose number).

This makes it easier for the player to grasp the progress of the game. That is, the player generally grasps the result of the jackpot lottery with the image display device 7 rather than with the special figure 1 display device 41a or the special figure 2 display device 41b. It should be noted that the positions of the display areas of the production patterns 8L, 8C, 8R do not have to be fixed.

Further, as a form of variable display of the effect symbols, for example, there is a form of scrolling in the vertical direction. In addition, it is possible to arbitrarily change the combinations of performance symbols to be stop-displayed according to each lottery result, and the performance symbols may be stop-displayed with special symbols including predetermined special symbols when winning a big win or winning a small win.

The image display device 7 displays, on the display screen 7a, the performance symbol variation performance using the performance symbols as described above (also referred to as "decorative symbol variation performance" or simply "variation performance"), the big win performance performed in parallel with the big win game, the demonstration performance for waiting for customers, and the like. In addition, in the effect symbol variation effect, effect images other than effect symbols such as background images and character images are displayed in addition to effect symbols such as numbers.

In addition, the pachinko game machine 1 has a function in which the player operates the performance button detection switch (SW) 63a and the select button detection switch 64a (see FIG. 5) to arbitrarily change and set the output timing of the predetermined game notification regarding the performance during the variation of the special symbol or during the predetermined winning state, the occurrence frequency of the ready-to-win performance (notice), and the like.

Specifically, the menu image can be displayed on the image display device 7 when the demonstration performance for waiting for the customer is displayed, and the specification is such that the performance can be changed and set according to the taste of the player based on the display of the menu image.

In addition, regarding the change setting to the effect according to the player's preference, the player uses the select button 64 to change the effect mode of the effect performed during the fluctuation of the special symbol, the change setting related to the change in the occurrence frequency (including not to generate effect) of effect (reach effect, prefetch effect, etc.), the change setting to change the frequency (including not to generate effect) of the blow effect generated based on the blower device 60b or the vibration effect generated based on the vibration device 63b. It may be possible to change and set a button function (a function that enables a button effect to be executed even if the button is pressed without pressing the button).

In addition, the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 is provided with a reserved icon display area 7a1 for enabling the display of one or more (in this embodiment, a maximum of four) reserved icons 9 according to the number of stored special figure reservations (storage of determination information that can be stored in a special figure 1 reservation storage unit 85a or a special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b in the reservation storage unit 85 described later), and for enabling each individual reservation icon 9 to move in a predetermined direction (left direction in this embodiment).

Further, the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 is provided with a pending icon display area 7a2 which is adjacent to the left side of the pending icon display area 7a1 and which allows the pending icon 9D to be displayed based on the final movement (left shift/disappearance of display) of the predetermined (leftmost one) pending icon 9 displayed in the pending icon display area 7a1.

Further, the pedestal icon 9E can also be displayed in the reserved icon display area 7a2. The pedestal icon 9E can be displayed as a receiver-like notification (suggestion of the display position of the relevant pending icon 9D) indicating the destination corresponding to the disappearance of display from the pending icon display area 7a1 of the predetermined pending icon 9 that is finally shifted to the left.

The pending icon 9, which can be displayed in the aforementioned pending icon display area 7a1, can be displayed in the pending icon display area 7a1 based on the opportunity of a special figure winning (a ball into a starting port described later) that can store and store determination information (such as a random number per special figure) in the special figure 1 suspension storage unit 85a (or special figure 2 suspension storage unit 85b). The reserved icons 9 can be displayed in the number corresponding to the number of memories in which the information based on each special prize is stored (in this embodiment, one memory, two memories, three memories, and four memories).

In addition, the pending icon 9 allows the display color and/or display form shown in accordance with the individual pending icon 9 to be displayed to be a display mode (so-called pending change) corresponding to a predetermined degree of reliability (preliminary judgment before the validity judgment is performed, so-called prefetch judgment). In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1, based on a predetermined reliability, it is possible to change from a white (low reliability) suspension icon 9A for normal times to a green (medium reliability) suspension icon 9B or a red (high reliability) suspension icon 9C.

In addition, the reserved icon 9 is a special figure 1 reserved icon 9 corresponding to the special figure 1 reservation (storage of the special figure 1 reservation storage unit 85a) or a special figure 2 reservation icon 9 corresponding to the special figure 2 reservation (storage of the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b). As a result, when one or a plurality of pending icons 9 are displayed in the pending icon display area 7a1, the special figure 1 pending display (or the special figure 2 pending) displayed on the special figure 1 pending display 43a (or the special figure 2 pending display 43b) to be described later can be shown to the player in an easy-to-understand manner.

Furthermore, one or a plurality of pending icons 9 that can be displayed in the pending icon display area 7a1 read out one judgment information stored corresponding to the special figure holding from the holding storage unit 85, determine whether or not the lottery (special figure lottery to be described later) is applied, and move the display to the left one by one each time the result of the determination is notified.

Then, at the time of the final (final left shift) movement, a predetermined (leftmost one) pending icon 9 (display color/display form) to be read out of the memory (determination information) related to the oldest pending special figure hold The hold icon 9D corresponding to the display color/display form can be displayed as a result of moving the left shift toward the hold icon display area 7a2.

The reserved icon 9D can continue to be displayed until a predetermined trigger associated with the variable display of the special figure executed based on the left shift movement of the final reserved icon 9 to the reserved icon display area 7a2 or a predetermined trigger associated with the end of the variable display of the special figure.

Therefore, the reservation icon 9D disappears at a predetermined timing until the special symbol variable display (special symbol lottery determination) based on the special symbol 1 reservation (special symbol 2 reservation) stops and ends, so that the player can easily understand that the next reservation icon 9D can be displayed.

In addition, the suspension icon 9D is a special figure 1 suspension storage unit 85a (or special figure 2 suspension storage unit 85b) memory clear (determination information read to make a judgment from the suspension storage unit 85) Memory 0 pieces (priority judgment when the memory storage area for reading becomes empty) As a prior notice according to the variable display of the special figure (before the notification of the validity judgment) corresponding to the above-mentioned predetermined trigger Based on the display mode (display color / display form) shown before the above-mentioned predetermined trigger. It is made possible to suggest and report the degree of reliability related to winning (granting of a special prize).

The display mode of the suspended icon 9D displayed in the suspended icon display area 7a2 may be the same as that of the suspended icon 9 that is finally shifted to the left (disappearance of display from the suspended icon display area 7a1), or may be made to have a different reliability (increased reliability in this embodiment) from the suspended icon 9 that is finally shifted to the left.

Around the center of the game area 3 and around the image display device 7, a center decoration 10 is arranged so as to partially cover the image display device 7 (display area 7a). A stage portion 11 capable of guiding a game ball rolling on the upper surface to a first starting port 20 described later is formed at the lower portion of the center decorative body 10 . A warp section 12 is provided on the left side of the center decorative body 10 to allow game balls to flow in from the entrance and flow out to the stage section 11 from the exit. Further, on the upper part of the center decoration body 10, a decoration member 13 representing characters, figures, etc. is arranged.

Below the image display device 7 in the game area 3, there is provided a fixed winning device 19 having a first starting port 20 that makes it easy for a game ball to enter the game ball. The first starting hole 20 is also called a first winning hole, a fixed ball hole, or a first ball hole. The winning of the game ball to the first starting port 20 is a trigger for the lottery of the first special symbol (special figure 1) (jackpot lottery, ie acquisition of special figure random numbers (determination information) related to lottery information).

In addition, on the upper right side of the first start port 20, a normal variable prize winning device (ball entry support means/so-called electric tulip, normal electric accessory, hereinafter referred to as electric chew) 22 having a second start port (first ball entry port) 21 is provided. The second starting port 21 is also referred to as a second prize winning port, a variable ball entrance, or a second ball entrance. The winning of the game ball to the second starting port 21 is a trigger for the lottery of the second special symbol (special figure 2) (jackpot lottery, ie acquisition of special figure random numbers (determination information) related to lottery information).

The electric tube 22 of this embodiment includes a sliding type movable member (entrance opening/closing member, movable portion) 23 based on a plate material that can advance and retreat back and forth, and the second start port 21 is opened and closed by the operation of the movable member 23. The movable member 23 is driven by an electric tuning solenoid 24 (see FIG. 4).

The second starting port 21 can catch a game ball only when the movable member 23 is open (that is, when the movable member 23 is in an open state and protrudes forward from the board surface), and the caught game ball is guided through the movable member 23 so that it can enter. That is, when the movable member 23 is closed (that is, when the movable member 23 is in the closed state and is retracted behind the board surface), the game ball cannot be caught and cannot be entered.

As a modification, an electric tulip (well-known) made up of a wing-type movable member that opens and closes in the horizontal direction along the board surface may be used.

A first big winning device (first special variable winning device, other special winning means) 31 having a first big winning port (other special winning port) 30 is provided below the first starting port 20 in the game area 3.

The first big prize winning device 31 has an opening/closing member (another special prize opening opening/closing member) 32 that takes an open state and a closed state, and opens and closes the first big prize prize opening 30 by operating the opening/closing member 32 . The opening/closing member 32 is driven by a first big winning opening solenoid 33 (see FIG. 4). The first big prize winning opening 30 can capture a game ball only when a door-like opening/closing member 32 is open (that is, when it is in an open state), and the caught game ball is guided to the opening via the opening/closing member 32 so that the ball can be entered.

A second big winning device (second special variable winning device, special winning means) 36 having a second big winning port (equivalent to a special winning port) 35 is provided on the right side of the first big winning port 30 in the game area 3. The second big winning device 36 has an opening/closing member (special winning opening opening/closing member) 37 that takes an open state and a closed state.

The opening/closing member 37 is of a sliding type in which a plate moves forward and backward, and is driven by a second prize winning opening solenoid 38 (see FIG. 4). The second big winning opening 35 allows the game ball to drop from the opening only when the slide type opening/closing member 37 is opened (that is, when it is retracted backward from the board surface in the open state), and the game ball is allowed to enter by dropping the game ball, and when the slide type opening/closing member 37 is closed (that is, when it protrudes forward from the board surface in the closed state), the game ball cannot be dropped and cannot be entered.

More specifically, as shown in FIG. 2, inside the second big winning device 36, a specific area (V area) 39 and a non-specific area 70 through which a game ball that has passed through the second big winning hole 35 can pass are formed. In the second big winning device 36, a second big winning hole sensor 35a for detecting the winning of a game ball into the second big winning hole 35 is arranged upstream of the specific area 39 and the non-specific area .

In addition, a specific area sensor 39a for detecting passage of a game ball to the specific area 39 is arranged in the specific area 39. As shown in FIG. Further, in the non-specific area 70, a non-specific area sensor 70a for detecting passage of a game ball to the non-specific area 70 is arranged. Also, the second big winning device 36 includes a distribution member 71 that distributes the game ball passing through the second big prize opening 35 to either the specific area 39 or the non-specific area 70, and a distribution member solenoid 73 that drives the distribution member 71.

When the distribution member solenoid 73 is energized, the distribution member 71 takes a first state (passage permission state) in which game balls are distributed to the specific region 39, and when the distribution member solenoid 73 is not energized, it takes a second state (passage prevention state) in which game balls are distributed to the non-specific region 70.

As shown in FIG. 2, the distribution member 71 is in a passage permitting state in which passage of game balls to the specific region 39 is permitted when the distribution member solenoid 73 is energized. When the distribution member 71 is in the pass-allowing state, the game ball that has won the second big winning hole 35 passes through the specific area 39 after passing the second big winning hole sensor 35a. The route of this game ball is called a first route.

Also, the distribution member 71 is in a passage blocking state that prevents passage of the game ball to the specific area 39 when the distribution member solenoid 73 is not energized, as indicated by the broken line portion (distribution member 71 positioned on the left side) indicated by a double-headed arrow (two-way arrow) in FIG. When the distribution member 71 is in the passage blocking state, the game ball that has won the second big prize winning port 35 rolls on the distribution member 71 and passes through the non-specific area 70 after passing the second big prize winning port sensor 35a. This game ball route is called a second route.

In addition, in the pachinko gaming machine 1, passage of the game ball to the specific area 39 serves as a trigger for execution of a jackpot game, which will be described later. In other words, in the present embodiment, the jackpot lottery is also performed depending on whether or not the game ball passes through the specific area 39 .

The jackpot won by the lottery of the above special figure 1 or the lottery of the special figure 2 is called the 1st kind jackpot, and the jackpot won by passing the game ball to the specific area 39 (so-called V prize) is called the 2nd kind jackpot.

Also, a jackpot game executed by winning a jackpot of the first kind is called a jackpot game of the first kind, and a jackpot game played by winning a jackpot of the second kind is called a jackpot game of the second kind. Also, the type 1 jackpot is also called a direct hit jackpot. In this way, the pachinko gaming machine 1 is a so-called 1 type 2 type mixing machine. In the following, the game related to the first type jackpot and the game related to the second type jackpot may be collectively referred to as "winning game".

Further, as shown in FIG. 1, above the second starting port 21 in the game area 3, a gate (second ball entrance) 28 through which game balls can pass is provided. Passage of the game ball to the gate 28 is a trigger for executing a normal pattern lottery (that is, acquisition of a normal pattern related random number (determination information) related to the lottery information) for determining a normal pattern (hereinafter also referred to as a normal pattern) that determines whether or not to open the electric chew 22 (condition establishment).

Furthermore, a normal winning opening 27 is provided at the lower left portion of the game area 3 . Also, at the bottom of the game area 3, an out port 6 is provided for discharging out of the game area 3 game balls that have been hit into the game area 3 but have not won in any of the winning openings.

In the game area 3 where various ball entrances (starting openings, etc.) are arranged, there are a left game area (first game area) 3A and a right game area (second game area) 3B on the left side of the center in the horizontal direction.

A hitting method of shooting a game ball so that the game ball flows down the left game area 3A is called left hitting. On the other hand, a hitting method of shooting a game ball so that the game ball flows down the right game area 3B is called right hitting. In the pachinko game machine 1, the flow path through which the game balls flow down when the game is played left-handed is called the first flow path R1, and the flow path through which the game balls flow down when the game is played right-handed is called the second flow path R2.

A first starting port 20, a first big winning device 31, and an out port 6 are provided on the first flow path R1. A player aims to win a prize to the first starting port 20 by hitting a game ball so as to flow down the first flow path R1.

On the other hand, a gate 28, an electric tube 22, a second big winning device 36, a first big winning device 31, and an outlet 6 are provided on the second flow path R2. The player hits the game ball so as to flow down the second flow path R2, aiming at passing through the gate 28 and winning the second starting port 21, the first big winning port 30, or the second big winning port 35 related to the electric chew 22.例文帳に追加

In this embodiment, the gate 28, the electric chew 22, and the second big prize winning device 36 are unitized, and can be attached to and detached from the game board 2 as a single structural body. In addition, the fixed winning device 19 and the first big winning device 31 are unitized, and can be attached to and detached from the game board 2 as one structure.

Also, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 3, in the lower right part of the game board 2, a display device 40 is arranged for displaying a predetermined identification pattern (identification information) that enables the start of fluctuation corresponding to each ball entrance (starting opening, gate).

The display devices 40 include a special figure 1 indicator 41a that variably displays the first special symbol (special figure 1), a special figure 2 indicator 41b that variably displays the second special symbol (special figure 2), and a general figure indicator 42 that variably displays the normal symbol (general figure).

In addition, the display device 40 has a special figure 1 suspension display 43a that displays the number of storage of the operation suspension of the special figure 1 indicator 41a (hereinafter also referred to as special figure 1 suspension), a special figure 2 suspension display 43b that displays the number of storage of the operation suspension of the special figure 2 display 41b (hereinafter also referred to as special figure 2 suspension), and a general figure suspension display 42a that displays the number of storage of operation suspension of the general figure display 42 (hereinafter also referred to as general figure suspension). Included.

The variable display of the special figure 1 is performed with the winning of the game ball to the first starting port 20 as a trigger. The variable display of the special figure 2 is performed with the winning of the game ball to the second starting port 21 as a trigger. In the following description, special symbols 1 and 2 may be collectively referred to as special symbols (special symbols). In addition, the special figure 1 indicator 41a and the special figure 2 indicator 41b may be collectively referred to as the special figure indicator (special symbol indicator, symbol indicator, segment display unit) 41.

In the special symbol display device 41, the special symbol (special symbol 1 or special symbol 2) is variably displayed (variable display) and then stopped (end of variable display), so that the determination result of the lottery (special symbol lottery, jackpot lottery, determination information regarding win/loss, random number for special symbol) based on the winning of the first start port 20 or the second start port 21 is notified (determined display) until a predetermined time elapses.

A special symbol to be stopped and displayed (mode display of a stop symbol, mode display of a special symbol derived as a result of variable display) is one special symbol selected from a plurality of types of special symbols (special symbol 1 or special symbol 2) by a special symbol lottery (hereinafter also referred to as a special symbol lottery).

When the stop pattern is a special pattern (jackpot pattern) of a predetermined jackpot stop mode, a jackpot game is performed to open the first jackpot 30 in a pattern for opening the jackpot according to the type of the stopped and displayed jackpot pattern (that is, the type of the jackpot won).

When the stop pattern is a special pattern (small winning pattern) of a predetermined small winning stopping mode, a small winning game of opening the second big winning port 35 is performed in accordance with the type of the stopped and displayed small winning pattern (that is, the type of the won small winning).

The opening patterns of the big winning openings (the first big winning opening 30 and the second big winning opening 35) in the big winning game and the small winning game will be described later.

The special symbol display device 41 (41a, 41b) as a specific example is composed of eight LEDs arranged side by side, and displays a special symbol according to the result of the jackpot lottery by the lighting mode thereof.

For example, when a jackpot (one of a plurality of types of jackpots to be described later) is won, a jackpot pattern (a special pattern for notifying the jackpot) is displayed in which the 1st, 2nd, 5th, and 6th LEDs from the left are lit like ``○○●●○○●●'' (○: lit, ●: unlit). Also, when winning a small win (one of a plurality of kinds of small wins to be described later), a small win pattern (special pattern for notifying the small win) in which the fifth and sixth LEDs from the left are lit, such as ``●●●●○○●●,” is displayed.

In the case of a special figure loss (one of a plurality of types of special symbols to be described later), a special loss figure (special figure for informing the loss) of which only the rightmost LED lights up like ``●●●●●●●○'' is displayed. In addition, as a special pattern (one of the special losing patterns, hereinafter also referred to as a special drawing loss) for notifying a special loss (C time saving hit), a mode is used in which all LEDs are turned off.

In addition, before the special symbols are stopped and displayed, the special symbols are variably displayed (variable display) for a predetermined variation time, and the variably displayed mode is, for example, a mode in which each LED is lit so that light repeatedly flows from left to right. Note that the mode of the variable display can be appropriately changed, for example, all the LEDs blink all at once unless each LED is stopped (lighted up in a specific mode).

In this pachinko game machine 1, when a game ball enters the first start port 20 or the second start port 21 (sensor detection), various random number values (judgment information) related to the special figure lottery information (random numbers per special figure, etc.) obtained as special figure winnings (hereinafter also referred to as start winnings) due to the entering ball are processed in the determination processing related to the special figure lottery in the special figure 1 reservation storage unit 85a or the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b (see FIG. 4) ( It is temporarily stored until the so-called fluctuation of the pattern is executed and the final judgment of each random number (each judgment information) is executed.

Specifically, when there is a ball entering the first start port 20 (sensor detection), the special figure 1 lottery information obtained based on the special figure 1 winning (starting winning) caused by the entering ball (random number per special figure 1) Various random number values (determination information) related to are stored in the special figure 1 reservation storage unit 85a (see FIG. 4) as special figure 1 reservation (determination information to be reserved).

Also, when there is a ball entering the second start port 21 (sensor detection), the special figure 2 lottery information obtained based on the special figure 2 winning (starting winning) caused by the entering ball (random number per special figure 2) Various random number values (determination information) related to are stored in the special figure 2 retention storage unit 85b (see FIG. 4) as special figure 2 retention (determination information to be retained).

There is an upper limit to the number of special figures 1 pending that can be stored in the special figure 1 pending storage unit 85a, and the number of special figures 2 pending that can be stored in the special figure 2 pending storage unit 85b.

The special figure 1 reservation stored in the special figure 1 reservation storage part 85a is extinguished when the variable display of the special pattern based on the special figure 1 reservation (the determination of the lottery of the special pattern) becomes possible (at the time when the starting condition (the start of the lottery determination) is established). The digestion of the special figure 1 reservation is to determine the special figure lottery information (judgment information) such as the special figure random number corresponding to the special figure 1 reservation, and to show the judgment result (winning mode or losing mode). It means executing variable display of special symbols.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 1, when the variable display of the special symbols based on the winning of the game ball to the first starting port 20 cannot be performed immediately after the winning, that is, when the first starting port 20 wins during the execution of the variable display of the special symbols or during the execution of the jackpot game, the right of the jackpot lottery (judgment of the special drawing lottery information (judgment information) related to the random number related to the special symbols) can be reserved until it reaches a predetermined upper limit value. are

And the number of such special figure 1 reservation is displayed on the special figure 1 reservation display 43a. Specifically, the special figure 1 pending display 43a is composed of four LEDs. The special figure 1 reservation indicator 43a displays the number of special figure 1 reservations by turning on the LED by the number of special figure 1 reservations.

Also, the special figure 2 reservation stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage part 85b is extinguished when the variable display of the special pattern based on the special figure 2 reservation (the determination of the lottery of the special pattern) becomes possible (at the time when the starting condition (the start of the lottery determination) is satisfied). The digestion of the special figure 2 reservation is to determine the special figure lottery information (judgment information) such as the special figure random number corresponding to the special figure 2 reservation, and to show the judgment result (winning mode or losing mode).

Therefore, in the pachinko gaming machine 1, when the variable display of the special symbols based on the winning of the game ball to the second starting port 21 cannot be performed immediately after the winning, that is, when the second starting port 21 wins during the execution of the variable display of the special symbols or during the execution of the jackpot game, the right of the jackpot lottery (judgment of the special drawing lottery information (determination information) related to the special symbol related random number) can be reserved until it reaches a predetermined upper limit value. are

And the number of such special figure 2 reservation is displayed on the special figure 2 reservation indicator 43b. Specifically, the special figure 2 reservation indicator 43b is composed of four LEDs. The special figure 2 reservation indicator 43b displays the number of special figure 2 reservations by lighting the LED by the number of special figure 2 reservations.

As a modification, when there is a prize to the second start port 21 during the execution of the variable display of the special figure 2, the value of various random numbers (determination information) based on the prize may not be acquired. That is, it may be configured not to perform special figure 2 reservation exceeding the upper limit "1".

The variable display of the normal pattern is performed with the passage of the game ball to the gate 28 as a trigger. A normal pattern display device 42 performs stop display (end of display) after variably displaying (variable display) the normal pattern, thereby announcing (determining display) the determination result of a lottery (normal pattern lottery, judgment information regarding the propriety of the normal pattern lottery, random number information for the normal pattern) based on the passage of the game ball to the gate 28 until a predetermined time elapses.

The normal figure to be stopped and displayed (mode display of the normal figure derived as a stop result after variable display) is one normal figure selected from a plurality of types of general figure lottery based on the general figure lottery. When the stop-displayed normal pattern is a predetermined type of normal pattern (normal pattern displayed in a stop mode for winning/normal winning pattern), an auxiliary game (so-called prize facilitation) in which displacement control is performed to open the second start port 21 based on the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 according to the current game state can be executed.

In the following, the auxiliary game that can be executed based on the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 that is more advantageous than the normal game state (the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 during non-time saving) is sometimes referred to as "electric sapo (electric chew support), electric sapo control".

As a specific example, the normal diagram display device 42 is composed of a total of four LEDs in which two LEDs are arranged in the upper and lower stages (see FIG. 3), and the normal diagram according to the result of the normal diagram lottery is displayed.

For example, when the lottery result is a normal pattern win (a normal pattern for notifying the win), the normal winning pattern in which LEDs other than the lower right LED are lit is displayed, such as ``○○'' in the upper row and ``○●'' in the lower row (○: lit, ●: extinguished). In addition, when the lottery result is a normal drawing loss, a normal losing pattern (a normal pattern for notifying of losing) is displayed in which LEDs other than the right LED in the lower stage are extinguished, such as ``●●'' in the upper stage and ``●○'' in the lower stage. In addition, you may use the aspect which turns off all the LED as one of the normal losing patterns.

The variable display (variable display) of the normal map is performed for a predetermined variable time before the normal map is stopped and displayed, and the mode of the variable display is, for example, that each LED repeats lighting and extinguishing one by one in a predetermined order. Note that the mode of the variable display can be appropriately changed, for example, all the LEDs blink all at once unless each LED is stopped (lighted up in a specific mode).

In this pachinko machine 1, when a game ball passes through the gate 28 (detected by a sensor), the values (determination information) of various random numbers (general pattern related random numbers) such as the random numbers per normal pattern acquired as a general pattern winning prize due to the passage are stored in the general pattern retention storage unit 85c in the RAM 84 as general pattern retention (determination information related to the general pattern). Each judgment information) is temporarily stored until the actual judgment is executed.

Then, in the present embodiment, if the variable display of the game ball based on the passage of the game ball to the gate 28 cannot be performed immediately after the passage, that is, if there is passage to the gate 28 during the execution of the variable display of the normal pattern, or if there is passage to the gate 28 during the opening process of the electric chew 22, the judgment right of the general pattern lottery (determination of the judgment information (normal pattern lottery information) based on the general pattern related random number) for the passage can be reserved and stored until the upper limit value. Specifically, the upper limit (upper limit storage number, upper limit reservation number) is set to "4".

The general pattern reservation stored in the general pattern reservation storage part 85c can be extinguished when the variable display of the normal pattern (the determination of the lottery of the normal pattern) becomes possible (at the time when the start condition (the start of the lottery determination) is established) based on the digestion of the other stored general pattern suspension. Here, the digestion of the general pattern reservation refers to the determination of the determination information (normal pattern lottery information) based on the general pattern related random numbers (random numbers per normal pattern, etc.) corresponding to the general pattern reservation, and the determination result (winning mode or losing mode).

And the number of such normal pattern reservations is displayed on the normal pattern reservation display 42a. Specifically, the normal map holding display 42a is composed of four LEDs. The normal map reservation indicator 42a displays the number of normal map reservations by lighting the LEDs by the number of normal map reservations.

As a modified example, when the variable display of the normal pattern based on the passage of the game ball to the gate 28 cannot be performed immediately after the passage, that is, during the execution of the variable display of the normal pattern or during the opening process of the electric chew 22 If there is passage to the gate 28, it may be configured not to acquire the general pattern related random number based on the passage. That is, it may be configured not to store when the operation suspension (normal diagram suspension) of the normal diagram display 42 exceeds the upper limit value "1".

[Electrical Configuration of Game Machine]
Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko game machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 4 and 5. FIG.

As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, the pachinko gaming machine 1 includes a main control board (game control board) 80 for controlling game profits such as jackpot lottery and game state transitions based on the progress of the game (entering a ball into a ball entrance), a payout control board 110 for controlling the payout of game balls, a sub-control board (performance control board) 90 for controlling effects executed in conjunction with the control of the main control board 80, an image control board 100, and a lamp control board 1. 07, an audio control board 106, a drive control board 60d, a power supply board 150, and the like.

In addition, the power supply board 150 supplies power to the main control board 80 , the sub control board 90 and the payout control board 110 . Through these boards to which power is supplied, necessary power is supplied to other control boards and other devices (such as production means).

In this embodiment, the main control board 80 has a configuration related to the main control section, and the sub-control board 90 has a configuration related to the sub-control section 99 . The sub-control unit 99 includes at least the sub-control board 90, and enables execution control of various effects using predetermined effect means (the image display device 7, the board lamp 5, the frame lamp 66, the speaker 67, the board movable body 15, the blower device 60b, the vibration device 63b, etc.).

As shown in FIG. 5, the power supply board 150 is provided with a backup power supply circuit 151 . The backup power supply circuit 151 supplies power to the RAM 84 of the main control board 80 and the RAM 94 of the sub control board 90 to be described later when power is not supplied (turned on) to the pachinko gaming machine 1 . Therefore, the information stored in the RAM 84 of the main control board 80 and the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90 is retained even when the pachinko game machine 1 is powered off.

A power switch 155 is connected to the power board 150 . ON/OFF operation of the power switch 155 switches on/off of the power supply.

A backup power supply circuit for the RAM 84 of the main control board 80 may be provided on the main control board 80 or a backup power supply circuit for the RAM 94 of the sub control board 90 may be provided on the sub control board 90 .

The power supply board 150 is provided with a RAM clear switch (RAM clear operation means) 152 for causing the CPU 82 to clear information stored in the RAM 84 of the game control microcomputer 81, which will be described later.

The RAM clear switch 152 is provided on the power board 150 arranged on the back side of the pachinko game machine 1 . Therefore, the RAM clear switch 152 cannot be operated unless it is an employee of the game arcade who can open the game machine frame 50 . That is, it can be said that the RAM clear switch 152 is an operating means that is substantially impossible for the player to operate.

The RAM clear switch 152 of this embodiment is a tact switch, and when the RAM clear switch 152 is pressed, a detection signal indicating that the RAM clear switch 152 is ON is input to the game control microcomputer 81 .

The state in which the RAM clear switch 152 is pressed is called the ON state of the RAM clear switch 152, and the state in which the RAM clear switch 152 is not pressed is called the OFF state of the RAM clear switch 152. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 4, the main control board 80 is mounted with a game control one-chip microcomputer (hereinafter referred to as "game control microcomputer") 81 for controlling the progress of the game of the pachinko gaming machine 1 according to a program.

The game control microcomputer 81 includes a ROM 83 storing a program for controlling the progress of the game, a RAM 84 used as a work memory, a CPU 82 executing the program stored in the ROM 83, and an I/O port section (input/output circuit) 87 for inputting and outputting data and signals.

The RAM 84 shown in FIG. Note that the ROM 83 may be externally attached.

Various sensors and solenoids are connected to the main control board 80 via a relay board 88, as shown in FIG. Therefore, a signal is input to the main control board 80 from each sensor, and a signal is output from the main control board 80 to each solenoid.

As specific sensors, a first starting opening sensor 20a, a second starting opening sensor 21a, a gate sensor 28a, a first big winning opening sensor 30a, a second big winning opening sensor 35a, a specific area sensor 39a, a non-specific area sensor 70a, and a normal winning opening sensor 27a are connected.

The first starting hole sensor 20a is provided in the first starting hole 20 and detects a game ball that has entered the first starting hole 20. As shown in FIG. The second starting hole sensor 21 a is provided in the second starting hole 21 and detects a game ball that has entered the second starting hole 21 .

The gate sensor 28a is provided inside the gate 28 and detects a game ball that has passed through the gate 28. As shown in FIG. The first big winning hole sensor 30 a is provided in the first big winning hole 30 and detects a game ball that has won the first big winning hole 30 . The second big winning hole sensor 35a is provided in the second big winning hole 35 and detects a game ball that has won the second big winning hole 35 .

Further, the specific area sensor 39a is provided in the specific area 39 inside the second big winning hole 35 and detects a game ball that has passed through the specific area 39. As shown in FIG. The non-specific area sensor 70a is provided in the non-specific area 70 inside the second big winning hole 35 and detects a game ball that has passed through the non-specific area 70. As shown in FIG. The normal winning hole sensor 27 a is provided in each normal winning hole 27 and detects a game ball that has entered the normal winning hole 27 .

Also, as the solenoids, the electric tuning solenoid 24, the first big winning opening solenoid 33, the second big winning opening solenoid 38, and the sorting member solenoid 73 are connected.

The electric tooth solenoid 24 drives the movable member 23 of the electric tooth 22 . The first big prize opening solenoid 33 drives the opening/closing member 32 of the first big prize winning device 31 . The second big winning opening solenoid 38 drives the opening/closing member 37 of the second big winning device 36 . The distribution member solenoid 73 drives the distribution member 71 of the second big winning device 36 .

Furthermore, the main control board 80 is connected with a special figure 1 indicator 41a, a special figure 2 indicator 41b, a general figure indicator 42, a special figure 1 reserve indicator 43a, a special figure 2 reserve indicator 43b, and a general figure reserve indicator 42a. That is, display control of these display devices 40 is performed by the game control microcomputer 81 .

Further, the main control board 80 transmits various commands to the payout control board 110 and receives signals from the payout control board 110 for payout monitoring.

The payout control board 110 is connected with a prize ball payout device 120 and a card unit 135 (which is installed adjacent to the pachinko game machine 1 and enables ball lending based on information such as an inserted prepaid card), and a shooting device 112 is connected via a shooting control circuit 111. The firing device 112 includes a handle 60a (see FIG. 1).

A payout control board 110 drives a prize ball motor 121 of a prize ball payout device 120 based on a signal from a game control microcomputer 81 and a signal from a card unit 135 connected to the pachinko game machine 1 to pay out prize balls or pay out lent balls. Prize balls to be paid out and rented balls are detected by a prize ball sensor 122 for counting.

When the player operates the handle 60a (see FIG. 1) of the shooting device 112, the touch switch 114 detects that the player has touched the handle 60a (hereinafter also referred to as human detection), and the shooting volume 115 detects the amount of rotation of the handle 60a (lever portion 60e).

Then, on condition that the touch switch 114 detects a person, the shooting motor 113 is driven so that the game ball is shot with the intensity corresponding to the magnitude of the detection signal of the shooting volume 115 . In the pachinko game machine 1, one game ball is shot in about 0.6 seconds (about 100 shots in one minute).

The main control board 80 also transmits various commands to the sub-control board 90 . For example, it is possible to transmit a detection signal (command) indicating that the touch switch 114 is performing human detection.

The connection between the main control board 80 and the sub control board 90 is a unidirectional communication connection that allows only transmission of signals from the main control board 80 to the sub control board 90 . That is, between the main control board 80 and the sub-control board 90, a unidirectional circuit (for example, a circuit using a diode) (not shown) is interposed as communication direction control means.

As shown in FIG. 5, the sub-control board 90 is mounted with an effect control one-chip microcomputer (hereinafter "effect control microcomputer") 91 for controlling the effect of the pachinko game machine 1 according to a program.

The effect control microcomputer 91 includes a ROM 93 storing a program for controlling the effect based on the progress of the game (judgment of lottery information (judgment information) caused by entering a ball into the entrance), a RAM 94 used as a work memory, a CPU 92 executing the program stored in the ROM 93, and an I/O port section (input/output circuit) 97 for inputting and outputting data and signals. Note that the ROM 93 may be externally attached.

Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the sub-control board 90 is connected to the image control board 100, the sound control board 106, the lamp control board 107, and the drive control board 60d.

The production control microcomputer 91 (production control means 91A) of the sub control board 90 causes the CPU 102 of the image control board 100 to perform display control of the image display device 7 based on the command received from the main control board 80 .

The RAM 104 of the image control board 100 is a memory for developing image data. The ROM 103 of the image control board 100 stores still image data and moving image data to be displayed on the image display device 7 .

Specifically, image data such as characters, items, figures, characters, numbers and symbols (including production patterns), background images, etc., expected values (game information related to expectations) that can be calculated based on production implementation design Expectation degree suggestive images that can correspond, time saving number of times suggestive images corresponding to the number of times of time saving, menu images, custom setting images, game notification images related to time saving states, operation instruction images, etc. are stored.

The CPU 102 of the image control board 100 reads out image data from the ROM 103 based on commands from the performance control microcomputer 91 . Then, display control is executed based on the read image data.

Also, the production control microcomputer 91 outputs voice, music, sound effects, etc. from the speaker 67 via the voice control board 106 based on the command received from the main control board 80 . Acoustic data such as voice output from the speaker 67 is stored in the ROM 93 of the sub-control board 90 .

Note that a CPU may be mounted on the audio control board 106, and in that case, the CPU may be caused to execute audio control. Furthermore, in this case, a ROM may be mounted on the audio control board 106, and acoustic data may be stored in the ROM.

Alternatively, the speaker 67 may be connected to the image control board 100 to cause the CPU 102 of the image control board 100 to perform voice control. Furthermore, in this case, the sound data may be stored in the ROM 103 of the image control board 100 .

Also, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs lighting control of lamps such as the frame lamp 66 and the board lamp 5 via the lamp control board 107 based on the command received from the main control board 80 .

Specifically, the effect control microcomputer 91 creates light emission data (data for determining lighting/lighting-out, emission color, etc., also referred to as lamp data) that determines the light emission mode of the lamps such as the frame lamp 66 and the board lamp 5, and controls the light emission of the lamps such as the frame lamp 66 and the board lamp 5 according to the light emission data. Data stored in the ROM 93 of the sub-control board 90 is used to create the light emission data.

Further, the effect control microcomputer 91 operates the board movable body 15 connected to the lamp control board 107 via the relay board 108 based on the command received from the main control board 80 . Although not shown in FIG. 1, the board movable body 15 is a movable so-called gimmick (drive device for movable accessories) provided on the center decorative body 10 .

Specifically, the effect control microcomputer 91 creates motion pattern data (also called drive data) that determines the motion mode of the board movable body 15, and controls the motion of the board movable body 15 according to the motion pattern data. Data stored in the ROM 93 of the sub-control board 90 is used to create the operation pattern data.

As a modification, a CPU and a motor driver may be mounted on the lamp control board 107 or the relay board 108. In this case, the CPU may control the lighting of the lamp, and the CPU or the motor driver may control the operation of the movable board 15. Furthermore, a ROM may be mounted on the lamp control board 107 or the relay board 108, and data relating to light emission patterns and operation patterns may be stored in the ROM.

Furthermore, the production control microcomputer 91 operates the blower 60b connected via the drive control board 60d based on the command received from the main control board 80. FIG. The air blower 60b is provided inside the handle 60a and can blow air toward the player from the discharge hole 60c.

Specifically, the effect control microcomputer 91 creates blowing pattern data (also referred to as blowing data) that determines the blowing timing, blowing force, and blowing method of the blowing device 60b, and controls the operation of the blowing device 60b according to the blowing pattern data. Data stored in the ROM 93 of the sub-control board 90 is used to create the air blow pattern data.

Note that a CPU, a ROM, and the like may be mounted on the drive control board 60d described above, and in that case, the CPU may be caused to control the operation of the blower device 60b. Further, the ROM may store data relating to the blowing pattern.

Furthermore, the production control microcomputer 91 operates the vibration device 63b connected via the drive control board 60d based on the command received from the main control board 80. FIG. The vibrating device 63b is provided in the effect button 63, and the player can be notified by vibrating the effect button 63 with the vibrating device 63b.

Specifically, the production control microcomputer 91 creates vibration pattern data (also referred to as vibration data) that determines the vibration timing and vibration force of the vibration device 63b and the mode of vibration, and controls the operation of the vibration device 63b according to the vibration pattern data. Data stored in the ROM 93 of the sub-control board 90 is used to create the vibration pattern data.

Note that a CPU, ROM, or the like may be mounted on the drive control board 60d described above, and in that case, the CPU may be caused to control the operation of the vibrating device 63b. Furthermore, data regarding vibration patterns may be stored in the ROM.

Also, the sub-control board 90 is connected with an effect button detection switch (SW) 63a and a select button detection switch (SW) 64a. The performance button detection switch 63a detects that the performance button 63 (see FIG. 1) has been pressed.

When the effect button 63 which is activated based on the predetermined effect control is pressed, a detection signal is output to the sub-control board 90 from the effect button detection switch 63a. When the effect button 63 is pressed for a long time or repeatedly (continuously pressed multiple times), a detection signal to that effect can be output from the effect button detection switch 63 a to the sub-control board 90 .

The select button detection switch 64a detects that the cursor keys (up, down, center, left, right) of the select button 64 (see FIG. 1) have been pressed. When the cursor key of the select button 64 which is activated based on the predetermined effect control is pressed, a detection signal is output to the sub control board 90 from the select button detection switch 64a.

In the present embodiment, when the central portion of the cursor key of the select button 64 is pressed while the demonstration effect for waiting for customers is displayed, the menu image can be displayed on the image display device 7, and when the menu image is displayed, a custom setting image is displayed that enables the change setting to the effect according to the taste of the player based on pressing the upper, lower, left and right parts of the cursor key of the select button 64 other than the central portion.

4 and 5 are functional block diagrams for explaining the electrical configuration of the pachinko game machine 1, and the boards shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 are not the only ones provided. Except for the main control board 80, any one or more boards shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 may be configured as one board, or one board shown in FIGS. 4 and 5 may be configured as a plurality of boards.

[Main games in this pachinko machine 1]
Next, main games performed by the pachinko gaming machine 1 will be described. The pachinko game machine 1 acquires special figure related random numbers (determination information related to special symbols) as special figure lottery information based on winning (entrance of a game ball) to the first start port 20 or the second start port 21. As shown in FIG. 6(A), the special figure related random numbers include random numbers per special figure, random numbers by special figure type, reach random numbers, and special figure variation pattern random numbers (hereinafter also referred to as special figure variation PT random numbers).

The special figure random number is used for the judgment of whether the big hit is correct, the judgment of the small hit, and the judgment of the success of the C time saving hit (special loss), and is also used for the judgment of the special figure loss in cases other than the big hit, the small hit, and the C time saving hit.

The random number per special figure takes a value in the range from 0 to 65535. When the special loss is determined to be the C time-saving hit, the time-saving state corresponding to the C time-saving win corresponding to the time-saving pattern is made operable without going through the big winning game or the small winning game after stopping and displaying the time saving pattern corresponding to the particular losing time.

The special figure type random number is used for the type determination of the jackpot design, the type determination of the small hit design, and the type determination of the time saving design (symbol corresponding to the C time saving per). Special figure type random number takes a value in the range from 0 to 199.

The reach random number is a random number that determines whether or not to generate a reach in the variable effect indicating the result when the result of the success/failure determination is a special figure loss. A ready-to-win state is a state in which only one performance pattern variably displayed remains among a plurality of performance patterns, and a state in which a combination of performance symbols indicating winning of a jackpot is obtained depending on which pattern the variably displayed performance symbols are stopped and displayed (for example, a state of ``7↓7'').

Incidentally, the performance pattern stopped and displayed in the ready-to-win state may be displayed in a predetermined temporary stop display mode such that it is displayed as if it is slightly swaying in the display screen 7a, or is displayed so as to be repeatedly enlarged and reduced. The reach random number takes a value in the range of 0-255.

Toku-zu fluctuation pattern random number is a random number for determining the fluctuation pattern including the fluctuation time related to the fluctuation display of Toku-zu. Toku-zu fluctuation pattern random number takes a value in the range of 0-99.

In addition, the pachinko gaming machine 1 acquires a general pattern related random number (determination information related to a general pattern) which is general pattern lottery information based on the passage of the game ball to the gate 28 . As shown in FIG. 6(B), the general pattern related random numbers include random numbers per general pattern, general pattern type random numbers, and general pattern fluctuation pattern random numbers (hereinafter also referred to as general pattern fluctuation PT random numbers).

The random number per general pattern is used for determining whether or not to open the electric chew 22 for the general pattern. The random number per general map takes a value in the range of 0 to 65535.

The general pattern type random number is used for the general pattern type determination for determining the open pattern for opening the electric chew 22 . The general figure type random number takes a value in the range of 0 to 199.

The general pattern fluctuation pattern random number is a random number for determining the fluctuation pattern including the fluctuation time related to the fluctuation display of the general pattern. Normal figure fluctuation pattern random number takes a value in the range from 0 to 99.

The pachinko game machine 1 has a ``non-time-saving state (also called non-time-saving game state)'' related to the normal state or a ``time-saving state (also called a time-saving game state)'' in which the player can play more advantageous than the non-time-saving state, as a game state that can be shifted after a winning game that can be executed based on the establishment of a predetermined condition (determination of an acquired random number).

As types of the “time saving state”, the first time saving state (hereinafter also referred to as A time saving) that can increase the base that is the ratio of the number of prize balls to the number of fired balls, and the second time saving state (hereinafter also referred to as B time saving) There is a third time saving state (hereinafter also referred to as slight time saving) that does not increase the base, which is the ratio of the number of prize balls to the number of fired balls, because the operability and / or ease of winning of the electric chew 22 described above is almost the same as compared to the non-time saving state.

In the first time saving state (A time saving) or the second time saving state (B time saving), the normal pattern fluctuation time (time reduction) is likely to be shorter than that in the non-time saving state to increase the number of execution times of the normal pattern lottery per unit time, and the opening time of the electric chew 22 per unit time can be lengthened as compared with the non-time saving state. As a result, it becomes easier for game balls to enter the second starting hole 21 based on the opening of the electric chew 22, and the base, which is the ratio of the number of prize balls to the number of shot balls, can be increased.

Therefore, in the first time-saving state, it is possible to aim at winning a jackpot while making it difficult to reduce the number of game balls possessed. In addition, the special figure fluctuation time in the first time saving state (A time saving) or the second time saving state (B time saving) tends to be shorter than in the non-time saving state, and the number of times of executing the special figure lottery per unit time may be increased. This is preferable because the advantage can be improved.

In addition, in the third time-saving state (slight time-saving), the opening time of the electric chew 22 per unit time is only slightly longer than in the non-time-saving state, and the game ball does not easily enter the second start port 21.例文帳に追加In addition, in the time saving state, by making the normal pattern fluctuation time unchanged compared to the non-working time saving state, the number of execution times of the normal drawing lottery per unit time is equalized, so that the number of times that the normal drawing winning is determined per unit time does not change from that in the non-working time saving state.

As a result, the base, which is the ratio of the number of prize balls to the number of balls fired, will be low at the same level as the non-time saving state. Therefore, in the third time-saving state, for example, a game mode such as a chance zone is notified, and while the number of game balls to be held is reduced as in the non-time-saving state, expectations can be enhanced when a big win is won.

This pachinko game machine 1 determines whether a special hit random number (hereinafter also referred to as a special hit random number) obtained based on the winning (entrance of a game ball) to the first start port 20 or the second start port 21 is a big win, a small win, or a special win (special loss) by judging according to the special random number determination table shown in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 7A, the lottery related to the special figure 1 based on the winning of the first start opening 20 and the lottery relating to the special figure 2 based on the winning of the second starting opening 21 have the same probability of winning the big prize, but the probability of winning the small prize differs.

Here, with regard to the special random number determination table shown in FIG. 7, the first winning (jackpot, small win) or second winning (so-called C time saving) based on a plurality of types of determination conditions that can be used according to the game state.

For example, a prescribed right/wrong judgment table related to the first (regular) judgment condition that can be used in the third time saving state that can be executed based on the second winning (hereinafter also referred to as C time saving), and a predetermined predetermined normal state (non-time saving state, normal state initialized based on RAM clearing when the game machine is started) Second (usual) judgment condition (second judgment condition that gives preferential treatment to the second winning judgment result) configuration of the usual success judgment table related to It has

Note that the C time saving hit (second winning) in the present embodiment is different from the case of the first winning, without going through the jackpot game, and after notification of the C time saving hit (stop display of the losing pattern), it is made possible to shift to the third time saving state (special role).

In addition, in the present embodiment, the second judgment condition (hereinafter also referred to as the usual judgment condition) is made available only when the above-described predetermined normal state is reached, and the judgment of the C time saving hit can be given preferential treatment only when the usual judgment condition is used.

Specifically, when performing a lottery based on the special figure 2 winning during the above-mentioned predetermined normal state, when it is neither a big hit nor a small hit, it is determined that it is a special loss (the whole random value range of the loss of the special figure 2). Furthermore, when determining the lottery based on the special figure 1 winning during the above-described predetermined normal state, it is made to be a normal determination condition that does not determine the C time saving hit related to the special loss.

In addition, when performing a lottery based on the special figure 1 winning or special figure 2 winning in the third time saving state (small time saving), the C time saving hit related to the special loss will not be judged, but based on the execution of the lottery related to the special figure 1 winning 1 type jackpot or 2 types of jackpots are generated, the number of times of time saving after the jackpot game (hereinafter also referred to as the number of times of time saving) is large. is based on the success/failure determination table).

In addition, in this embodiment, it can be used during the general normal state (non-time saving state) that will be shifted to a predetermined opportunity (after the jackpot game) after the end of the predetermined normal state, and the judgment of the C time saving hit will not be performed. In addition, it also has a configuration of a benefit determination table related to a benefit determination condition that enables preferential treatment to shift to the first time-saving state of A time-saving 99 times after the jackpot game.

That is, when the first judgment condition, the general judgment condition, and the privilege judgment condition are used, the judgment of the reduction in working hours is not given preferential treatment than when the usual judgment condition is used.

In addition, as a modified example, regarding the general success/failure determination table related to the general determination conditions, it is possible to determine that it is a special loss according to the adjustment of the overall game balance, and the conditions may be configured so that the C time saving hit can be notified at a lower probability than when the usual determination conditions are met.

In addition, as a modification, regarding the setting related to the predetermined game state in which the above-mentioned special loss is determined as a C time saving hit, it may be appropriately designed if it is determined in advance that the special figure loss is regarded as a special loss (determination as C time saving) based on the change in the game state (for example, the reservation memory that exists when the game state is shifted to a non-time saving state after the jackpot game)), or that the lottery decision is not made.

Also, in the lottery of the special figure 1 and/or the lottery of the special figure 2, the configuration of the C time saving hit (special loss) may be absent (none) and the lottery may be made. Also, a plurality of types of time saving patterns may be set for each of the C time saving hits in the lottery of the special figure 1 or the lottery of the special figure 2.

In this case, according to the types A to C of the time-saving patterns, for example, a time-saving state with a number of time-savings of 10 times, a time-saving state with a number of time-savings of 20 times, a time-saving state with a number of time-savings of 30 times, etc. may be selectively shifted to. In addition, when it is determined that the C time-saving hit is determined, after stopping and displaying a plurality of types of time-saving patterns corresponding to a particular failure, a third time-saving state in which the number of times of time-saving related to the C time-saving prize according to the time-saving pattern is different from each other may be operated.

In addition, in this embodiment, it is possible to shift based on the C time saving hit (second winning), and the third time saving state (second advantageous state) that does not involve the special game state is the third time saving state (for example, the electric chew opening time extension function is not operated).

However, as a modification, the performance related to the degree of advantage related to the third time saving state can be set appropriately according to the planned game property (for example, the setting that the electric chew open time extension function is activated).

When the pachinko game machine 1 determines that the jackpot has been won, the special symbol type random number is determined according to the jackpot symbol type determination table shown in FIG. 7(B), thereby determining the jackpot symbol type.

In the lottery of special figure 1, "special figure 1_jackpot design A" is decided at a rate of about 60%, and "special figure 1_jackpot pattern B" is decided at a rate of about 40%. On the other hand, in the lottery of special figure 2, "special figure 2_jackpot design A" is determined at a rate of about 25%, and "special figure 2_jackpot pattern B" is determined at a rate of about 75% (See FIG. 7 (B) jackpot pattern type determination table).

And, if the type of the winning jackpot pattern differs, the opening pattern of the jackpot opening in the type 1 jackpot game and the setting regarding the game state (time saving state) after the type 1 jackpot game are different (see FIG. 8).

On the special symbol display 41, "special figure 1_jackpot symbol A", "special figure 1_jackpot symbol B", "special figure 2_jackpot symbol A", and "special figure 2_jackpot symbol B" are stopped and displayed.

In addition, when judging with small hit election in this execution form, the kind of small hit design is decided by judging the special figure type random number, according to the small hit design classification decision table which is shown in Figure 7(C).

Specifically, in the lottery of special figure 1, at a rate of 70%, "special figure 1_small winning design a" is determined, and at a rate of 30%, "special figure 1_small winning design b" is determined. On the other hand, in the lottery of special figure 2, at a rate of 15%, "special figure 2_small winning design a" is determined, and at a rate of 85%, "special figure 2_small winning design b" is determined.

In addition, if the type of the winning small winning pattern is different, the opening pattern of the big winning opening during the two-kind big winning game after the small winning game (1 round) and the game state (time saving state) after the two-kind big winning game are set differently (see FIG. 8).

In the special symbol display 41, the LED display mode corresponding to "special figure 1_small winning symbol a", "special figure 1_small winning symbol b", "special figure 2_small winning symbol a", and "special figure 2_small winning symbol b" will be stop-displayed.

In addition, in the present embodiment, when it is determined as a ``special figure loss'' that is not a ``big hit'', a ``small win'', or a ``C time saving hit'', the special symbol display 41 will stop and display in the LED display mode related to the ``special losing pattern''.

In addition, this pachinko game machine 1 is provided with a first time saving state of A time saving 1 time, A time saving 20 times, A time saving 40 times, A time saving 99 times, and a third time saving state of minute time saving 1000 times as period types (types of the first time saving state) relating to the time saving state A that can be shifted after a jackpot game.

"A time saving 1 time" is the first time saving state that enables the end of the A time saving state (switching to the time saving OFF/non-working time saving state) when the fluctuation stop display (special figure loss) of one special symbol is derived after the jackpot game (see FIG. 8).

``A time saving 20 times'' is the first time saving state that enables the end of the A time saving state when a total of 20 times of special symbol fluctuation stop display (special figure loss) is derived after the jackpot game (see FIG. 8).

"A time saving 40 times" is the first time saving state that enables the end of the A time saving state when a total of 40 times special symbol fluctuation stop display (special figure loss) is derived after the jackpot game (see FIG. 8).

``A time saving 99 times'' is the first time saving state that enables the end of the A time saving state when a total of 99 times of special symbol fluctuation stop display (special figure loss) is derived after the jackpot game (see FIG. 8).

"Slight time reduction 1000 times" is the third time reduction state that enables the end of the slight time reduction state when a total of 1000 special symbol fluctuation stop displays (special figure loss) are derived after the C time reduction per game (see FIG. 8).

Regarding the conditions for ending the time saving state currently being executed, depending on each of the above-mentioned A time saving states, when the small win is won in the A time saving state (before V winning), the time saving state is ended (time saving OFF / non-working time saving state). It may be possible to selectively determine whether or not.

Specifically, it is possible to determine whether or not the game state at the time of V winning during the small winning game is set to a time saving state or a non-time saving state according to the number of times of time saving set based on the special drawing lottery (the type of pattern determined by lottery), thereby making it possible to set the type of time saving state (the number of times of time saving A) that can be given after the two-kind big win game, or whether to shift to the time-saving state after the two-kind big win game.

In addition, the pachinko game machine 1 determines whether or not the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R are displayed in the ready-to-win display mode in the variable performance by determining the ready-to-win random numbers according to the ready-to-win determination table shown in FIG. In addition, in this embodiment, the production pattern 8L, 8C, and 8R are trying to differ in the probability that the display mode of a reach will be depending on whether it is a time-saving state or a non-time-saving state.

In addition, the pachinko game machine 1 can determine that a special figure loss (a part or all of the loss random number range) that is not a big hit or a small win is a special figure lottery under a predetermined non-time-saving state (predetermined normal state that allows the game to be played based on the initial setting (RAM clear) when the game machine is started) as a special loss, and when it is determined to be a "C time-saving win", the special symbol is determined. The display device 41 stops and displays the "time saving pattern" according to the LED display mode corresponding to the exceptional losing pattern, so that it is possible to shift to the time saving state (so-called sudden time saving) without going through the jackpot game.

Then, when it is determined to be C time saving in the non-time saving state, the special type random number is determined according to the time saving pattern type determination table shown in FIG. In this embodiment, at a rate of 100% in the lottery of special figure 2, it is determined as "special figure 2_time saving pattern β".

As a modification, it may be possible to determine the C time-saving hit even in the lottery of the special figure 1 in the non-time-saving state, and to make it possible to determine ``special figure 1_time-saving pattern β'', or to make it possible to decide one of a plurality of types of time-saving patterns based on a predetermined lottery when making the C time-saving win.

Then, when a big win is won in a special drawing lottery, a ``big win game (one kind of big win game)'' for opening the first big win hole 30 in a big win hole opening pattern corresponding to the type of the stop-displayed big win pattern is executed.

In the present embodiment, the jackpot game includes a plurality of round games (unit opening game) for opening the first big winning hole 30, an opening (also referred to as OP) before the start of the first round game (also referred to as R), and an ending (also referred to as ED) after the final round game is completed. Each round game starts with the end of the OP or the end of the previous round game and ends with the start of the next round game or the start of the ED. The closing time (interval time) of the big winning hole between round games is included in the open round game before closing.

When a small winning prize is won in a special drawing lottery, a "small winning game" is executed to open the second big winning opening 35 according to a large winning opening opening pattern corresponding to the type of the stop-displayed small winning winning pattern. When a game ball enters a specific area 39 in a second big winning hole 35 (V winning) during execution of a small winning game, a ``big winning game (2 kinds of big winning game)'' for opening the first big winning hole 30 according to the opening pattern of the big winning hole corresponding to the type of winning small winning pattern is executed.

In this embodiment, the small winning game includes a small winning opening game for opening the second big winning opening 35, an opening (pre-opening interval) before starting the small winning opening game, and an ending (post-closing interval) after finishing the small winning opening game.

In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8, there are two types of jackpot patterns that can be won based on the special drawing lottery related to the special drawing 1 (LED display mode according to the jackpot drawing stopped and displayed on the special drawing 1 display device 41a).

There are two types of jackpot patterns (jackpot patterns stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 41b) that can be won based on the special figure lottery related to the special figure 2, and specifically, there is a possibility of winning ``special figure 2_jackpot pattern A'' and ``special figure 2_jackpot pattern B''.

"Special figure 1_jackpot pattern A" or "special figure 2_jackpot pattern A" is a 10R (round) jackpot, the number of openings of the first big winning hole 30 per 1R is 1, and when a specified number (for example, 10) of game balls wins per 1R (one opening), the first big winning hole 30 is shifted from an open state to a closed state (1R ends), but the maximum opening time is 29.5 seconds. .

In addition, "special figure 1_jackpot pattern B" or "special figure 2_jackpot pattern B" is a 4R (round) jackpot, the number of openings of the first big winning hole 30 per 1R is 1, and when a specified number (for example, 10) of game balls wins per 1R (one opening), the first big winning hole 30 is shifted from an open state to a closed state (1R ends), but the maximum opening time is 29.5 seconds. There is.

In this embodiment, based on the lottery of special figure 1, which is the main lottery (winning of the first start port 20) during non-time saving (left-handed), if "special figure 1 _ jackpot pattern A" or "special figure 1 _ jackpot pattern B" is won, it is possible to shift to "A time saving (1st time saving state)" as a game state after the 1 type jackpot game performed based on this winning, and the number of times of A time saving (mode type) that can be given to the player is 1 type jackpot game. It can be determined (set) to 20 times based on the determination process at the time of operation (see FIG. 8).

In addition, in this embodiment, if "Special Figure 2_jackpot pattern A" or "Special Figure 2_jackpot pattern B" is won based on the special figure lottery of special figure 2, which is the main lottery (winning of the second start port 21) during time saving (right-handed), it is possible to shift to "A time saving (first time saving state)" as a game state after the type 1 jackpot game performed based on this winning, and the number of times of A time saving (mode type) that can be granted to the player is one type jackpot. One, 40, or 99 times can be determined (set) based on the determination process at the time of game operation (see FIG. 8).

Further, in the present embodiment, as a result of the special drawing lottery, when a small winning is won, a small winning game is executed to open the second big winning opening 35 once (1R). When a specified number (for example, 10) of game balls are won in this one time (per 1R) opening, the second big prize winning port 35 is shifted from the open state to the closed state (1R end), and the maximum opening time is 1.6 seconds.

Then, when the game ball enters the second big winning hole 35 opened by the small winning game and passes through the specific area 39 in the second big winning device 36 (hereinafter also referred to as V winning or V passing), the winning of the big win (condition for activating the second big winning game) is achieved, and subsequently the big winning game (two big winning game) for opening the first big winning hole 30 is executed.

When this jackpot game (2 types jackpot game) is executed, the opening of the second big prize winning port 35 as the small hit game corresponds to the 1Rth. In addition, if there is no passage of the game ball to the specific area 39 in the small winning game, the second kind big winning game is not executed. In this specification, a big hit game and a small hit game may be called a special game. In addition, in the special game, there may be a round in which the big winning opening is opened and closed multiple times during one round.

As shown in FIG. 8, there are two types of small winning symbols (small winning symbols stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 41a) that can be won in the special figure 1 lottery. Specifically, depending on the result of the pattern lottery based on the special figure type random number, "special figure 1_small winning pattern a (distribution rate: about 70%)" or "special figure 1_small winning pattern b (distribution rate: about 30%)" can be determined (see FIG. 7 (C)).

In addition, there are two types of small winning patterns (small winning patterns stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 41b) that can be won in the special figure 2 lottery. Specifically, according to the result of the pattern lottery based on the special figure type random number, "special figure 2_small winning pattern a (distribution rate: about 15%)", "special figure 2_small winning pattern b (distribution rate: about 85%)" can be determined (see FIG. 7 (C)).

The ``special figure 1_small winning patterns a to b'' are small winning winning patterns for enabling V winning (V passing to a specific area 39) during a small winning game as an operation condition for the 2 kinds of big winning when winning a small winning based on the lottery of the special figure 1.例文帳に追加In addition, the ``special figure 2_small winning pattern b'' is a small winning winning pattern for enabling V winning (V passing to a specific area 39) during a small winning game as an operating condition of the 2 kinds of big winning when winning a small winning based on the lottery of the special figure 2.例文帳に追加

In a small winning game corresponding to ``special figure 1_small winning pattern a'', ``special figure 1_small winning pattern b'' or ``special figure 2_small winning pattern b'', the OP time (seconds) related to waiting until the second big winning opening 35 is opened is set to 0.008 seconds. In addition, the small winning game corresponding to "special figure 2_small winning pattern a" has an OP time (seconds) related to waiting until the second large winning opening 35 is opened for about 4.6 seconds. Then, after opening the special figure 2_small winning pattern a, opening up to 1.6 seconds at maximum per 1R by the second big winning opening 35 is performed once.

In the pachinko game machine 1, it is possible to determine whether or not a V winning is possible during execution of a small winning game, depending on the operation pattern of the distribution member 71 and the opening pattern of the opening/closing member 37.例文帳に追加Specifically, the OP time (seconds) related to waiting until the second big winning hole 35 is opened in the small winning game is realized by varying according to the type of the small winning symbol.

Specifically, according to the determination of the type of the small winning pattern (special figure 2_small winning pattern a or not), the OP time (seconds) related to the waiting until the second large winning hole 35 is opened in the small winning game can be set to either 4.6 seconds or 0.008 seconds, so that the opening timing of the second big winning hole 35 with respect to the distribution member 71 moving in a fixed operation from the start of the OP time of the small winning game can be changed. That is, a passing opening pattern (open for 0.008 seconds) that allows V winning during execution of a small winning game corresponding to special figure 2_small winning pattern a is implemented, and a non-passing opening pattern (4.6 seconds open/so-called falling small winning) that makes V winning impossible during execution of a small winning game corresponding to special figure 2_small winning pattern a is implemented.

In the present embodiment, the content of the jackpot game (2 types of jackpot game) executed based on the passage of the game ball to the specific area 39 (the number of rounds that are substantially effective) is determined according to the "special figure 1_small winning pattern a to b" The opening pattern of the first big winning opening 30 defined according to, or the opening pattern of the first big winning opening 30 defined according to "special figure 2_small winning symbols a to b".

Specifically, in the two-kind jackpot game based on the winning of ``special figure 1_small winning pattern a'', the first big prize winning port 30 is opened with a maximum opening time of 29.5 seconds per 1R (one time) from the 2nd to 5th rounds, and the first big prize winning port 30 is opened with a maximum opening time of 0.1 seconds per 1R from the 6th to 11th rounds. In other words, a 4R two-type jackpot game is substantially executed.

In addition, in the two-kind jackpot game based on the winning of the "special figure 1_small hit pattern b", the first big prize opening 30 is opened with the maximum opening time of 29.5 seconds per 1R from the 2nd round to the 11th round. In other words, a 10R double jackpot game is executed.

In addition, in the two-kind jackpot game based on the winning of "special figure 2_small win pattern a", although the operation pattern of the distribution member 71 is a non-passing open pattern in which V prizes cannot be won during the execution of the small hit game, if the V prize is won as an irregular, the first big prize opening 30 is opened with the maximum opening time of 0.2 seconds per 1R from the 2nd to 5th rounds, and the maximum opening time of 0.1 seconds per 1R from the 6th to 11th rounds. The first big prize opening 30 is opened. In other words, a two-type jackpot game of 0R is substantially executed.

In addition, in the two-kind jackpot game based on the winning of the "special figure 2_small hit pattern b", the first big prize opening 30 is opened with a maximum opening time of 29.5 seconds per 1R from the 2nd round to the 11th round. In other words, a 10R double jackpot game is executed.

In addition, in this embodiment, the game state after the two-type jackpot game when winning a small win can be shifted to "time saving state (so-called A time saving)", and when "special figure 1_small win pattern a" is won during non-time saving or time saving, the number of times of time saving state (mode type) that can be given to the player can be determined (set) once during the determination processing when the operating condition (V winning) of the two types jackpot game is satisfied.

Also, if you win "Special Figure 2_small winning pattern a" or "Special Figure 1_small winning pattern b" during non-time saving, the number of times of A time saving that can be given to the player can be determined (set) once during the judgment process when the operating conditions (V winning) of the two types of jackpot games are satisfied. However, in the case of winning ``special figure 2_small winning pattern b'', the number of time reductions A that can be granted to the player can be determined (set) to 40 times during the determination processing when the operating condition (V winning) of the two types of jackpot games is satisfied (see FIG. 8).

In addition, when "special figure 2_small winning pattern a" is won during time saving, the operation pattern of the distribution member 71 of the electric chew 22 becomes a non-passing open pattern (2 types of big winning games cannot be executed, no time reduction is given) that makes it impossible to win V during the execution of the small winning game. It is possible to determine (set) the number of time reductions in the state once (see FIG. 8).

As a modified example, when the V prize is irregularly won when the second big prize opening 35 is opened, the number of times of the time saving state that can be given to the player may be determined (set) to 0 times during the determination processing when the V prize is satisfied.

In addition, in this embodiment, when it is a predetermined normal state (non-time saving state) related to the game state initialized based on the initial setting (RAM clear) at the time of starting the game machine, it is possible to determine that it will be a C time saving hit based on the special loss (all random numbers associated with the special figure loss) that can occur as a special figure 2 lottery result.

From here, in this embodiment, it is a probability configuration that makes it easier to assign a special loss (special figure loss) than a big hit or a small hit in the special figure 2 lottery. Therefore, it is possible to derive with high probability the result of determination to the effect that it will be elected per C time reduction based on the exceptional loss. And when it becomes determination of this C time saving hit, it is possible to shift to the 3rd time saving state (slight time saving) of 1000 times without going through the jackpot game (see FIG. 8).

In addition, in the above-mentioned predetermined normal state (non-time-saving state) in the present embodiment, even if the game ball is entered into the right game area 3B (see FIG. 1) by hitting to the right, the electric sapo control is not executed.

However, when the front frame 51 is opened by the clerk before the opening of the game parlor, the lottery of the special figure 2 can be performed because the support for entering the game ball into the exposed second starting port 21 can be provided. In addition, as a modification, the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 that allows the game ball to enter the second start port 21 in the predetermined normal state (non-time saving state) may be limitedly executed.

Also, in this embodiment, when the special figure per random number is determined to determine the big hit, the small hit, the C time saving hit, or the special figure loss, the special figure variation PT random number is shown in FIG. In addition, in the time saving state, the fluctuation time of the special figure is shorter than the non-working time saving state.

Specifically, the average variation time of the special figure when the special figure is lost in the non-time saving state is about 27 seconds, and the average variation time of the special figure in the time saving state is about 4 seconds. Therefore, in the time saving state, the operation of the variable time shortening function of the special symbol display 41 is possible.

[Game state in this pachinko game machine 1]
Next, the game state of the pachinko game machine 1 will be explained. In this embodiment, there are a non-time-saving state and a time-saving state as game states.

In the following, the non-time-saving state may be referred to as a normal state, an initial game, or a normal game state. As described above, the types of the time saving state include the first time saving state (A time saving), the second time saving state (B time saving), and the third time saving state (slight time saving).

The game state after turning on the power when playing the pachinko game machine 1 for the first time is a non-time-saving state (predetermined normal state or initial game). In addition, the time-saving state related to the facilitation of winning is a game state in which the game ball is more likely to enter the electric chew 22 (second start port 21) more efficiently than the non-time-saving state (a game that improves the ease of establishment of the starting condition compared to the normal game state / a game that improves the execution efficiency of determination per unit time by the first determination means than the normal game state).

Specifically, there is a first time-saving state (A time-saving/electrical sapo state for facilitating winning) that can be shifted after the jackpot game, and in this state, the time required for variable display of special symbols (special figure 1, special figure 2) and/or normal figure per time is shorter than in the normal game state, and the period per time in which the movable member 23 is opened is longer than in the non-time-saving state.

In addition, in this embodiment, the winning probability of the normal figure lottery does not become the first time saving state (A time saving) that is higher than the non working time saving state. That is, it does not have a variable function of the normal pattern lottery probability. However, as a modification, it may be provided with a variable function of the normal pattern lottery probability.

In addition, in this embodiment, it is provided with a third time saving state (slight time saving) that can be shifted after the C time saving hit (special figure 2 stop display in response to a special loss).In this third time saving state, the time required for variable display of special symbols (special figures 1, special figures 2) and / or normal figures per time does not change compared to the normal game state. , It becomes a time-saving state that does not reach the winning easy state in which the game ball can be easily caught based on the movement of the electric chew 22 (second start port 21).

In addition, the number of time saving in the present embodiment corresponds to the upper limit number of times of counting based on the number of times of variable display of special symbols (special figure 1 and / or special figure 2) under time saving state (the number of times of special figure lottery). As a modification, for the count target related to the counting of the number of times of time saving, it may be the upper limit number of times of counting based on the number of times of variable display of normal symbols under time saving state (number of times of normal lottery).

In addition, as a modification regarding the time saving state, the probability variation that the change in the lottery probability of the normal drawing lottery is improved compared to the normal game state, the shortened variation that the time required for variable display of the special symbols (special figure 1, special figure 2) and / or the normal figure is shortened compared to the normal game state, and the long open that the period per time of the open state of the movable member 23 is longer compared to the normal game state. It is also possible to provide various variations of the open pattern mode for making it easy to enter a game ball into the 2 start hole 21 to make it easy to win a prize.

In addition, as a modification regarding the time saving state, the change in the lottery probability of the normal drawing lottery does not change or almost does not change, the time required for variable display of the special symbols (special figure 1, special figure 2) and / or the normal figure per time does not change or does not change at all compared to the normal game state. It is also possible to provide various variations of the open pattern mode for making the winning non-easy state, which does not lead to the easy entry of the game ball into the second starting port 21 .

In this pachinko game machine 1, as shown in the normal game winning determination table in FIG. 9A, when the normal game lottery is performed regardless of whether it is in a non-time saving state or a time saving state, the probability of winning is set to be high.

However, it is impossible (short open) to catch the game ball flowing down the right game area 3B by the displacement control of the open pattern of the electric chew 22 in the non-time saving state or the third time saving state (slight time saving).

Then, in the displacement control of the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 in the first time saving state (A time saving), the game ball flowing down the right game area 3B can be easily caught (long open), and when the game ball passes through the gate 28 related to the activation of the electric chew 22 (normal drawing prize and general drawing lottery), the game property (the winning rate of the normal drawing is about 100%) that is likely to be determined.

Further, when the pachinko game machine 1 judges the random number per normal pattern and determines that it is a normal pattern per hit, the general pattern type random number is determined according to the normal pattern type determination table shown in FIG.

Specifically, about 10% of the time, ``Normal _A'' is selected, about 20% of the time it is about ``Normal _B'', about 30% of the time it is about ``Normal _C'', and about 40% of the time it is ``Normal _D''. It should be noted that, in the normal map indicator 42, the lighting mode (identification information) by each LED corresponding to each of the "normal map _A to D" will be stopped and displayed at the time of winning the normal map.

Also, the pachinko game machine 1 uses the normal pattern fluctuation pattern determination table shown in FIG. In addition, the fluctuation time of the normal figure in the time saving state of the present embodiment (first time saving state, second time saving state) is shorter than the non-time saving state (including the third time saving state (slight time saving)).

Specifically, the average fluctuation time of the normal diagram in the non-time saving state is about 13 seconds, and the average fluctuation time of the normal diagram in the time saving state is about 2 seconds. Therefore, in the first time saving state (A time saving), the variable time shortening function of the normal diagram display 42 can be operated.

This pachinko gaming machine 1 uses the opening pattern determination table of the electric chew 22 shown in FIG.

In addition, in this embodiment, the number of times the electric chew 22 is opened per normal figure differs depending on the type of time saving state, and the opening time of the electric chew 22, the opening time until the opening is implemented, or at least one of the interval times can be varied according to the type of normal figure (normal figure _A to D).

Specifically, the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 in the non-time-saving state (predetermined normal state or general normal state) is 0.06 seconds open regardless of the type of normal drawing (normal drawing _A to D).

That is, since the short-circuiting of the electric chew 22 is performed once with different opening times of 0.06 seconds each time, even if the short-circuiting of the electric chew 22 is made, it is virtually impossible to win a prize for the second starting port 21.例文帳に追加

In addition, the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 in the third time saving state (slight time saving) is a pattern of “short twice open” that is open for 0.06 seconds per time regardless of the type of normal figure (normal figure _A to D).

That is, the opening time or the interval time is different from each other, and the short opening of the electric chew 22 is performed twice for 0.06 seconds each time, so even if the short opening is performed twice by the electric chew 22, it is substantially impossible to win a prize for the second start port 21.

In addition, the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 in the first short time state (A short time) is a pattern of “long two times open” that is open for 2.5 seconds per time regardless of the type of normal figure (normal figure _A to D). Depending on the type of normal figure (normal figure _A to D), the opening time until the electric chew 22 is opened, or the interval time between two openings (open timing not shown) is a pattern of “long two times open” that is different from each other.

That is, the opening time or the interval time is different from each other, and the long opening of the electric chew 22 of 2.5 seconds is performed twice, so that the winning for the second starting port 21 can be easily achieved by the long opening of the electric chew 22 twice.

The opening pattern of the electric chew 22 in the second time saving state (B time saving) is the same as the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 in the first time saving state (A time saving).

From here, the first time-saving state (A time-saving) enables the operation of the electric chew opening frequency increasing function that increases the number of times the electric chew 22 is opened compared to the non-time-saving state, and the non-time-saving state or the third time-saving state.

In addition, under the condition that the fluctuation time shortening function of the normal figure display 42, the opening time extension function of the electric chew 22, and the opening frequency increasing function of the electric chew 22 are operating, the electric chew 22 is more likely to be opened and the game ball to enter the second start port 21 more easily than when these functions are not operated. As a result, the base, which is the ratio of the number of balls awarded to the number of balls fired, increases.

Therefore, the state in which these functions are activated (ie, the first time-saving state) is also referred to as a "high-base state", and the state in which they are not activated (ie, a non-time-saving state) is also referred to as a "low-base state."

In the first time-saving state (high base state), a big hit can be aimed at without significantly reducing the number of game balls in hand. The first time-saving state (high-base state) is a state in which a so-called electric sapo control (a control that captures a game ball by operating the movable member 23 of the electric chew 22 and supports the ball entering the second starting port 21) is being executed (easy-winning state). Therefore, the first time-saving state and/or the second time-saving state (high base state) is also referred to as an electric support control state. In addition, the normal game state (low base state) is also referred to as a non-electric support control state.

In addition, the 1st time-saving state and/or the 2nd time-saving state (high base state) do not need to operate all the above-mentioned functions. That is, by operating one or more of the probability variation function of the normal diagram display device 42, the variation time shortening function of the normal diagram display device 42, the opening time extension function of the electric chew 22, and the function of increasing the number of openings of the electric chew 22, it is sufficient that the game ball is more likely to win the second start port 21 related to the electric chew 22 than when the function is not in operation.

Regarding the end condition of the first time saving state (A time saving), it is possible to end based on the execution of the variable display of the special pattern (the number of times of notifying the stop display related to the missing pattern) according to the predetermined upper limit number of execution times (1 time saving A, 20 times A time saving, 40 times A time saving, 99 times A time saving) set as the end condition of the time saving state. Below, execution of the last variation display of predetermined upper limit number of times of execution is also called "time saving final variation."

In addition, regarding the end condition of the third time saving state (slight time saving), it is possible to end based on the execution of the variable display of the special pattern (the number of times of stop display related to the missing pattern) corresponding to the predetermined upper limit number of times of execution (1000 times of slight time saving) set as the end condition of the time saving state. Below, execution of the last variation display of predetermined upper limit number of times of execution is also called "time saving final variation."

In the first time-saving state or the second time-saving state (high base state), the game can proceed advantageously by entering the game ball into the right game area 3B (see FIG. 1) by striking to the right. This is because the electric chew 22 is more easily opened than in the non-time-saving state (low base state) by the electric sapo control, and the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 (long two times open) that makes it easier for the game ball to enter the second start port 21 than the game ball to enter the first start port 20 can be executed.

Therefore, while allowing the game ball to pass through the gate 28 that triggers the normal drawing lottery, the game ball is hit to the right in order to enter the game ball to the second start port 21 (special drawing prize). As a result, you can get more balls (special prizes) than hitting left. In addition, in this pachinko game machine 1, the game is played by hitting to the right even during the jackpot game.

On the other hand, in the non-time-saving state (low base state), the game can be progressed advantageously by entering the game ball into the left game area 3A (see FIG. 1) by striking to the left. Since the electric sapo control is not executed, even if the electric chew 22 is opened, the opening pattern (opening once for short) makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting port 21. Therefore, aiming to enter the game ball to the first starting port 20 makes it easier to win a special prize than aiming to enter the game ball to the second starting port 21.例文帳に追加Therefore, left-handed hitting is performed in order to allow the game ball to enter the first starting port 20 (special figure winning). This allows you to get more balls (special prizes) than hitting right.

In addition, in the third time-saving state (slight time-saving), the game can proceed more advantageously by entering the game ball into the left game area 3A (see FIG. 1) by striking to the left. Although the function of increasing the number of opening times of the electric chew is executed, the opening pattern (open twice short) makes it difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting port 21 even if the electric chew 22 is opened. Therefore, left-handed hitting is performed in order to allow the game ball to enter the first starting port 20 (special figure winning). This will allow you to get more special prizes than hitting right.

[About special prize winning command]
The pachinko game machine 1 is capable of executing a so-called look-ahead effect. The look-ahead effect is the determination information (random number such as a random number per special figure) acquired in response to the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20 or the second start port 21 (random value such as a random number per special figure). It is a pre-determination related to the special figure variation that can be executed based on the command information (hereinafter also referred to as determination information for look-ahead) that is included in the command information (hereinafter also referred to as determination information for look-ahead) generated based on the special figure winning command.

By this look-ahead performance, it is possible to suggest the winning expectation degree related to the special figure winning (special figure winning command) to be the target of the look-ahead determination during the preliminary symbol variation executed before the win-or-miss determination (main determination) performed at the start of the special figure variation (variation display of the special symbol) caused by the special figure winning (so-called reserved winning) to be the target of the look-ahead determination.

As shown in FIG. 11, in the present embodiment, prefetching determination based on reference to the upper command and the lower command (prefetching determination information) that constitute the special figure winning command is enabled. Thereby, whether it is a big hit, a small hit, a special loss (C time saving hit), a special figure loss, or the like can be included as the determination content related to the look-ahead determination.

Specifically, in the case of a special prize winning command corresponding to the case of a big hit, pre-reading determination information indicating the type of the big win pattern (either the big win pattern A or the big win pattern B) is included. In addition, the special figure winning command corresponding to the case of the small winning includes look-ahead determination information indicating the type of the small winning design (either the small winning design a or the small winning design b).

In addition, if it becomes a special figure winning command corresponding to the case of special figure loss, pre-reading determination information indicating the presence or absence of the type of special figure loss and reach is included. In addition, the special figure winning command of the present embodiment includes pre-reading determination information indicating which of the first start opening 20 and the second start opening 21 the game ball entered.

In addition, what kind of prefetching determination information is included as the prefetching determination information included in the special figure winning command may be appropriately changed. For example, the special figure winning command may include pre-reading determination information related to a detailed effect mode (for example, presence or absence of button effect) related to the variation pattern type.

[Operation of game control microcomputer 81]
Next, the operation of the game control microcomputer 81 will be described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 30. FIG. The game control microcomputer 81 is formed of a one-chip microcomputer, and includes a ROM (Read Only Memory) 83 that is a game control ROM, a RAM (Random Access Memory) 84 that is a game control RAM, a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 82 that is a game control CPU, and a random number circuit (0 as a random value for judging a big hit). to 65535) and an I/O port (Input/Output Port) section 87 serving as an interface terminal used for inputting and outputting information.

The ROM 83 stores a game program for the CPU 82 to perform game control processing, various data necessary for the game control processing, various tables, and the like.

The RAM 84 is used as a work memory when the CPU 82 performs game control processing. In addition, some (or all) of the game information stored in the RAM 84 (for example, the current game state, the currently varying special figure 1 variation display information, the currently varying special figure 2 variation display information, the current special figure 1 hold information, the current special figure 2 hold information, the current number of special figure 1 fluctuations, the current number of special figure 2 fluctuations, the current number of jackpots, the current number of rounds, control commands, etc.) becomes a backup RAM that can be held for a predetermined period even if the power supply to the pachinko game machine 1 is stopped. I'm trying

The game control microcomputer 81 (CPU 82) can expand the game program stored in the ROM 83 to the RAM 84 based on the start-up processing performed when the power of the pachinko game machine 1 is turned on, and can execute operation processing such as counters, timers, flags, statuses, buffers, etc. that will appear in the following explanation of the operation of the game control microcomputer 81, thereby controlling the main game in the pachinko game machine 1.

[Main control main processing]
The game control microcomputer 81 provided on the main control board 80 reads and executes the main control main processing program shown in FIG. 12 from the ROM 83 when the pachinko gaming machine 1 is powered on. Then, as shown in the figure, in the main control main process, initial setting of the CPU 82 and the like is performed in step S001.

In this initial setting, stack setting for temporarily saving data, constant setting, interrupt time setting, SIO (Serial Input/Output) setting related to input/output of serial information, PIO (parallel input/output) setting related to input/output of parallel information, CTC (Counter Timer Circuit) setting related to circuit for managing interrupt time, and predetermined information (various flags, status and counters) are reset.

For example, the initial value of the flag is "0" or "OFF", the initial value of the status is "1", and the initial value of the counter is "0". Note that the initial setting (S001) is executed only once after the power is turned on, and is not executed thereafter.

Also, the range to be initialized differs depending on whether or not the RAM clear switch 152 is input when the power is turned on. That is, when there is no input from the RAM clear switch 152 when the power is turned on, initial setting is made so as to be able to return to the game state executed before the power is turned on, and when there is input from the RAM clear switch 152 when the power is turned on, the initial setting is made so as to be able to return to a predetermined normal game state (predetermined normal state, initial game).

After the initial setting (S001), interrupts are prohibited (S002), and the normal design/special design main random number update process (S003) is executed. In this normal symbol/special symbol main random number update process (S003), the update value (hereinafter also referred to as random number counter value) of each random number counter provided corresponding to the random number type such as the random number per special symbol and the random number per normal symbol shown in FIG. 6 is generated.

The random number counter value in the present embodiment is an update value that is increased by adding one at a time from an initial value (for example, 0) at high speed. When the update value reaches the upper limit, it returns to the initial value (or a randomly set start value) and is a periodic pseudo-random number that is added again one by one. The initial value of each random number counter may be a value other than "0", or may be changed randomly. Also, each random number may be a so-called hardware random number generated using a known random number generation circuit such as a counter IC.

When the normal design/special design main random number update process (S003) ends, the interrupt is permitted (S004). While interrupts are enabled, it is possible to execute main-side timer interrupt processing (S005). The main-side timer interrupt processing (S005) is executed based on interrupt pulses that are repeatedly input to the CPU 82, for example, in 4 ms (millisecond) cycles.

Then, after the main side timer interrupt processing (S005) is finished, until the next main side timer interrupt processing (S005) is started, the update processing of various counter values by the normal symbol/special symbol main random number update processing (S003) is repeatedly executed.

If an interrupt pulse is input to the CPU 82 in the interrupt disabled state, the main timer interrupt processing (S005) will not start immediately, but will start after waiting for the interrupt permission (S004).

[Main-side timer interrupt processing]
Next, the main-side timer interrupt processing (S005) will be described. As shown in FIG. 13, the game control microcomputer 81 first executes the output process (S101) in the main side timer interrupt process (S005).

In the output process (S101), commands set in the output buffer provided in the RAM 84 of the main control board 80 in each process described below are output to the sub control board 90, the payout control board 110, and the like.

In the input process (S102) that follows the output process (S101), detection signals detected by various sensors (first starting hole sensor 20a, second starting hole sensor 21a, first big winning hole sensor 30a, second big winning hole sensor 35a, normal winning hole sensor 27a, etc. (see FIG. 4)) mainly attached to the pachinko game machine 1 are read and stored in the output buffer of the RAM 84 as prize ball information.

A detection signal from the lower tray full switch for detecting the fullness of the lower tray 62 is also taken in and stored in the output buffer of the RAM 84 as lower tray full data. It is assumed that the number of prize balls corresponding to the winning of each prize opening is set to a predetermined value, such as two balls for the second start opening 21, for example. However, it is possible to appropriately change how many balls are set as the number of prize balls according to the winning in each prize opening.

The normal design/special design main random number update process (S103) performed next is the same as the normal design/special design main random number update process (S003) performed in the main control main process of FIG.

That is, the updating process of the various random number counter values (including the general/universal figure-related random number counter value) shown in FIG. 6 is performed both during the execution period of the main side timer interrupt process (S005) and during the other period (the period from the end of the main side timer interrupt process (S005) to the start of the next main side timer interrupt process (S005)).

After normal symbol/special symbol main random number update process (S103), sensor detection process (S104), normal operation process (S105), special operation process (S106), distribution member control process (S107), and specific area sensor detection process (S108) are executed. After that, other processing (S109) is executed, and the main side timer interrupt processing (S005) ends.

As other processing (S109), the special figure 1 reservation indicator 43a is controlled to display the number based on the number of special figure 1 reservation balls which will be described later.

Then, the processing of steps S002 to S004 of the main control main processing is repeatedly executed until the next interrupt pulse is input to the CPU 82 (see FIG. 12), and when the interrupt pulse is input (after about 4 ms), the main side timer interrupt processing (S005) is executed again.

In the output processing (S101) of the main-side timer interrupt processing (S005) executed again, the commands set in the output buffer of the RAM 84 in the previous main-side timer interrupt processing (S005) are output.

[Sensor detection processing]
As shown in FIG. 14, the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not the game ball has passed through the gate 28, that is, whether or not the game ball has been detected by the gate sensor 28a in the sensor detection process (S104) associated with the main timer interrupt process (S005) of FIG. 13 (S201).

Then, if the game ball has passed through the gate 28 (YES in S201), gate passage processing (S202), which will be described later, is performed. On the other hand, if the game ball has not passed through the gate 28 (NO in S201), the process skips the gate passing process (S202) and proceeds to step S203.

In step S203, it is determined whether or not a game ball has entered the second start hole 21, that is, whether or not a game ball has been detected by the second start hole sensor 21a (S203). If the game ball has not won the second start port 21 (NO in S203), the process proceeds to step S209, but if the game ball has won the second start port 21 (YES in S203), it is determined whether the number of special figure 2 reserved balls (the number of special figure 2 reservations, specifically the value of the counter that counts the number of special figure 2 reservations provided in the RAM 84) has reached "4" (S204).

Then, when the number of special figure 2 reserved balls has reached "4" (YES in S204), the process proceeds to step S209, but when the number of special figure 2 reserved balls is less than "4" (NO in S204), "1" is added to the number of special figure 2 reserved balls (S205).

Then special figure 2 relation random number acquisition processing (S206) it does. In the special figure 2 related random number acquisition process (S206), the special figure related random number group shown in FIG.

Specifically, the random number counter value per special figure (extracted value of any one in the numerical range of counter A), the random number counter value of special figure type (extracted value of any one in the numerical range of counter B), the reach random number counter value (extracted value of any one in the numerical range of counter C) and the special figure fluctuation pattern random number counter value (extracted value of any one in the numerical range of counter D) are obtained, and the obtained random values are the current special figure in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b (Fig. 4). Stored in the storage area of the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b corresponding to the number of 2 reservation balls.

Subsequently, a special figure 2 winning command specific process (S207) is performed. In the special figure 2 winning command identification process (S207), the special figure 2 winning command is identified using the special figure winning command identification table shown in FIG. 11 based on the random value group stored in step S206.

Specifically, if the special figure random number is "65535" and the special figure type random number is "199", the command "E2H02H" is specified as the special figure 2 winning command by referring to the second start port in the special figure winning command identification table of FIG. A command consists of 2-byte information (1-byte upper command (eg, E2H) and 1-byte lower command (eg, 02H)).

The classification of the random number per special figure in the table shown in FIG. 11 corresponds to the classification in the jackpot determination table (see FIG. 7(A)). In addition, the division of special figure type random numbers is such that the types of small winning symbols can be distinguished (see FIG. 7(C)).

The details are one of the 65250-65535 of the special map 2 in the special figure 2, and if the species species are "0-50", it is determined to be a jackpot of "Special diagram 2_ large hit pattern A", so it is a large -scale reception information that is expected to be the winning information (that is, the acquired judgment information is won. Special diagram 2 prize command (for example, E2H is the value of the upper command, and the value of the lower command is 01h).

If the random number value per special map 2 is one of 65250 to 65535, and if one of the special diagram species is "51-199", it will be determined to be a jackpot of "Special diagram 2_ large hit pattern B", so it shows that it is a large hit information that will be determined to be the wound information.) Special Figure 2 Prize command (for example, the value of the upper command is E2h, the lower command value is 02h).

Also, if the special figure 2 random value is determined to be a small hit in any of 0 to 2000, and if the special figure type random value is any of 0 to 30, it is determined as "special figure 2_small hit pattern a". , the value of the lower command is 03H).

In addition, if the special figure 2 random value is determined to be a small hit in any of 0 to 2000, and if the special figure type random value is 31 to 199, it is determined as "special figure 2_small hit pattern b". The command value 04H) is specified.

Also, for example, a non-time-saving state when judging the special figure 2 suspension that remained when switching from time-saving ON to time-saving OFF, or a non-time-saving state after clearing the RAM, etc. If the special figure per random value of the special figure 2 assigned in a predetermined non-time-saving state (hereinafter also referred to as a predetermined non-time-saving state) is a special loss corresponding to 2001 to 65249, it can be determined as a C time-saving hit. A special figure 2 winning command (the value of the upper command is E2H and the value of the lower command is 05H) indicating that it is the winning information per C time saving scheduled to be determined.

In addition, if the non-working time saving state that does not correspond to the predetermined non-working hours state or the random number per special figure during the transition of the working hours saving state is 2001 to 65249, it is determined that the special figure is lost.

It should be noted that in the special figure winning command of the present embodiment, the value of the upper digit among the high order commands in hexadecimal is information specifying the type of command (that it is a special figure winning command). Also, the value of the lower digit in the higher order command is starting point information that designates the type of starting point (whether the first starting point 20 wins or the second starting point 21 wins).

In addition, the two-digit hexadecimal low-order command is the lottery result information regarding the winning/failing type and the symbol type. In addition, the rule regarding the generation of such a special figure winning command is an example and can be arbitrarily changed.

Subsequently, the game control microcomputer 81 sets the special figure 2 winning command specified in step S207 to the output buffer of the RAM 84 (S208).

Subsequently, in the sensor detection process (S104), it is determined whether or not the game ball has entered the first start hole 20, that is, whether or not the game ball has been detected by the first start hole sensor 20a (S209). If the game ball has not entered the first starting port 20 (NO at S209), the processing is finished, but if the game ball has entered the first starting port 20 (YES at S209), it is determined whether the number of special-figure 1 reserved balls (the number of special-figure 1 reserves, specifically, the number of the counter that counts the number of special-figure 1 reserves provided in the RAM 84) has reached "4" (S210).

Then, when the number of special figure 1 reserved balls reaches "4" (YES at S210), the process is finished, but when the number of special figure 1 reserved balls is less than "4" (NO at S210), "1" is added to the number of special figure 1 reserved balls (S211).

Then special figure 1 relation random number acquisition processing (S212) it does. In the special figure 1 related random number acquisition process (S212), similarly to the special figure 2 related random number acquisition process (S206), the special figure related random number group shown in FIG.

Specifically, the random number counter value per special figure (extracted value of any one in the numerical range of counter A), the random number counter value of special figure type (extracted value of any one in the numerical range of counter B), the reach random number counter value (extracted value of any one in the numerical range of counter C) and the special figure fluctuation pattern random number counter value (extracted value of any one in the numerical range of counter D) are obtained, and these acquired random values are the current special figure in the special figure 1 reservation storage unit 85a (Fig. 4). It is stored in the storage area of the special figure 1 reservation storage unit 85a corresponding to the number of 1 reservation balls.

Subsequently, a special figure 1 winning command specifying process (S213) is performed. In the special figure 1 winning command identification process (S213), the special figure 1 winning command is identified using the special figure winning command identification table shown in FIG. 11 based on the random value group stored in step S212.

Specifically, if the special figure random number is "65535" and the special figure type random number is "199", the command "E1H02H" is specified as the special figure 1 winning command by referring to the first start port in the special figure winning command identification table of FIG.

As in the case of the special figure 2 winning command described above, the classification of the random numbers per special figure in the table shown in FIG. 11 corresponds to the classification in the jackpot determination table (see FIG. 7A). In addition, the division of special figure type random numbers is such that the types of small winning symbols can be distinguished (see FIG. 7(C)).

Specifically, if the special figure random number is any one of 65250 to 65535 and the special figure type random number is any one of 0 to 120, it is determined as "special figure 1_jackpot pattern A", so the special figure 1 winning command indicating that (that is, the acquired determination information is the jackpot winning information that is scheduled to be determined as the jackpot winning) is specified (the value of the upper command is E1H, and the value of the lower command is 01H).

In addition, if the special figure random number is any one of 65250 to 65535 and the special figure type random number is any one of 121 to 199, it is determined as "special figure 1_jackpot pattern B", so the special figure 1 winning command indicating that (that is, the acquired determination information is the jackpot winning information scheduled to be determined as jackpot winning) is specified (the value of the upper command is E1H, and the value of the lower command is 02H).

In addition, if the special figure random value is any one of 0 to 330 and the special figure type random value is any of 0 to 140, it is determined to be special figure 1_small winning pattern a, so (that is, the acquired judgment information is small winning information that is scheduled to be determined as small winning winning, and the type of small winning design is "small winning design a"). .

Also, if the special figure random value is any of 0 to 330 and the special figure type random value is any of 141 to 199, it is determined to be special figure 1_small winning pattern b, so that (that is, the acquired judgment information is small winning information that is scheduled to be determined as small winning winning, and the type of small winning design is "small winning design a") Special figure 1 winning command (higher command value is E1H, lower command value is 04H) identified.

Also, if the random number per special figure is 331 to 65249, it is determined that the special figure is lost, so that (that is, the acquired determination information is the special figure lost information that is scheduled to be determined as a special figure loss).

Subsequently, the game control microcomputer 81 sets the special figure 1 winning command specified in step S213 to the output buffer of the RAM 84 (S214), and finishes the process.

[Gate Passing Process]
As shown in FIG. 15, the game control microcomputer 81 (acquisition means) determines whether or not the number of normal-pattern pending balls (the number of normal-pattern suspending balls, specifically, the value of the counter that counts the number of normal-pattern suspending provided in the RAM 84) has reached "4" in the gate passage processing (S202) related to the sensor detection processing (S104) (S221). Then, when the number of reserved balls in the normal pattern reaches "4" (YES in S221), the process is finished, but when the number of reserved balls in the normal pattern is less than "4" (NO in S221), "1" is added to the number of reserved balls in the normal pattern (S222).

Subsequently, general/universal figure related random number acquisition processing (S223) is performed. In the general pattern related random number acquisition process (S223), the random number group shown in FIG. 6(B) is acquired, and the acquired random number values are stored in the general pattern reservation storage unit 85c (FIG. 4).

Specifically, the random number counter value per normal figure (one extracted value in the numerical range of 1 to 65535), the random number counter value by normal pattern type (extracted value of any one in the numerical range of 0 to 199), the normal pattern fluctuation pattern random number counter value (extracted value of any one in the numerical range of 0 to 99) are acquired, and these acquired random values are stored in the normal figure retention storage unit 85c (Fig. 4) according to the current number of normal figure retention balls. Store in the c storage area.

Subsequently, normal map passage command specific processing (S224) is performed. In the general pattern passage command identification process (S224), the general pattern passage command is identified using the general pattern passage command identification table (not shown) based on the random number value group stored in step S223.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 9 (A), if the random value per normal pattern is any one of 1 to 65535, it is determined to be per normal pattern, so refer to the normal pattern passing command identification table (not shown) to specify that the value of the upper command in the normal pattern passing command is E3H.

In addition, by dividing the general pattern type random number, it is possible to distinguish the type of normal pattern (see FIG. 9 (B)).

Specifically, if the random number value for the normal pattern type is any one of 0 to 19, it is determined to be normal pattern _A, so it is specified that the value of the lower command in the general pattern passing command indicating that (that is, the acquired determination information is the winning information for the normal pattern that is scheduled to be the winning determination for the normal pattern, and the type of the pattern for the normal pattern is "normal pattern _A") is 01H.

Also, if the general map type random number is any one of 20 to 60, it is determined to be general map _B, so the value of the lower command in the general map passing command indicating that is specified to the effect that it is 02H.

Also, if the general map type random number is any one of 61 to 121, it is determined to be general map _C, so the value of the lower command in the general map passing command indicating that is specified to the effect that it is 03H.

Also, if the general map type random number is any one of 122 to 199, it is determined to be general map _D, so the value of the lower command in the general map passing command indicating that is specified to the effect that it is 04H.

In addition, if the random number per normal pattern is 0, it is determined that the normal pattern is lost, so it is specified that the value of the lower command in the normal pattern passing command indicating that (that is, the acquired determination information is the normal pattern loss information that is scheduled to be determined as a normal pattern loss) is 05H.

Subsequently, the game control microcomputer 81 sets the normal pattern passage command specified in step S224 to the output buffer of the RAM 84 (S225), and finishes the process.

[Normal operation processing]
As shown in FIG. 16, the game control microcomputer 81 performs normal operation processing (S105) following the sensor detection processing (S104) related to the main side timer interrupt processing (S005) of FIG.

In the normal operation process (S105), it is determined whether or not the electric tube 22 is in operation (S301). If the electric chew 22 is not in operation (NO in S301), then it is determined whether or not the normal map stop display is in progress (from the start to the end of the normal map stop time) (S302). If the normal map is not in stop display (NO in S302), then it is determined whether or not the normal map is in variable display (S303).

If it is not during the variable display of the general pattern (NO in S303), then it is determined whether the number of reserved balls in the general pattern related to the storage of the general pattern related random number acquired in the above step S223 is "0" (S304). If the normal-pattern pending ball number is "0" (YES in S304), it means that there is no memory of the normal-pattern related random number, so this processing is finished.

In step S304, if the number of reserved balls in the general pattern is not "0" (NO in S304), it means that there is a storage of random numbers related to the general pattern, so hit determination processing (S305) is performed. In the general pattern hit determination process (S305), it is determined whether or not there is a hit based on the general pattern hit determination table (see FIG. 9A).

Then, a pattern determination process is performed to set the normal pattern stop pattern data according to the result of the normal pattern hit determination process in a predetermined storage area of the RAM 84 (S306). That is, in the normal pattern determination process (S306), if it is a ``normal drawing loss'', the data corresponding to the ``normal losing pattern'' is set, and if it is a ``normal drawing winning'', the data corresponding to the ``normal winning pattern (normal drawing_A to D)'' is set.

Subsequently, normal pattern fluctuation time determination processing (S307) is performed. In the normal pattern fluctuation time determination process (S307), the normal pattern fluctuation pattern determination table shown in FIG. 9C is referred to, and if the game state is a non-time saving state, the normal pattern fluctuation pattern pt1 with a fluctuation time of 16 seconds per normal pattern, the normal pattern fluctuation pattern pt2 with a fluctuation time of 13 seconds per normal pattern, and the normal pattern loss variation pattern pt3 with a fluctuation time of 10 seconds can be selected.

On the other hand, if the game state is a time saving state, any one of a normal pattern fluctuation pattern pt4 with a fluctuation time of 2.5 seconds per normal pattern, a normal pattern fluctuation pattern pt5 with a fluctuation time of 1.5 seconds per normal pattern, and a normal pattern fluctuation pattern pt6 with a fluctuation time of 2 seconds for losing a normal pattern can be selected.

Then, 1 is subtracted from the number of balls held in normal pattern (S308). As a result, the storage location (storage area) of the general pattern reservation for reading in the general pattern reservation storage unit 85c becomes empty, and the storage location (storage area) of each general pattern reservation in the general pattern reservation storage unit 85c is shifted from the current position to the read side by one, and the storage area corresponding to the fourth reservation (storage area farthest from the side to be read) in the general pattern reservation storage unit 85c is made empty (S309).

In this way, it is made to be digested in the order in which the general map reservation was reserved. After that, the game control microcomputer 81 starts the variation display of the normal figure according to the normal figure variation pattern selected in step S307 (S310). Along with this, in order to inform the sub-control board 90 of the start of the fluctuation of the normal pattern, a normal pattern fluctuation start command is set.

If it is during the fluctuation display of the normal map in the above-mentioned step S303 (YES in S303), then it is determined whether or not the fluctuation time of the normal map has passed (S311).

On the other hand, if it has passed (YES in S311), the fluctuation display of the general pattern is stopped with the display result (normal winning pattern or normal losing pattern) according to the determination result of the general pattern related random number (S312). Then, set the normal pattern fluctuation stop command to inform the sub-control board 90 of the normal pattern fluctuation stop (S313), and set the normal pattern stop time (500 ms in this embodiment, see FIG. 9 (C)) (S314) Finish this process.

Also, if the normal map stop display is being performed in the above step S302 (YES in S302), then it is determined whether or not the normal map stop time set in step S314 has elapsed (S315), and if not (NO in S315), this processing ends.

Also, if the normal pattern stop time has passed in the above-mentioned step S315 (YES in S315), it is determined whether or not the normal pattern stop pattern data of the normal winning pattern is set (S316).

On the other hand, it is determined whether or not the normal stop pattern data of the normal winning pattern is set (S316), and if the data is the normal winning pattern (that is, if it is a winning (YES in S316)), the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 is set (S317).

Specifically, if it is in the non-time-saving state, the opening pattern of "short once open" for the non-time-saving state is set as the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 of the opening timing according to the type of normal figure (normal figure _A to D).

In addition, if it is in the third short time state (slightly short time), the opening pattern of "short twice open" for the third time short state (slightly short time) is set as the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 of the opening timing according to the type of normal figure (normal figure _A to D).

Also, if it is in the first time saving state (one of A time saving 1 time, A time saving 20 times, A time saving 40 times, A time saving 99 times), the opening pattern corresponding to the type of normal figure (normal figure _A to D) The opening pattern of "long two times open" for the first time saving state (A time saving) is set as the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 (see the electric chew opening pattern determination table in FIG. 9 (D)).

Then, according to the electric chew opening pattern set in step S317, displacement control for operating the electric chew 22 is performed (S318).

Also, if the electric chew 22 is in operation in the above-described step S301 (YES in S301), it is determined whether or not the specified number of game balls have won the second start hole 21 based on the opening of the electric chew 22 (S319). Next, if the specified number of prizes has not been won (NO at S319), it is determined whether or not the operating time of the electric chew 22 has elapsed (S320), and if the operating time of the electric chew 22 has not elapsed (NO at S320), this processing is finished. On the other hand, if the operation time of the electric chew 22 has elapsed (YES in S320), the operation of the electric chew 22 is ended (S321).

[Special action processing]
As shown in FIG. 17, the game control microcomputer 81 performs special operation processing (S106) following the normal operation processing (S105) related to the main side timer interrupt processing (S005) of FIG.

In the special action processing (S106), the processing relating to the special symbol display device 41 and the big winning device (the first big winning device 31 and the second big winning device 36) is divided into five stages, and "special action statuses 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5" are assigned to each of these stages.

Then, when the "special action status" is "1" (YES in S901), a special symbol standby process (S902) is performed, and when the "special action status" is "2" (NO in S901, YES in S903), a special symbol fluctuating process (S904) is performed, and when the "special action status" is "3" (both NO in S901 and S903, YES in S905), a special symbol determination process is performed. (S906) is performed, and when the "special action status" is "4" (both NO in S901, S903, S905, YES in S907), special electric auditors processing 1 as a jackpot game (S908) is performed, and when the "special action status" is "5" (S901, S903, S905, S907 are all NO), special electric auditors processing 2 as a small winning game (S) 909). Note that the special operation status is "1" by default.

[Special Symbol Standby Processing (Special Action Status 1 in FIG. 17)]
As shown in FIG. 18, the game control microcomputer 81, in the special symbol standby process (S902), in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b (FIG. 4) to determine whether the acquired random number value (random number before the hit determination obtained in the above step S206) is stored (S1001).

If the acquired random value is not stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b (FIG. 4) (YES in S1001), that is, if there is no storage of the random number counter value group acquired due to the winning of the second start opening 21, it is determined whether the number of reserved balls of the first start opening 20 (that is, the number of special figure 1 reserved balls) is "0" (S1007).

Then, if the special figure 1 reserved ball number is also "0" (YES in S1007), that is, if there is no memory of the random number counter value group acquired due to the winning of the first start port 20, it is determined whether the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 has already been set to a standby screen (a demo screen for waiting for customers) (S1013). 1014).

In the standby screen setting process (S1014), after a predetermined standby time has elapsed, a customer waiting standby command for displaying the standby screen is set.

If the acquired random number value is stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b (FIG. 4) in step S1001 (NO in S1001), the special figure 2 big hit determination process (S1002) and the special figure 2 variation pattern selection process (S1003) are performed sequentially.

After that, the game control microcomputer 81 subtracts 1 from the special figure 2 reserved ball number, clears the storage location (first storage area) for reading various counter values in the special figure 2 reserved storage unit 85b, and makes it empty (S1004).

Then, each of the five storage locations of various counter values in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b (storage area for reading + each storage area of reservation 1 to reservation 4) is read from the current position (first storage area side). In this way, the special figure 2 reservation is digested in the order it was reserved.

Subsequently, the game control microcomputer 81 executes special figure 2 fluctuation start processing (S1006). In the special figure 2 fluctuation start process (S1006), the special action status is set to "2" and the fluctuation start command is set in the output buffer of the RAM84 to start the fluctuation display of the special figure 2.

It should be noted that the variation start command (also referred to as the special figure 2 variation start command) set in the special figure 2 variation start process (S1006) includes the information of the special figure stop pattern data (not shown) set in the special figure 2 big hit determination process (S1002) and the information of the variation pattern set in the special figure 2 variation pattern selection process (S1003) (information including information on variation time).

Also, if the acquired random value is not stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b (FIG. 4) but the number of special figure 1 reservation balls is not "0" (YES in S1001 and NO in S1007), special figure 1 jackpot determination processing (S1008) and special figure 1 variation pattern selection processing (S1009) are performed sequentially.

After that, the game control microcomputer 81 subtracts 1 from the number of special figure 1 reserved balls, and clears the storage location (first storage area) for reading various counter values in the special figure 1 reserved storage unit 85a to make it empty (S1010).

Then, each of the five storage locations (each storage area) in which various counter values can be stored in the special figure 1 reserved storage unit 85a is shifted by one from the current position to the read side (first storage area side), and the fifth storage area (storage area farthest from the read side) corresponding to the fourth reservation in the special figure 1 reserved storage unit 85a is made empty (S1011). In this way, the special figure 1 reservation is digested in the order in which it was reserved.

Subsequently, the game control microcomputer 81 executes special figure 1 fluctuation start processing (S1012). In the special figure 1 fluctuation start process (S1012), while setting the special operation status to "2", the fluctuation start command is set in the output buffer of the RAM84, and the fluctuation display of the special figure 1 is started.

It should be noted that the variation start command (also referred to as the special figure 1 variation start command) set in the special figure 1 variation start process (S1012) includes the information of the special figure stop pattern data (not shown) set in the special figure 1 big hit determination process (S1008) and the information of the variation pattern set in the special figure 1 variation pattern selection process (S1009) (information including information on variation time).

As described above, in this embodiment, the special symbol variation display based on the special figure 1 reservation is performed only when the special figure random number counter value is not stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b (YES in S1001).

That is, the processing based on the special figure per random number counter value in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b is executed with priority over the digestion of the special figure 1 reservation. In addition, as a modification, digestion of the special figure 1 reservation may be executed even during the processing performed based on the special figure per random number counter value in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b.

In this embodiment, when a small hit is won in a lottery based on the special figure random number counter value in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b, the specific area 39 can be passed during the subsequent small prize game (while the second big winning device 36 is open).

[Special figure 2 jackpot determination process (special figure 1 jackpot determination process)]
The special figure 2 jackpot determination process (S1002) and the special figure 1 jackpot determination process (S1008) will be described collectively based on FIG. 19 because the flow of processing can be roughly the same.

As shown in FIG. 19, the game control microcomputer 81, in the special figure 2 jackpot determination process (S1002) or the special figure 1 jackpot determination process (S1008), reads out the special figure random number counter value (extracted value related to the counter A in FIG. 6) as a determination value when the special figure winning (start winning) is triggered (S1101).

Specifically, in the special figure 2 jackpot determination process (S1002), the random number counter value per special figure stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b of the RAM 84 (the first storage area corresponding to the reading of the special figure 2 reservation) is read.

Also, in the special figure 1 jackpot determination process (S1008), the random number counter value per special figure stored in the special figure 1 reservation storage unit 85a of the RAM 84 (the first storage area corresponding to the reading of the special figure 1 reservation) is read.

Next, a special random number determination table (FIG. 7A) is set (S1102). Next, it is determined whether or not it is a big hit based on the set determination table (S1103). That is, it is determined whether or not the random number counter value per special figure matches any value in "65250" to "65535" which is the jackpot determination value (determination information) (see FIG. 7(A)).

If the result of the jackpot determination (S1103) is "jackpot" (YES in S1103), the jackpot flag (information related to the judgment result of winning the jackpot) can be turned ON (S1104), and the special figure type random number counter value (extracted value related to the counter B in FIG. 6) extracted in the wake of the special figure winning is read, and the jackpot pattern type (jackpot type) is determined based on the jackpot pattern type determination table shown in FIG. 7 (B) (S11). 05).

After judging the jackpot pattern type (S1105), the special stop pattern data (not shown), which is one of the identification information corresponding to the jackpot pattern type, is set in the special pattern type buffer provided in the RAM 84 (S1106) and the processing is finished.

On the other hand, if the result of big hit determination (S1103) is not "big hit" (NO in S1103), it is determined whether or not it is a small hit (S1107). Specifically, in the special figure 2 big hit determination process (S1002), it is determined whether the special figure random number counter value matches any value in the small hit determination value "0" to "2000" (see special figure 2 column in FIG. 7 (A)).

In the present embodiment, the special figure 2 lottery is made higher than the special figure 1 lottery, but as a modification, the special figure 1 lottery may have a higher small winning probability than the special figure 2 lottery. In addition, the lottery related to the small hit winning may be performed only in either one of the lottery of the special figure 1 or the lottery of the special figure 2.

If the result of the small hit determination (S1107) is "small hit" (YES in S1107), the small hit flag (information related to the judgment result of the small hit winning) can be turned on (S1108), and the special figure type random number counter value is read, and the small hit design type (small hit type) is determined based on the small hit design type determination table shown in FIG. 7 (C) (S1109).

After judging the small winning pattern type (S1109), the special figure stop pattern data (not shown), which is one of the identification information corresponding to the small winning pattern type, is set in the special figure type buffer provided in the RAM 84 (S1110) and the processing is finished. In addition, a random number that determines whether or not it is a small hit may be provided separately from the random number per special figure.

In the special figure 2 big hit determination process (S1002), when it is in a predetermined non-time saving state (predetermined normal state, initial game), the special figure per random number counter value is a C time saving (special loss) judgment value "2001" ~ "65249".

Therefore, in the special figure 2 big hit determination process (S1002), if it is not a big hit (NO in S1103) or a small hit (NO in S1107), in step S1111 it is determined whether it is a short time C hit (special loss).

Next, read the number counter value by special map species, determine the design type (S1113) (S1113) pertaining to the C minor (time -saving pattern β / time -saving map pattern) based on the type judgment table shown in FIG. Special diagram stopping identification information (non -illustrated) of identification information (S1114) processing is set (S1114) by setting it in a special map -specific buffer provided in RAM84.

On the other hand, if it is not "C time saving hit" in step S1111 (NO in S1111), it is "special figure loss", so the special figure stop pattern data (not shown) of the identification information corresponding to the special losing pattern is set in the special figure type buffer provided in RAM 84 (S1115) Processing ends.

As a modification, the special figure type random number counter value is read, the type of the time saving pattern or the special losing pattern is determined based on the time saving pattern type determination table or the special losing pattern type determination table (not shown), and the special figure stop design data (not shown), which is either the identification information corresponding to the multiple types of the time saving design (short working time pattern β or the short working time pattern α) or the multiple types of the special losing design, is set in the special figure type buffer provided in the RAM 84 (S 1114) Processing may be terminated. In addition, a random number that determines whether or not it is a C time saving may be provided separately from the random number per special figure.

[Special figure 2 variation pattern selection process (special figure 1 variation pattern selection process)]
The special figure 2 variation pattern selection process (S1003) and the special figure 1 variation pattern selection process (S1009) related to the special symbol standby process (S902) of FIG.

As shown in FIG. 20, the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not the game state is a non-time saving state (time saving flag is OFF) in special figure 2 variation pattern selection processing (S1003) or special figure 1 variation pattern selection processing (S1009) (S1301).

If it is a non-time saving state (YES in S1301), then it is determined whether or not the jackpot flag is ON (S1302). If it is ON (YES in S1302), the table for the jackpot in the non-time saving state (the part corresponding to the jackpot in the table shown in FIG. 10A) is referred to, and the special figure fluctuation pattern random number counter value (extracted value related to the counter D in FIG. 6) extracted in the wake of the special figure winning is selected. Select the fluctuation pattern based on (S1303). As shown in FIG. 10, when the variation pattern is determined, the variation time is also determined.

In addition, the variation pattern is associated with a variation effect, and when the variation pattern is determined, the variation effect corresponding to the variation pattern is executed.

Specifically, for example, super ready-to-win (hereinafter also referred to as SP ready-to-win) is executed in the variable performance based on the variable pattern P1, normal ready-to-reach (to be also referred to as N-reach hereinafter) is executed in the variable performance based on the variable pattern P2, and battle ready-to-win is executed in the variable performance based on the variable pattern P3 (see column of reach type shown in FIG. 10).

Here, the SP reach or the battle reach is a reach whose fluctuation time after reach is longer than that of the N reach, and the distribution rate of the table is set so that the degree of expectation (winning degree of expectation) of executing the big winning game or the small winning game is higher than the N reach. In this embodiment, developmental execution is performed to reach SP reach or battle reach via N reach.

On the other hand, in step S1302, if the big hit flag is not ON (NO in S1302), it is determined whether or not the small hit flag is ON (S1304). If it is ON (YES in S1304), refer to the table for non-time saving state medium and small hits (the part corresponding to the small hits in the table shown in FIG. 10 (A)), and select the variation pattern based on the special figure variation pattern random number counter value (S1305).

Also, in step S1304, if the small hit flag is not ON (NO in S1304), in step S1306, when it is in a predetermined non-time-saving state (predetermined normal state, initial game), it is determined whether C time-saving hit is made based on the special loss in special figure 2 (S1306).

Then, if it is a C time saving hit (YES in S1306), the table for C time saving hit in the non-time saving state (the part corresponding to the C time saving hit shown in FIG. 10A) is referred to, and the variation pattern (Battle reach of the variation pattern P14) is selected (S1307).

In addition, since the special loss in the special figure 2 when it is in the time saving state is not determined as a C time saving hit, a variation pattern is selected according to whether the reach random number counter value is a reach establishment random number value. In addition, you may make it show the classification of the time-saving design at the time of C time-saving hit by the display result based on a battle reach.

On the other hand, if it is not a C time saving hit (NO in S1306), it will be a special figure loss, so subsequently, the reach random number counter value (extracted value related to the counter C in FIG. 6) extracted in the wake of the special figure winning It is determined whether or not the reach establishment random value (S1308). As shown in FIG. 7(D), the reach formation random number in the non-time saving state is any value in the range of "0" to "80".

Then, if the reach random number counter value is a reach establishment random value (YES in S1308), that is, in the case of reach with special figure loss, the table for reach with reach during non-time saving state (Part corresponding to reach of special figure loss in the table shown in FIG. 10 (A)) is referred to, and the variation pattern is selected based on the special figure variation pattern random number counter value (S1309).

On the other hand, if the reach random number counter value is not a reach establishment random value (NO in S1308), that is, in the case of reach no special figure loss, the table for reach no special figure loss during non-time saving state (part corresponding to no reach of special figure loss in the table shown in FIG. 10 (A)) Select a variation pattern based on the special figure variation pattern random number counter value (S1310).

In addition, special figure 2 variation pattern selection processing (S1003) or special figure 1 variation pattern selection processing (S1009) at the time of reach no special figure loss, the function of shortening variation according to the number of pending balls is to work. That is, when the number of reserved balls of special symbols is ``3'' or ``4'', a variation pattern with a shorter variation time is selected as compared to when the number of reserved balls of special symbols is ``0'' to ``2''.

Also in step S1301, when it is determined that the gaming state is not a non-time-saving state (NO in S1301), that is, when it is determined that it is a time-saving state, it is determined whether or not the jackpot flag is ON (S1311). If it is ON (YES in S1311), the table for the jackpot in the time saving state (the part corresponding to the jackpot in the table shown in FIG. 10B) is referred to, and the special figure fluctuation pattern random number counter value (extracted value related to the counter D in FIG. 6) extracted with the special figure winning is selected.

On the other hand, in step S1311, if the big hit flag is not ON (NO in S1311), it is determined whether or not the small hit flag is ON (S1313). If it is ON (YES in S1313), referring to the table for the time saving state medium and small hit (the part corresponding to the small hit in the table shown in FIG. 10 (B)), the variation pattern is selected based on the special figure variation pattern random number counter value (S1314).

Also, in step S1313, if the small hit flag is not ON (NO in S1313), the special figure is lost, so subsequently, the reach random number counter value (extracted value related to the counter C in FIG. 6) extracted with the special figure winning as a trigger It is determined whether or not the reach establishment random number value (S1315).

As shown in FIG. 7(D), the reach establishment random number value in the time saving state is any value in the range of "0" to "40". If the reach random number counter value is a reach establishment random value (YES in S1315), that is, in the case of reach with special figure loss, the table for reach with reach special figure loss during the time saving state (part corresponding to the reach of special figure loss in the table shown in FIG. 10 (B)) is referred to, and the variation pattern is selected based on the special figure variation pattern random number counter value (S1316).

On the other hand, if the reach random number counter value is not a reach establishment random value (NO in S1315), that is, in the case of reach no special figure loss, a table for reach no special figure loss during time saving state (Part corresponding to no reach of special figure loss in the table shown in FIG. 10 (B)) is referred to, and a variation pattern is selected based on the special figure variation pattern random number counter value (S1317).

In addition, in the special figure variation pattern determination table during the non-time-saving state, it is easier to select a variation pattern with a longer variation time than during the time-saving state as a whole, and in the special figure variation pattern determination table during the time-saving state, it is easier to select a variation pattern with a shorter variation time than during the non-time-saving state.

After selecting the variation pattern as described above, as shown in FIG. 20, the selected variation pattern is set (S1319), and this process ends. Information on the variation pattern set in step S1319 is included in the variation start command set in step S1006 or S1012 in the special symbol standby process (S902).

In addition, as a modified example, the battle reach of the variation pattern P14 may be selected for the processing related to the selection of the variation pattern at the time of the final variation of the time saving in the time saving state. That is, the result of success or failure by the special figure lottery may be indicated by the display result based on the battle reach. That is, at the time of the time saving final variation in the time saving state, a predetermined reach effect (battle reach) may be executed.

[Process during special symbol fluctuation (special action status 2 in FIG. 17)]
As shown in FIG. 21, the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not the special symbol variation time (variation time determined according to the variation pattern selected in step S1003 or S1009, see FIG. 10) has elapsed in the special symbol variation process (S904) (S1501). If the fluctuation time of the special design has not passed (NO in S1501), this process is finished immediately. As a result, the variable display of the special symbols is continued.

On the other hand, if the fluctuation time has elapsed (YES in S1501), a fluctuation stop command is set (S1502), and the special action status is set to "3" (S1503). Then, after performing other processing such as stopping the variable display of the special pattern with a pattern (any one of the big winning pattern, the small winning pattern, the time saving pattern, and the special losing pattern) according to the set special pattern stop pattern data (not shown) (S1504), this processing is finished.

[Special symbol determination process (special action status 3 in FIG. 17)]
As shown in FIG. 22, the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not the special symbol stop time (FIG. 10) has elapsed in the special symbol determination process (S906) (S1601).

In step S906, if the special symbol stop time has not elapsed (NO in S1601), this process is finished immediately. On the other hand, if the stop time has passed (YES in S1601), game state management processing is performed (S1602). The game state management process will be detailed later.

Next, it is determined whether or not the jackpot flag is ON (there is storage of information relating to the judgment result of jackpot winning) (S1603). If the jackpot flag is ON (YES in S1603), the special action status is set to "4" (S1604).

Then, the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether the time saving flag is ON (S1605), and if the time saving flag is not ON (NO in S1605), the process proceeds to step S1607, but if the time saving flag is ON (YES in S1605), the special figure type buffer provided in the RAM 84 is referred to, and the time saving state type (time saving number of times when the time saving state is started) is set when the time saving flag is turned ON. The time-saving flag is turned OFF (S1606) at the timing related to the determination of the combination with the type of the jackpot pattern to be determined as winning (for example, when the special figure fluctuation starts or when the special figure fluctuation ends when the operating condition of the 1st kind jackpot game is satisfied) (S1606), and the process proceeds to step S1607.

It should be noted that the low base state in the present embodiment means a low base state in the sense that there is no electric support (winning support) due to the frequent opening of the electric chew 22, and does not consider the base increase based on the operation of the big prize winning device.

After that, in order to start the jackpot game, a jackpot opening command (not shown) is set (S1607), and the opening of the jackpot game is started (S1608). Following step S1608, the game control microcomputer 81 sets an opening pattern (see FIG. 8 for details) of the big winning opening corresponding to the type of the winning big winning symbol (S1609).

At this time, the value of a large winning opening opening counter for counting the number of openings of the large winning opening during the special game is set to a value corresponding to the type of the winning jackpot symbol. It should be noted that the setting of the opening pattern of the big winning opening (the setting of the data corresponding to the opening pattern of the big winning opening) may be performed for each round.

On the other hand, if the big hit flag is not ON in step S1603 (NO in S1603), then it is determined whether or not the small hit flag is ON (there is storage of information related to the determination result of the small hit winning) (S1610). If the small hit flag is ON (YES in S1610), the special operation status is set to "5" (S1611).

Next, it is determined whether the time saving flag is ON (S1612), and if the time saving flag is not ON (NO in S1612), the process proceeds to step S1614, but if the time saving flag is ON (YES in S1612), the special figure type buffer provided in the RAM84 is referred to, and the type of time saving state that was set when the time saving flag was turned ON (time saving number of times when execution was started) and the small amount that was determined during the time saving state. At the timing related to the determination of the combination with the type of the winning pattern (for example, at the time of V winning when the operation condition of the two-kind big winning game is satisfied, or at the start of the two-kind big winning game before making the V winning), the time saving flag is turned OFF (S1613), and the process proceeds to step S1614.

Then, the game control microcomputer 81 sets a small winning opening command (not shown) in order to start the small winning game (S1614), and starts the opening of the small winning game (S1615). Following step S1615, the game control microcomputer 81 sets an opening pattern (see FIG. 8 for details) of the big winning opening according to the type of the winning small winning symbol (S1616). At this time, the value of the big winning opening counter is set to a value corresponding to the type of the winning small winning symbol.

After that, the game control microcomputer 81 turns ON the distribution member operation flag (S1617), and finishes this process. The distribution member operation flag is a flag indicating that it is a period for operating the distribution member 71 . That is, in this embodiment, the operation of the distribution member 71 is started with the opening of the small winning game. The operation pattern of the distribution member 71 will be detailed later.

If the small hit flag is not ON in step S1610 (NO in S1610), neither the big hit game nor the small hit game is started, so the special operation status is set to "1" (S1618), and this process ends.

[Game State Management Processing]
As shown in FIG. 23, the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not the time saving flag is ON in the game state management process (S1602) related to the special symbol determination process (S906) of FIG. 22 (S1701).

On the other hand, if the time saving flag is ON (YES in S1701), 1 is subtracted from the value of the time saving counter that counts the number of times of the special symbol loss variation (special symbol loss variation display) executed during the time saving state (S1702), and it is determined whether the value of the time saving counter is "0" (S1703). And when it is not "0" (NO at S1703), this process is finished, and when it is "0" (YES at S1703), the time saving flag is turned OFF (S1704), and the process proceeds to step S1705.

In step S1705, after the big hit, etc. (when the loss counter described later reaches 800 times from the time of the initial operation of the gaming machine or the transition to the general normal state), or in the case of a judgment result of C time saving (special loss) that can be judged based on the judgment conditions (usual judgment conditions) that can be used only under a predetermined non-time saving state (predetermined normal state related to the initial game) (YES in S1705), a predetermined The time saving flag (B time saving flag or C time saving flag) is turned ON (S1706), and the process proceeds to step S1707.

In the present embodiment, when the loss counter reaches 800 times without a big hit, the B time saving flag is turned ON, and when the C time saving win (especially losing) is achieved, the C time saving flag is turned ON so as to make it possible to shift to the time saving state without going through the big win game.

In step S1707, the value of the time saving counter for activating the time saving state is set. Specifically, when the losing counter reaches 800 times (after a big win, etc.), the value of the time saving counter is set to "1000 times". In addition, when it comes to the determination result of C time saving (especially losing), "1000 times" is set as the value of the time saving counter according to "special figure 2_time saving pattern β". Then, the process proceeds to step S1710.

In the present embodiment, as will be described later, when the type 1 jackpot game or the type 2 jackpot game ends (at the time of transition to A time saving), the value of the time saving counter according to the type of the big win pattern or the small win pattern “1 time”, “20 times or 40 times (second end condition)”, or “99 times (first end condition)” can be set, so that the A time saving flag can be turned ON.

In addition, as a modified example of the C time-saving hit, another time-saving pattern α different from the time-saving pattern β may be provided, and "50 times" may be set as the value of the time-saving counter according to this time-saving pattern α. That is, one of a plurality of types of time-saving patterns may be selected, and different values of the time-saving counters may be set according to the selected time-saving patterns.

On the other hand, if it is not after the big hit or the C time saving hit (NO in S1705), the process proceeds to step S1708. In step S1708, it is determined whether or not either the big hit flag or the small hit flag is ON, and if it is ON (YES in S1708), the process proceeds to step S1710. Also, neither the big hit flag nor the small hit flag is ON, and if it becomes a special figure loss (NO in S1708), the process proceeds to step S1709.

In step S1709, it is possible to add 1 to the value of the loss counter that counts the number of times if it is a special symbol loss variation (display of the loss variation of the special symbol) executed during the non-time saving state, and the process proceeds to step S1710.

In the present embodiment, when the value of the losing counter reaches "800 times (predetermined prescribed number of times)" under a predetermined non-time-saving state (low probability state where the winning probability of the special figure lottery is low), it is possible to shift to the second time-saving state (so-called B time saving, play time) without responding to the result of the special figure lottery.

Also, the value of the above-mentioned loss counter is cleared when it reaches 800 times or when a big win is established. In addition, the above-mentioned second time saving state (B time saving) is set to the same time saving state as either the first time saving state (A time saving) or the third time saving state (slight time saving). It may be set appropriately.

At step S1710, a game state command including current game state information is set in the output buffer of the RAM84. By outputting this command, the sub-control board 90 is notified of the current game state information. Then, the sub-control board 90 controls the effect mode according to the current game state.

[Special electric accessory processing 1 (jackpot game)]
Special electric role product processing 1 (special operation status 4 in FIG. 17) is a process for executing a jackpot game such as a jackpot game of one type or a jackpot game of two types.

As shown in FIG. 24, the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not the jackpot end flag is ON in the special electric auditors process 1 (S908) (S2001). The jackpot end flag is a flag indicating that the opening of the first big prize device 31 (unit opening game, round game) in the winning jackpot game has all ended.

If the jackpot end flag is not ON (NO in S2001), it is determined whether or not the first big winning port 30 is open (that is, whether or not the first big winning device 31 is open) (S2002). If it is not open (NO in S2002), it is determined whether or not it is time to open the first big prize winning port 30, that is, whether or not the opening time of the jackpot has passed and the time to start opening the first big prize winning port 30 has arrived, or whether the time of the interval between openings has passed and it has reached the time to start the next opening (S2003).

If the determination result in step S2003 is NO, the process ends. On the other hand, if the determination result in step S2003 is YES, the first big winning hole 30 is opened according to the set opening pattern of the big winning hole (S2004).

If the first big winning hole 30 is open in step S2002 (YES in S2002), it is determined whether or not the number of winning prizes to the first big winning hole 30 in the unit open game (1 round game) has reached the specified maximum winning number (10 in this embodiment) (S2005).

If the prescribed number of prizes has not been reached (NO in S2005), it is determined whether or not the time has come to close the first big prize winning port 30 (that is, whether or not a predetermined opening time (see FIG. 8) has elapsed since the first big prize winning port 30 was opened) (S2006). Then, if the opening time of the first big winning hole 30 has not passed (NO in S2006), this process ends.

On the other hand, if the prescribed winning number has been reached (YES in S2005) or if the opening time of the first big winning opening 30 has passed (YES in S2006), that is, if either of the two opening end conditions is satisfied, the first big winning opening 30 is closed (blocked) (S2007).

Then, 1 is subtracted from the value of the large winning opening open counter (S2008), and it is determined whether or not the value of the large winning opening open counter is "0" (S2009). If it is not "0" (NO in S2009), the process ends as it is to start the next release.

On the other hand, if it is "0" (YES in S2009), a jackpot ending command (not shown) is set to end the jackpot game (S2010), and the jackpot ending is started (S2011). Then, the jackpot end flag is set and the process ends (S2012).

If the jackpot end flag is ON in step S2001 (YES in S2001), the first big prize winning port 30 is completely opened in the jackpot game, so it is determined whether or not the ending time of the jackpot has passed (S2013), and if the ending time has not passed (NO in S2013), the processing is finished.

On the other hand, if the ending time has passed (YES in S2013), the jackpot end flag is turned OFF (S2014), and the jackpot flag is turned OFF (S2015). Then, after setting the special action status to "1" (S2016), a game state setting process (S2017), which will be described later, is performed, and this process ends.

[Game state setting process]
As shown in FIG. 25, the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not the jackpot that triggered the execution of the jackpot game this time is a type 1 jackpot in the game state setting process (S2017) related to the special electric role product process 1 (S908) (S2101). If the determination result is NO, the process proceeds to step S2109 assuming that it is a small hit, and if the determination result is YES, it is determined whether the current game state is a time saving state (time saving flag ON) when the operating conditions for the type 1 big win game are satisfied (S2102).

In step S2102, if the determination result is NO (non-time-saving state), the process proceeds to step S2104, and the type of jackpot design in the jackpot winning variation (at the time of winning determination) that notifies the jackpot by the special pattern is "special figure 1_jackpot pattern A" or "special figure 1_jackpot pattern B". In the case of "pattern A" or "special figure 2_jackpot pattern B", as an irregular countermeasure against right-handed games played during recommendation of left-handed games (non-time-saving), the value of the time-saving counter (number of time-savings) is set to "1 time" (see FIG. 8), and the process proceeds to step S2107.

On the other hand, if the determination result in step S2102 is YES (time saving state), the current game state is in a slight time saving state when the operation condition of the first kind jackpot game is satisfied in step S2103 (the third time saving state in which the first determination condition is available).

If the judgment result is YES (a state of a slight time reduction), the type of the jackpot design in the jackpot winning variation (at the time of winning determination) that informs the jackpot by the special pattern is "Special Figure 1_jackpot pattern A" or "Special Figure 1_jackpot pattern B", the value of the time saving counter related to the time saving grant (time saving number) is set to "99 times", and the type of the jackpot pattern is "Special Figure 2_jackpot pattern A" or "Special Figure 2_jackpot pattern B". In the case of ", set the value of the time saving counter (number of times of time saving) to "1 time" as an irregular countermeasure against the right side game being played during the recommendation of the left side game (non-time saving) (see FIG. 8), and proceed to step S2107.

Also, in step S2103, if the determination result is NO (A time saving state), the process proceeds to step S2105, and the type of the jackpot pattern in the jackpot winning variation (the type of pattern won during the time saving state A) in which the jackpot is notified by the special pattern is "Special Figure 2_jackpot pattern A". B", "special figure 1_jackpot pattern A" or "special figure 1_jackpot pattern B", the value of the time saving counter (the number of times of time saving) is set to "40 times" (see FIG. 8), and the process proceeds to step S2107.

In step S2109, which proceeds as the determination result of step S2101 is NO (small hit), it is determined whether or not the V flag, which will be described later, is ON (V winning) during the small winning game, and if the V flag is not ON (NO in S2109), this processing is terminated, and if the V flag is ON (YES in S2109), when turning ON the V flag in step S2110 (at the time of two types of jackpot operation/at the time of V winning). It is determined whether or not it is in the time saving state (time saving flag ON).

In step S2110, if the determination result is NO (non-time saving state), the process proceeds to step S2111, and if the type of the small winning pattern in the small winning variation in which the small winning is notified by the special pattern is "special figure 1 _ small winning pattern a" or "special figure 1 _ small winning pattern b", the value of the time saving counter related to the time saving grant (time saving number of times) is set to "1 time", and the type of the small winning pattern is "special figure 2 _ small winning pattern a" or "special In the case of "Fig. 2_small winning pattern b", the value of the time saving counter (the number of times of time saving) is set to "1 time" (see Fig. 8), and the process proceeds to step S2107.

On the other hand, if the determination result of step S2110 is YES (time saving state), the process proceeds to step S2112, and when the operating condition of the two-type jackpot game is satisfied (when the V flag is turned ON), the current game state is in a slight time saving state (third time saving state in which the first determination condition is enabled).

If the determination result is YES (a state of a small time reduction), the process proceeds to step S2106, and the type of the jackpot design in the jackpot winning variation (at the time of winning determination) that informs the small hit by the special pattern is "special figure 1_small winning pattern a" or "special figure 1 _ small winning pattern b". In the case of FIG. 2_small winning pattern b”, as an irregular countermeasure against right-handed games played during the recommendation of left-handed games (non-time-saving), the value of the time-saving counter (number of time-savings) is set to “1 time” (see FIG. 8), and the process proceeds to step S2107.

Also, in step S2112, if the determination result is NO (A state of time reduction), the process proceeds to step S2113, and if the type of the small winning pattern in the small winning variation in which the small winning is notified by the special pattern is "special figure 1 _ small winning pattern b" or "special figure 2 _ small winning pattern b", the value of the time saving counter related to the time saving grant (time saving number) is set to "40 times", and the type of the small winning pattern is "special figure 1 _ small winning pattern a". ” or “special figure 2_small winning pattern a”, the value of the time saving counter related to the time saving grant (time saving number of times) is set to “1 time” (see FIG. 8), and the process proceeds to step S2107.

In the case of the ``special figure 2_small winning pattern a'', although the operation pattern of the distribution member 71 of the electric chew 22 becomes a non-passing open pattern (2 types of big winnings cannot be executed, no time reduction is given) during execution of the small winning game, V winning is irregular.

Next, in step S2107, a predetermined time saving flag (A time saving flag) is turned ON, and the process proceeds to step S2108. In step S2108, a game state command including current game state information is set in the output buffer of the RAM84. By outputting this command, the sub-control board 90 is notified of the current game state information. Then, the sub-control board 90 controls the effect mode according to the current game state.

[Special electric accessory processing 2 (small winning game)]
The special electric auditors process 2 (special operation status 5 in FIG. 17) is a process for executing a small winning game that opens the second big winning device 36 having the specific area 39 .

As shown in FIGS. 26 and 27, the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not the small hit end flag is ON in the special electric auditors process 2 (S909) (S2301). The small winning end flag is a flag indicating that the opening of the second big winning device 36 has ended in the small winning game.

If the small hit end flag is not ON (NO in S2301), it is determined whether or not the second big winning port 35 is open (that is, whether or not the second big winning device 36 is open) (S2302). If it is not open (NO in S2302), it is determined whether or not the time to open the second big prize winning port 35 has come, that is, whether or not the time has come to start opening the second big prize winning port 35 after the time of the predetermined interval before opening (opening of the small win) has passed (S2303).

If the determination result in step S2303 is NO, the process ends. On the other hand, if the determination result in step S2303 is YES, the second big winning opening 35 is opened according to the opening pattern of the big winning opening corresponding to the type of the winning small winning symbol (see FIG. 8) (S2304).

In step S2302, if the second big winning hole 35 is open (YES in S2302), it is determined whether or not the number of winning prizes into the second big winning hole 35 has reached the specified maximum winning number (10 in this embodiment) (S2305).

If the specified number of prizes has not been reached (NO in S2305), it is determined whether or not the time has come to close the second large prize winning port 35 (that is, whether or not a predetermined opening time (1.6 seconds in this embodiment as shown in FIG. 8) has elapsed since the second large prize winning port 35 was opened) (S2306). Then, if the opening time of the second big winning hole 35 has not passed (NO in S2306), this processing is finished.

On the other hand, if the specified winning number has been reached (YES at S2305) or the opening time of the second big winning hole 35 has passed (YES at S2306), that is, if either of the two opening end conditions is satisfied, the second big winning hole 35 is closed (blocked) (S2307). Then, 1 is subtracted from the value of the big winning opening open counter (S2308), and a small hit end flag is set (S2309), and this process is finished.

If the small win end flag is ON in step S2301 (YES in S2301), as shown in FIG. 27, it is determined whether or not a predetermined time (interval time after closing) has passed after closing the second big winning port 35 in the small win game (S2310).

In addition, the time of the interval after closing the small winning game will be described later. On the other hand, if the time of the interval after closing has passed (YES in S2310), the small hit end flag is turned OFF (S2311), the small hit flag is turned OFF (S2312), and the process proceeds to step S2313.

In step S2313, it is determined whether or not the V flag is ON. The V flag is a flag indicating that the game ball has passed through the specific area 39 during execution of the small winning game, and is a flag that is turned ON in step S2603 (see FIG. 30) to be described later.

If the V flag is ON (YES in S2313), the game control microcomputer 81 turns OFF the V flag (S2314), turns ON the jackpot flag (S2315), sets the special action status to "4" (S2316), and proceeds to step S2317 in order to execute the two-type jackpot game. Then, a jackpot opening command (not shown) is set (S2317), and the jackpot opening is started (S2318). As a result, the small winning game in which the second big winning opening 35 is opened for a short period of time is shifted to the second big winning game.

On the other hand, if the V flag is not ON in step S2313 (NO in S2313), the two-type jackpot game is not executed, so the value of the big winning opening counter is cleared to "0" (S2320), the special operation status is set to "1" (S2321), and this processing is finished.

[Distribution member control processing]
The game control microcomputer 81 performs the distribution member control process (S107) next to the special action process (S106) related to the main side timer interrupt process (S005) of FIG.

As shown in FIG. 28, in the distribution member control process (S107), first, it is determined whether or not the distribution member operation flag is ON (S2501). If the distribution member operation flag is not ON (NO in S2501), this process ends.

On the other hand, when the distribution member operation flag is ON (YES in S2501), since the opening of the small winning game has started (see FIG. 22), the distribution member operation processing (S2502) is performed to operate the distribution member 71 in a predetermined operation pattern, and the V effective period setting processing (S2503) is performed.

In the distribution member operation processing (S2502), a timer for measuring the operation time of the distribution member 71 is set, and based on the time measurement using the timer, the distribution member solenoid 73 is turned ON when the distribution member 71 is opened and the distribution member solenoid 73 is turned OFF when the distribution member 71 is closed.

As a result, the distribution member 71 moves in a constant motion from the start of the opening of the small winning game.

Specifically, first, the distribution member 71 is controlled to a passage blocking state (a state indicated by a dashed line in FIG. 2) over 8 ms from the start of the opening of the small winning game. This is called a pre-release interval. Subsequently, control is made to the passage permitting state (see FIG. 29(C)) for 4600 ms. This is called V release.

Next, it is controlled to the pass blocking state for 3000ms. This is called the post-closure interval. Such a series of operations consisting of "pre-opening interval -> V opening -> post-closing interval" is the constant operation of the distribution member 71 .

Also, in the V effective period setting process (S2503), the V effective period is set for the constant operation of the distribution member 71 as described above. The V valid period is a period during which the V flag is turned ON when the detection by the specific area sensor 39a is detected, assuming that the detection is valid.

As shown in FIG. 29(d), the V valid period is from the start of opening of the specific area 39 (at the time when the distribution member 71 is controlled to the pass-permitting state) until a predetermined time elapses. The predetermined time is set to be longer than the opening time of the specific area 39 (the time during which the distribution member 71 is controlled to allow passage). This is in consideration of the time lag until the game ball that has passed through the arrangement position of the distribution member 71 reaches the specific area 39 .

Specifically, in the V effective period setting process (S2503), a timer for measuring the V effective period is set, and based on the time measurement using the timer, the V effective flag is turned ON when the timing for validating the specific area 39 comes, and the V effective flag is turned OFF when the timing for invalidating the specific area 39 comes.

In step S2602 of the specific area sensor detection process (S108), which will be described later, it is determined whether or not the V valid period is in effect by determining whether or not the V valid flag is ON.

Following the V valid period setting process (S2503), the game control microcomputer 81 determines whether or not the operation of the distribution member 71 has ended (S2504).

Specifically, based on the timer for measuring the operation time of the distribution member 71 set in step S2502, it is determined whether or not the total operation time (7600 ms (see FIG. 29(c)) of the distribution member 71 from the start to the end of a certain operation has elapsed.

Then, if the operation of the distribution member 71 has not ended (NO in S2504), the processing ends as it is. On the other hand, if the operation of the distribution member 71 has ended (YES in S2504), the distribution member operation flag is turned OFF (S2505), and this processing ends.

Here, based on FIG. 29, the relationship between the constant operation of the distribution member 71 as described above and the opening pattern of the second big winning opening 35 (opening/closing member 37) in the small winning game will be described. In this embodiment, there are two opening patterns shown in FIGS. 29(b) and (e) as opening patterns of the second big winning opening 35 in the small winning game.

In addition, FIG. 29(a) shows the timing of the variable display and the stop display of the special symbol in order to make the timing of starting the small winning game easy to understand.

The opening pattern shown in FIG. 29(b) is an opening pattern selected when a small hit is won in the special drawing 2 lottery. In other words, it is an open pattern that is selected when "special figure 2_small winning pattern b" (see FIG. 8) is won. This open pattern is a pass open pattern that allows passage to the specific area 39 .

More specifically, the opening pattern for passage is an opening pattern that closes the second big winning hole 35 for 8 ms, then opens the second big winning hole 35 for 1600 ms, and then closes the second big winning hole 35 for 6000 ms.

In other words, the small winning game executed in this opening pattern includes an opening in which the second large winning opening 35 is closed for 8 ms, a small winning opening game in which the second large winning opening 35 is opened for 1600 ms, and an interval after closing in which the second large winning opening 35 is closed for 6000 ms.

When the second large prize winning port 35 is opened in such an opening pattern, during the opening period of the second large prize winning port 35 over 1600 ms and during the period of 6000 ms after the closing of the second large prize winning port 35, the distribution member 71 is V-opened and the distribution member 71 is in a passage permitting state (see FIGS. 29(b) and (c)). Therefore, the game ball can pass through the specific area 39 no matter what winning timing the game ball enters the second big winning hole 35 .

In this embodiment, each device such as the second big prize winning device 36 is arranged so that if the game ball is continuously shot by hitting to the right, the game ball always wins the second big prize opening 35 during the open period of 1.6 seconds. Also, the time required for the game ball passing through the second big winning hole 35 to reach the arrangement position of the distribution member 71 is shorter than 3000 ms.

The open pattern shown in FIG. 29(e) is an open pattern selected when "special figure 2_small winning pattern a" (see FIG. 8) is won in the special figure 2 lottery. This open pattern is a non-passing open pattern that is substantially impossible to pass through the specific area 39 .

More specifically, the non-passing opening pattern is an opening pattern that closes the second big winning opening 35 for 4568 ms, then opens the second big winning opening 35 for 1600 ms, and then closes the second big winning opening 35 for 1440 ms.

In other words, the small winning game executed in this opening pattern includes an opening for closing the second large winning opening 35 for 4568 ms, a small winning opening game for opening the second large winning opening 35 for 1600 ms, and an interval after closing for closing the second large winning opening 35 for 1440 ms.

When the second big winning hole 35 is opened in such an opening pattern, the V opening of the distribution member 71 is almost completed during the opening (see FIGS. 29(e) and (c)). The period in which the V opening of the distribution member 71 and the opening of the second big prize winning opening 35 coincide is only 40 ms immediately after the opening of the second big winning prize opening 35 starts.

Therefore, even if a game ball enters with the start of opening of the second big winning hole 35, the distribution member 71 is controlled to the passage blocking state by the time the game ball reaches the position of the distribution member 71.例文帳に追加Therefore, when this release pattern is selected, the game ball does not pass through the specific area 39 . In other words, it is substantially impossible for the game ball to pass through the specific area 39 .

As described above with reference to FIG. 29, in the present embodiment, the operation of the distribution member 71 is started with the start of the opening of the small winning game. Then, the small winning game is executed in either of the two opening patterns according to the type of the small winning symbol. Each opening pattern has a different opening time.

Therefore, in each opening pattern, the opening timing of the second big winning opening 35 with respect to the displacement timing of the distribution member 71 is different. Thus, it is possible to execute a small winning game that can pass through the specific area 39 regardless of the winning timing to the second big winning opening 35 (special 2V passing small winning in FIG. 29B) and a small winning game that can not pass through the specific area 39 even if the second big winning opening 35 is won at any timing (special 1V non-passing small winning in FIG. 29E).

In this embodiment, during the small winning game, the number of game balls entering the second big winning device 36 is counted based on the detection by the second big winning opening sensor 35a, and the number of game balls discharged out of the second big winning device 36 is counted based on the detection by the specific area sensor 39a or the non-specific area sensor 70a.

That is, in this embodiment, the specific area sensor 39a and the non-specific area sensor 70a also function as a discharge port sensor that counts the number of game balls discharged out of the second big winning device 36. At the end of the fixed operation of the distribution member 71, if the two count values do not match, an error is notified.

After closing the second big winning hole 35, the operation of the distribution member 71 may be stopped when both count values match. In this way, it becomes possible to smoothly start the variable display of the special symbols after the closing of the second big winning hole 35 .

[Specific area sensor detection process]
It returns to description of the operation|movement of the microcomputer 81 for game control. The game control microcomputer 81 performs the specific area sensor detection process (S108) next to the distribution member control process (S107) related to the main side timer interrupt process (S005) of FIG.

As shown in FIG. 30, in the specific area sensor detection process (S108), first, it is determined whether or not a game ball has been detected to turn on the specific area sensor 39a (S2601). If there is no detection (NO at S2601), the process ends. If there is detection (YES at S2601), it is determined whether or not it is within the V valid period (S2602). The V valid period is a period set in the V valid period setting process (S2503) in the distribution member control process (FIG. 28) described above. Specifically, the V valid period is the period shown in FIG. 29(d).

If it is determined in step S2602 that the V valid period is in effect (YES in S2602), the V flag is turned ON (S2603), the V passage command is set (S2604), and the process proceeds to step S2605. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S2602 that the V valid period is not in effect (NO in S2602), the specific area sensor detection process ends without performing the processes from step S2603 to step S2606. The V-passage command is a command for causing the sub-control board 90 to notify of V-passage (passage of the specific region 39).

In step S2605, it is determined whether or not there is stored information relating to winning in the pending storage unit 85 (hereinafter also referred to as pending winning), and if there is no pending winning (NO in S2605), this processing is terminated. On the other hand, if there is an on-hold winning (YES in S2605), the process proceeds to step S2606 to set a holding-on-hold winning flag for making it possible to add a suggestion that the on-hold winning is to the effect during the small winning game, and this processing ends.

[Operation of production control microcomputer 91]
Next, the operation of the effect control microcomputer 91 will be described with reference to FIGS. 31 to 33. FIG. The production control microcomputer 91 is formed by a one-chip microcomputer, and includes a ROM (production control ROM) 93, a RAM (production control RAM) 94, a CPU (production control CPU) 92, a random number circuit, an I/O port section 97, and the like. The ROM 93 stores an effect control program for the CPU 92 to perform the effect control process, various data necessary for the effect control process, various tables, and the like.

The RAM 94 is used as a work memory when the CPU 92 performs effect control processing. The RAM 94 also has an effect control command storage area for storing received effect control commands and an effect information storage area for storing effect control information determined by the CPU 92 according to the effect control commands.

The CPU 92 analyzes the effect control command stored in the RAM 94 and executes effect control processing according to the analysis result. A part (or all) of the effect control command or effect control information stored in the RAM 94 is a backup RAM that can be held for a predetermined period even if the power supply to the pachinko game machine 1 is stopped.

The effect control microcomputer 91 can develop the game program stored in the ROM 93 in the RAM 94 based on the start-up processing performed when the power of the pachinko game machine 1 is turned on, and controls the effect by enabling the operation processing of counters, timers, flags, buffers, etc. appearing in the explanation of the operation of the effect control microcomputer 91 and the control processing related to the effect by the effect control means 91A (CPU 92) to be described later.

[Sub-control main processing]
As shown in FIG. 31, when the pachinko game machine 1 is powered on, the effect control microcomputer 91 reads out a sub-control main process program from the ROM 93 and executes it. As shown in the figure, in the sub-control main process, first, power-on processing is performed in response to power-on (S4001). In the power-on processing, for example, settings of the CPU 92, SIO (Serial Input/Output), PIO (Parallel Input/Output), CTC (Counter Timer Circuit), etc. are performed.

Next, interrupts are prohibited (S4002), and random number update processing is executed (S4003). In the random number update process (S4003), the values of various effect determination random number counters for determining various effects are updated. As an example of a method for updating the effect determination random number counter for various effects, the same method as the random number update process performed by the main control board 80 can be used. Instead of adding 1 to the random value at the time of updating, it is also possible to add 2 at a time. This also applies to the random number update process performed by the main control board 80 described above.

When the random number update process ends, command transmission process is executed (S4004). In command transmission processing (S4004), various commands stored in the output buffer in the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90 are transmitted to the image control board 100. FIG. The image control board 100 that has received the command displays an image on the display screen 7a (display unit) according to the received command (performs various effects based on the image).

In addition to the various effects performed by the image control board 100, the sub-control board 90 outputs sound from the speaker 67 via the sound control board 106 (executes various sound effects by sound), illuminates the board lamp 5 and the frame lamp 66 via the lamp control board 107 (executes various light effects by light emission), and operates the board movable body 15 (executes various movable body effects by operation).

In this way, various performances (variation performance, suspension performance, movable body performance, operation performance, look-ahead performance, other notice performance, opening performance associated with special game, open game performance, ending performance, customer waiting performance, performance mode control, etc.) are realized.

The effect control microcomputer 91 subsequently permits an interrupt (S4005). Thereafter, steps S4002 to S4005 are looped. While interrupts are enabled, reception interrupt processing (S4010), 1 ms timer interrupt processing (S4011), and 10 ms timer interrupt processing (S4012) can be executed.

The reception interrupt process (S4010) is executed each time various commands sent from the main control board 80 are input to the effect control microcomputer 91. In the reception interrupt process (S4010), the effect control microcomputer 91 stores various commands transmitted and received by the output process (S101) of the main control board 80 in the reception buffer of the RAM94. This reception interrupt process is executed with priority over other interrupt processes (S4011, S4012).

[1 ms timer interrupt processing]
The 1ms timer interrupt process (S4011) related to the sub-control main process of FIG.

As shown in FIG. 32, in the 1 ms timer interrupt processing (S4011), input processing (S4101), light emission data output processing (S4102), audio data output processing (S4103), vibration data output processing (S4104), air blow data output processing (S4105), movable body control processing (S4106), and watchdog timer processing (S4107) are sequentially performed.

In the input processing (S4101), an input operation performed on an operation unit operable by a player such as a performance button detection switch 63a, a select button detection switch 64a, a touch switch 114, etc. is detected, and a command is set or data for performance can be created according to the detection result.

Next, in the light emission data output process (S4102), command information relating to the light emission data (lamp data) is output to the lamp control board 107 in order to cause the lamps such as the frame lamp 66 and/or the board lamp 5 to emit light at a timing suitable for the variable display effect (image effect, etc.) based on the effect data created by the input process or the effect data creation process described later. In other words, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs a predetermined light emission effect in which the frame lamp 66 and/or the board lamp 5 are made to emit light in a predetermined manner according to the light emission data.

Next, in the audio data output process (S4103), command information relating to audio data (data for controlling the output of audio, BGM, predetermined sound effects, etc. from the speaker 67) is output to the audio control board 106 in order to output audio from the speaker 67 at a timing suitable for the variable display presentation, based on the data for presentation created by the input process or the data for presentation process, which will be described later. In other words, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs a predetermined sound effect by causing the speaker 67 to output notification in a predetermined sound mode according to the sound data.

Next, in vibration data output processing (S4104), command information relating to vibration data is output to the drive control board 60d in order to generate vibration by operating the vibrating device 63b at a timing suitable for the variable display performance, based on the performance data created by the input processing or the performance data creation processing to be described later. That is, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs a predetermined vibration effect by causing the vibrating device 63b to output vibration in a predetermined manner according to the vibration data.

Next, in the blow data output process (S4105), based on the effect data created by the input process and the effect data creation process to be described later, command information relating to the blow data is output to the drive control board 60d in order to operate the blower device 60b at a timing suitable for the variable display effect to generate air. That is, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs a predetermined blowing effect for causing the blower 60b to output a predetermined form of blowing air according to the blowing data.

Next, in the movable body control process (S4106), command information relating to the drive data is output to the relay board 108 via the lamp control board 107 in order to perform a movable body performance that moves the movable body such as the board movable body 15 at a predetermined timing based on the performance data created by the input process and the performance data creation process to be described later. In other words, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs a movable body effect in which the board movable body 15 and the like are operated in a predetermined operation mode according to the drive data.

Finally, in watchdog timer processing (S4107), resetting of the watchdog timer is performed, and this processing ends.

[10 ms timer interrupt processing]
The 10ms timer interrupt process (S4012) related to the sub-control main process of FIG.

As shown in FIG. 33, in the 10ms timer interrupt process (S4012), receive command analysis process (S4201), receive command correspondence setting process (S4202), effect timer update process (S4203), and effect data creation process (S4204) are sequentially performed.

In the received command analysis processing (S4201), the command stored in the reception buffer of the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90 is analyzed based on the reception interrupt processing (S4010), and based on the reception command correspondence setting processing (S4202) in the next step, the processing related to the performance execution corresponding to the type of the command received by the performance control microcomputer 91 is enabled.

The processing (not shown) relating to the execution of effects corresponding to the types of commands stored in the RAM 94 includes, for example, the following 1 to 8: 1. 2. Look-ahead effect determination processing according to the special figure winning command; 3. Production mode update processing according to the game state designation command; 4. Variation production start processing according to the variation start command; 5. Fluctuation production end processing according to the fluctuation stop command; 5. opening effect selection processing according to the opening command; 7. V passage effect selection processing according to the V passage command; 8. round effect selection processing according to the round designation command; 9. Ending effect selection processing according to the ending command; It is other processing according to other commands other than the above-mentioned commands, and processing (not shown) related to execution of these effects can be performed based on the analysis result of the received command analysis processing (S4201).

That is, in the received command corresponding setting process (S4202), it is possible to set the effect control command corresponding to the analyzed command (for example, select the effect, set the effect mode, set the command, etc.).

Then, in production timer update processing (S4203), the timer for measuring the time for each production is updated. In this performance timer updating process, for example, the effective period of operation of the operation part such as the performance button 63 and the select button 64, and the measurement regarding the specification of the start timing and the end timing of the execution period of the predetermined performance based on at least one of light emission, sound, vibration, air blowing and movable body operation are made possible.

Next, in production data creation processing (S4204), production of production data according to the processing result (setting of production control command) based on the input processing and received command analysis processing is performed.

[Summary of Processing Related to Effect Execution According to Command Type Stored in RAM 94]
"1. Look-ahead effect determination processing (not shown)" performed based on the received command analysis processing (S4201) of FIG.

On the other hand, if the special figure winning command is received, based on storing the special figure winning command received from the main control board 80 in the special figure reservation effect storage unit (special figure 1 suspension effect storage unit or special figure 2 suspension effect storage unit) of the RAM 94 of the sub control board 90, instead of the interrelated announcement effect (continuous announcement) that can be executed over multiple special figure fluctuations and the normal display mode suspension icon image (white suspension icon 9A, see FIG. 1), the jackpot winning expectation is higher than the normal display mode. A decision is made as to whether or not to enable execution of a pre-reading effect such as a notice effect (for example, change notice of hold) to change the display to a hold icon image (for example, a red hold icon 9C) in a special display mode with a high degree of degree.

More specifically, if the received command is the special figure 1 winning command, when the command is stored in the special figure 1 reserved performance storage part (not shown) provided in the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90, processing relating to the execution lottery of the look-ahead performance is made possible.

In addition, if it is a special figure 2 winning command, when it is stored in a special figure 2 reserved performance storage part (not shown) provided in the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90, it is possible to perform processing related to the execution lottery of the look-ahead performance.

Incidentally, the above-mentioned "processing related to the execution lottery of the prefetch effect" is performed based on the "control process related to effect by the effect control means 91A" described later.

From here, according to the result of pre-reading judgment based on the special-pending performance storage part (not shown) of the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90, in order to selectively execute the pre-reading performance from among a plurality of types of notification modes (reservation change notice, zone notice, continuous notice of operating a movable body for performance, etc.), a ``pre-reading setting lottery'' that can decide to extract one or more of the plurality of types of pre-reading performance is performed.

That is, based on the performance control means 91A, which is a functional means based on the performance control microcomputer 91 (10 ms timer interrupt processing (S4012)), it is possible to determine whether or not to execute a predetermined prefetch performance (continuous notice, pending change notice, etc.), and based on the determination, various settings regarding execution of the predetermined prefetch performance can be made.

Then, when it is decided not to execute the above-mentioned predetermined look-ahead performance, this processing can be performed, but when it is decided to execute the above-mentioned predetermined look-ahead performance, the processing proceeds to reception command correspondence setting processing (S4202) to enable various settings for executing the notification mode of the predetermined look-ahead performance.

For example, when performing a look-ahead performance relating to continuous announcement, it is possible to turn on a continuous announcement flag indicating that the continuous announcement is being made, or to set a value in a continuous announcement counter for counting the number of continuous announcements.

Therefore, the ``read-ahead performance determination processing'' analyzes the special prize winning command, selects a predetermined pattern (contents) of the read-ahead performance based on the analysis result, and sets a command for executing the read-ahead performance with the selected pattern of the look-ahead performance in the output buffer of the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90.例文帳に追加

In addition, "2. Effect mode update process (not shown)" performed based on the received command analysis process (S4201) of FIG.

Therefore, the ``receiving command analysis processing'' analyzes the game state designation command, selects the pattern (contents) of the performance mode based on the analysis result, and sets the command for executing the performance mode in the selected performance mode pattern in the output buffer of the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90.例文帳に追加

As a result, it is possible to execute the pattern of the production mode in which the production pattern 8 and its background image correspond to each game state (color, shape, etc.). Specifically, when analyzing the game state designation command indicating that the game state related to "A time saving 99 times" is set, the command for executing the "background image for A time saving 99 times" is set in the output buffer of the RAM 94 of the sub control board 90 over the execution period of the game state related to "A time saving 99 times".

In addition, "3. fluctuation production start processing (not shown)" performed based on the received command analysis processing (S4201) of FIG.

Therefore, the ``variation performance start processing'' analyzes the variation start command, selects the pattern (contents) of the special symbol variation start performance based on the analysis result, and sets the command for executing the special symbol variation start performance in the selected special symbol variation start performance pattern in the output buffer of the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90. - 特許庁

In addition, "4. Fluctuation effect end processing (not shown)" performed based on the received command analysis process (S4201) of FIG.

Therefore, the "fluctuation performance end processing" analyzes the variation stop command, selects the pattern (contents) of the special symbol variation end performance based on the analysis result, and sets the command for executing the special symbol variation end performance in the selected special symbol variation end performance pattern in the output buffer of the RAM 94 of the sub control board 90. - 特許庁

In addition, "5. Opening effect selection processing (not shown)" performed based on the received command analysis process (S4201) of FIG.

Therefore, the 'opening performance selection processing' analyzes the opening command, selects the pattern (contents) of the opening performance to be executed during the opening of the special game (jackpot game, small win game) based on the analysis result, and sets the opening performance start command for starting the opening performance with the selected opening performance pattern in the output buffer of the RAM 94 of the sub control board 90.例文帳に追加

In addition, "6. V passage effect selection processing (not shown)" performed based on the received command analysis process (S4201) of FIG.

Therefore, the ``V passing effect selection processing'' analyzes the V passing command, selects the pattern (contents) of the V passing effect to be executable during the effective period of the V passing port during the special game (small winning game) based on the analysis result, and sets the V passing effect start command for starting the effect of displaying the letter "V" on the display screen of the image display device 7 in the selected V passing effect pattern in the output buffer of the RAM 94 of the sub control board 90.

In addition, "7. round effect selection processing (not shown)" performed based on the received command analysis process (S4201) of FIG.

Therefore, the ``round performance selection processing'' analyzes the round designation command, selects the pattern (contents) of the round performance (open game performance) to be executed during the round game based on the analysis result, and sets the round performance start command for starting the round performance in the selected round performance pattern in the output buffer of the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90 in the performance control microcomputer 91.

In addition, "8. Ending effect selection process (not shown)" performed based on the received command analysis process (S4201) of FIG.

Therefore, the 'ending performance selection processing' analyzes the ending command, selects the pattern (contents) of the ending performance to be executed during the ending of the jackpot game based on the analysis result, and sets the ending performance start command for starting the ending performance with the selected ending performance pattern in the output buffer of the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90.例文帳に追加

[Outline when executing look-ahead effect]
In the above-described "processing related to the execution lottery of the prefetching effect (prefetching setting lottery)", it is possible to decide whether to draw a lottery for the prefetching effect of the special figure winning command stored in the special figure 1 reserved effect storage unit or to draw a lottery for the prefetching effect of the special figure winning command stored in the special figure 2 reserved effect storage unit depending on whether it is in the time saving state.

That is, since the main special figure (main variation) is the special figure 1 in the non-time-saving state variable display, the look-ahead performance is performed only for the reserved winning prize related to the special figure 1 (such as the special figure winning during pattern variation), and the look-ahead performance is not performed for the reserved winning prize relating to the special figure 2.例文帳に追加

In addition, since the main special figure (main variation) is the special figure 2 in the variable display of the time saving state, the look-ahead performance is performed only for the reserved winning prize related to the special figure 2, and the look-ahead performance is not performed for the reserved winning prize relating to the special figure 1.例文帳に追加

Specifically, based on "game state information indicating the game state at the time of winning" included in the special figure winning command, it is determined whether or not the current game state is a time saving state, and if it is not a time saving state (If it is a non-time saving state), it is determined whether it is a special figure winning command according to the special figure 1, and if it is determined that it is a special figure winning command according to the special figure 1, the pre-reading determination information included in the special figure 1 winning command received this time is determined.

Then, it is possible to add 1 to the value of the counter for the special figure 1 reservation performance that counts when the result of the look-ahead determination indicating the predetermined winning/failure suspension information (for example, the special figure suspension scheduled to be determined as winning) is made possible, and the execution condition of the look-ahead performance (hereinafter also referred to as ``pre-read performance condition'') is determined based on whether or not the game (variation performance during execution, etc.) is not hindered.

Next, when the conditions for the read-ahead performance are satisfied, it is possible to determine whether or not the read-ahead performance is to be executed, and to perform a look-ahead setting lottery for determining in what form the read-ahead performance is to be executed.

On the other hand, based on ``game state information indicating the game state at the time of winning'' included in the special figure winning command, it is determined whether or not the current game state is the time saving state, if it is the time saving state, it is determined whether it is the special figure 2 winning command or not, and if it is determined to be the special figure 2 winning command, the pre-reading determination information included in the special figure 2 winning command received this time is determined.

Then, when the look-ahead determination result indicates predetermined win/fail suspension information (for example, special figure 2 suspension scheduled to be determined as winning in big hit determination processing at the start of special figure variation), it is possible to add 1 to the value of the counter for special figure 2 suspension performance, and determination regarding look-ahead performance conditions is made based on whether or not the game (variation performance during execution, etc.) is not hindered.

Next, when the conditions for the read-ahead performance are satisfied, it is possible to determine whether or not the read-ahead performance is to be executed, and to perform a look-ahead setting lottery for determining in what form the read-ahead performance is to be executed.

The value of the counter for the above-mentioned special figure 1 reserved effect or the counter for the above-mentioned special figure 2 reserved effect is provided in the RAM 94 of the sub control board 90, and the value of the counter is subtracted by 1 each time the variable performance based on the special figure winning command that is the target of the prefetch determination is started.

Regarding the determination of whether or not to execute the look-ahead effect in the present embodiment, specifically, based on the look-ahead determination of the look-ahead determination information included in the special figure 1 winning command or the special figure 2 winning command, in the case of a jackpot (SP reach jackpot), and in the case of a jackpot (N reach jackpot) in which N reach is performed without SP reach, as an example, it is possible to determine that the lookahead effect can be executed with a probability of 30%.

In addition, in the case of a failure to perform SP reach (SP reach loss) and in the case of failure to perform N reach without SP reach (N reach loss), for example, it is possible to determine that the read-ahead performance can be executed with a probability of 15%.

In addition, in the case of no reach, it is possible to determine that the look-ahead effect can be executed with a probability of 5%. Further, in the case of a small win, as an example, it is possible to determine that the look-ahead effect can be executed with a probability of 25%.

In this way, the pre-reading effect is more likely to be executable than the pre-reading determination result when it is a special prize-winning command including command information (pre-reading determination information) that includes command information (pre-reading determination information) that will lead to a big win or a small win. do.

In addition, the pre-reading effect is more likely to be executable than the pre-reading judgment result when it is a special prize-winning command including command information (pre-reading judgment information) that contains command information (pre-reading judgment information) that will be SP reach loss or N reach loss. It also functions as an intellectual presentation.

[Example of Processing of Received Command of Effect Control Microcomputer 91]
Hereinafter, the type of command received by the performance control microcomputer 91 from the game control microcomputer 81 is a variation start command (receiving command) for performing a variable performance (variation display of special symbols and/or performance related to variable display of performance symbols).

When the effect control microcomputer 91 determines in the received command analysis process (S4201) that it has received a variation start command that can be generated based on the winning at the starting port (satisfaction of the start condition), the effect pattern based on the effect control information (command information indicating the big hit determination result, variation pattern, etc.) included in the variation start command can be determined based on the execution of the "effect related control process by the effect control means 91A" described later.

Concretely, it is possible to determine the contents of the variable display of the performance symbols to be executed during the variable display of the special symbols, the animation contents related to the scenario performance (animation) in which the event develops using the predetermined symbols (characters, etc.) that can be displayed together with the variable display of the performance symbols, the notification contents related to the advance notice performance that enables the derivation display or the derivation notification during the variable display of the performance symbols, the combination display of the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R when performing the temporary stop display or the stop display, etc. .

Information related to the determined effect pattern (hereinafter, also referred to as an advance effect pattern) is stored in a variable effect storage area (not shown) of the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90, an effect control command corresponding to the effect pattern is set in an output buffer, and various control processes based on the effect control command can be executed. It is made possible to derive the variable performance for the player.

For example, if the special figure variation pattern indicated by the variation start command (special figure 1 variation start command or special figure 2 variation start command) is SP reach variation, select the notice effect pattern for performing this SP reach change, Set the change effect control command corresponding to the notice effect pattern to the output buffer, and each process based on the change effect control command (emission data output process (S4102), audio data output process (S4103), vibration data output process (S4104), blowing data output process ( S4105), movable body control processing (S4106), command transmission processing (S4004), etc.) can be executed, so that the SP reach fluctuation effect corresponding to the selected notice effect pattern can be derived to the player via the image display device 7.

Further, for example, when the special figure variation pattern indicated by the variation start command is normal reach variation, a notice performance pattern for performing normal reach variation is selected, a variation performance control command corresponding to the notice performance pattern is set in an output buffer, and each process can be executed based on the variation performance control command, so that the normal reach variation performance corresponding to the selected notice performance pattern can be derived to the player via the image display device 7.

In addition, the flow of processing related to the realization of effects performed based on the effect control means 91A is basically the same for other effects such as effects associated with big win games or small win games (including winning notification effects and ending effects), effects (turn notification effects) obtained by special games or time-saving games, effects (turn-off notification effects) according to game results (putting balls, consecutive games), customer waiting effects, foresight effects, so-called advance notice effects associated with the changes, state effects corresponding to different effect modes, and the like.

[Production-related control processing by production control means 91A]
Effect control means 91A analyzes commands (special prize winning command, variation start command, game state designation command, etc.) received from main control board 80, develops the game program stored in ROM 93 of sub control board 90 in RAM 94 of sub control board 90, and is a relationship processing section (functional means of control based on effect control microcomputer 91 (CPU 92)) that enables execution control of effects related (for example, look-ahead effect, advance notice effect, effect mode). Equipped with an "effect control processing unit 91B" and a "forecast lottery processing unit 91C" (see FIG. 5).

Hereinafter, an outline of each of the "production control processing unit 91B" and the "notice lottery processing unit 91C" provided in the production control means 91A will be described.

The above-mentioned "effect control processing unit 91B" includes an image control board 100 that controls the images of the image display device 7 (effect patterns 8L, 8C, 8R, background patterns, button operation instruction images, etc.), a lamp control board 107 that controls the light emission of the frame lamp 66 and/or the board lamp 5 or the operation of the board movable body 15, an audio control board 106 that controls the sound of the speaker 67, and a drive control board 6 that controls the blowing by the blower 60b or the vibration by the vibration device 63b. It becomes a related processing unit that brings about a "game effect control function" and a "notice effect control function" that enable the execution control of 0d.

Specifically, the "game effect control function" is processing means related to execution control of various effects according to multiple types of game states performed by the image display device 7, the speaker 67, the frame lamp 66, the board lamp 5, and the like.

Further, the "notice performance control function" is a processing means for execution control of a look-ahead performance (processing related to the lottery execution of the look-ahead performance) that can be performed based on the lottery result of the foretell lottery processing part 91C, or the foretell performance (process related to the lottery execution of the notice performed during the variable performance).

The look-ahead effect or preview effect is an effect that can be derived by appropriately combining display effect by the image display device 7, sound effect by the speaker 67, light emission effect by the frame lamp 66 and/or the board lamp 5, vibration effect by the vibrating device 63b, air effect by the blower 60b, and action effect by the board movable body 15.

In addition, the above-mentioned "notice lottery processing unit 91C" determines whether or not to execute the look-ahead effect based on the reception processing of the special prize winning command, and determines the mode type (effect element) of the look-ahead effect according to the result of the look-ahead setting lottery (preview effect lottery). ) can be selected according to the effect setting lottery (previous effect lottery).

The ``prediction performance selection function'' and the ``advance performance selection function'' serve as processing means for selecting performance elements (mode types of performance patterns) that can be extracted so as to correspond to the ratio (magnitude of expectation) at which a win notification (special result) is obtained, under settings in which a plurality of types of performance categories and a plurality of types of performance patterns corresponding to each of the performance categories are prepared in advance.

Specifically, a lottery is conducted based on a "pre-reading effect condition" that allows derivation of a pre-reading effect related to the suggestion of suitability before the variable effect, or a "notice effect condition" that allows the derivation of an advance notice effect related to the suggestion of suitability during the variable effect. A predetermined effect category (for example, weapon notice) is determined according to the lottery result, and the effect pattern (e.g., either sword or spear) corresponding to the predetermined effect category is determined. can be determined accordingly.

[Look-ahead effect execution processing (part 1)]
In this pachinko game machine 1, the execution control of the look-ahead effect processing (an example of the process related to the execution lottery of the look-ahead effect) based on the effect control means 91A is performed in a procedure as shown in FIG. 34-1. Hereafter, the kind of command which the microcomputer 91 for production|presentation control receives performs schematic description as an example (1) in case it is a special figure prize-winning command.

First, based on the reception of the special figure winning command related to the special figure winning (hereinafter also referred to as the reserved winning) during the variable presentation, the announcement effect lottery (forecast setting lottery) in the announcement lottery processing unit 91C can be executed (S2701).

Then, in the prefetch judgment based on the reference of the prefetch judgment information included in the special figure winning command, the prefetch judgment result that there is information with high expectation (for example, hit information, SP reach information, N reach information, etc.), and based on the result of the prefetch setting lottery when it is performed by satisfying the prefetch production conditions related to the fact that it does not interfere with the game An extraction process (S2702) for performing a pending change notice (prefetch production pattern) during the execution of a variable production is made executable, and this extraction process (S2702). 2702) is executed, the effect control processing unit 91B is enabled to acquire the effect command related to the pending change notice, and to generate the prefetch effect control command corresponding to the effect command.

Next, when the above-mentioned look-ahead effect control command is generated, the set process (S2703) for enabling execution control of various processes using the look-ahead effect control command is performed based on the effect control processing unit 91B, thereby enabling the derivation of the look-ahead effect (effect notification given to the player) consisting of the operation output of at least one of the image control board 100, the lamp control board 107, the sound control board 106, and the drive control board 60d.

Next, it is determined whether or not there is information to perform SP reach in the look-ahead determination result based on the look-ahead determination information reference included in the special figure winning command (S2704), and if it is a negative (N reach) determination (NO in S2704) that is not a look-ahead determination result that performs SP reach, in the control process for the image display device 7 Instead of the white circle suspension of the normal display mode (white suspension icon 9A, see FIG. 1) green circle suspension (not shown: green suspension icon) A pending change display that changes color is displayed (S2705), and this processing is terminated.

On the other hand, if the determination is affirmative (YES in S2704), which is the result of the prefetch determination to perform SP reach, in the control processing for the image display device 7, instead of the white circle suspension (suspension icon 9A) in the normal display mode, a suspension change display that changes the shape to a button-shaped suspension image (hereinafter also referred to as button suspension 9Z, see FIG. 34-2) is performed (S2706). (S2707).

Next, it is determined whether or not the effect button 63 is pressed down (S2708), and if there is an affirmative determination (S2708: YES), in the control processing related to the image display device 7, the button hold 9Z is changed to the red circle hold (red hold icon) 9C at the timing of the button press, and the hold change display is performed during the fluctuation production (before the start of the next fluctuation production) (S2712).

On the other hand, if there is no button depression by the production button 63 (NO in S2708), it is determined whether or not the variable production executed at the time of receiving the special prize winning command based on the reserved winning prize is ended (S4709), and when it is a negative judgment that the variable production does not end (NO in S2709), a loop returning to step S2708 is performed. It is determined whether or not the prefetching determination information is a winning prefetching determination result based on the reference to the prefetching determination information included in the prize command (S2710).

In step S2210, if the determination is negative (SP reach loss) that is not a prefetch determination result including the prefetch determination information to be hit (NO in S2710), in the control processing related to the image display device 7, at the timing when the fixed period of the special symbol to be stopped and displayed based on the end of the variable effect executed at the time of receiving the special figure winning command based on the pending winning A holding change display is performed to change the button holding 9Z to a red circle holding (red holding icon) 9C (S 2712).

On the other hand, in step S2710, if it is affirmative determination (YES in S2710) that becomes a prefetch determination result including the prefetch determination information to be hit, it is determined whether the next variation performance to be performed next after the end of the variation performance executed when the special figure winning command is received based on the reserved winning prize (S2711), and the next variation performance does not start If it is a negative determination (NO in S2711), the next variation performance will be performed. Make it do a loop that waits until the starts.

Then, in step S2711, when it is determined affirmatively that the next variation effect is started (YES in S2711), in the control processing related to the image display device 7, the button hold 9Z is changed to the red circle hold (hold icon 9C) at the start timing of the next variation effect (at the end of the fixed period).

As a modification, in the case where it is determined affirmatively (YES in S2711) that the next variation production is started in step S2711, in the control processing related to the image display device 7, at the start timing of the next variation production (at the end of the fixed period), the button hold 9Z is changed to the rainbow circle hold (not shown) related to the setting with higher expectation than the red circle hold (hold icon 9C) (S2712), and this processing may be ended.

[Time chart of pending change notice]
Next, a time chart relating to the schematic flow of the pending change notice (prefetch effect) shown in FIG. 34-2 will be described.

First, when it is determined that the variation start command that can be generated due to the winning of the starting port (special figure winning) is received based on the reception command analysis process (S4201) of FIG.

Then, if there is a winning to the starting port (hereinafter also referred to as a pending winning) during the execution of the above-mentioned first symbol variation, a special winning command resulting from the pending winning is generated, and the result of the prefetching determination based on the lookahead determination information included in the special winning command is a predetermined result (for example, the lookahead determination result including command information indicating that the expectation is high). It is said that

When the above-mentioned pending change notice prefetch effect can be executed, the image display device 7 is caused to display a button hold 9Z (predetermined prefetch effect) instead of the display of the white circle hold (hold icon 9A, see FIG. 1) in the normal display mode. enable it.

As shown in FIG. 34-2 (a), after the button hold 9Z is displayed on the image display device 7, when the effect button 63 is pressed, the button hold 9Z is changed to the red circle hold 9C at the timing of pressing the button (during execution of the first symbol variation).

Also, as shown in FIG. 34-2 (b), after the button hold 9Z is displayed on the image display device 7, the button of the production button 63 is not pressed until the end of the first symbol variation (elapse of the first variation time), and the pre-reading determination information indicating the medium expectation as the predetermined result of the pre-reading determination (for example, the pre-reading determination result related to the SP reach that does not include the information to win) is included. ), the button hold 9Z is changed to the red circle hold 9C (first look-ahead effect).

Also, as shown in FIG. 34-2(c), after the button hold 9Z is displayed on the image display device 7, the effect button 63 is not pressed until the end of the first symbol variation (elapse of the first variation time), and if prefetch determination information indicating a high degree of expectation as a predetermined result of the prefetch determination (for example, prefetch determination result including information to be hit) is included, the fixed time of the special figure displayed at the start of the second symbol variation (second timing/stop display) ends. In the second opportunity), the button hold 9Z is changed to the red circle hold 9C (second look-ahead effect).

In addition, when the predetermined result of the above-mentioned look-ahead determination includes look-ahead determination information indicating a high degree of expectation, at the end of the first symbol variation, the button hold 9Z may be changed to the red circle hold 9C (first look-ahead effect). Further, when the predetermined result of the above-mentioned look-ahead determination includes look-ahead determination information indicating a medium expectation level, the button hold 9Z may be changed to the red circle hold 9C (second look-ahead effect) at the start of the second symbol variation.

Further, the start time of the second symbol variation may be a predetermined timing after the start of the second symbol variation (for example, any of the predetermined periods until the production symbol develops to the ready-to-win display).

Therefore, as shown in FIG. 34-2 (b) or (c), even though the button hold 9Z is displayed, if the button of the production button 63 is not pressed by the end of the first symbol variation, the result of the look-ahead determination based on the look-ahead determination information included in the special figure winning command is a predetermined result. It becomes possible to provide a look-ahead effect (suspension change notice) that can suggest a high degree of

In the present embodiment, if the effect button 63 is not pressed during the first symbol variation in which the button suspension 9Z is displayed, the timing of changing to the red circle suspension 9C is either at the end of the first symbol variation or at the start of the second symbol variation. The timing of changing to another second reserved icon (first look-ahead effect) such as a rainbow-colored circle hold (not shown) may be set at the end of the first pattern variation (first timing), or the timing of changing to another second set icon (second look-ahead effect) may be set at the start of the second pattern variation (second timing).

In addition, as a modification, under the situation where the execution of the suspension icon 9A (predetermined prefetch effect concealment) in the normal display mode (for example, white circle suspension) is being executed during the pattern fluctuation, the timing to change from the white circle suspension (not shown) to the other second suspension icon (first prefetch effect) such as the blue circle suspension (not shown) is the end of the first symbol variation (first timing), or the timing to change to another second suspension icon (second prefetch effect) is the start of the second symbol variation (second timing). ).

Also, in this embodiment, it is possible to execute the pending change notice by the result of the pre-reading judgment based on the reference of the pre-reading judgment information included in the one special figure winning command based on the one reserved winning during the execution of the first symbol variation. As a modification, it is suspended by the result of the pre-reading judgment based on the reference of any pre-reading judgment information included in the plurality of pending memories (special figure winning commands) based on the plurality of (any of 2 to 4) reserved winnings established during the execution of the symbol variation. A change notice may be made executable.

Furthermore, as a modified example, when two or more reserved winnings are established during symbol fluctuation, the timing of changing from the preceding stage of prefetching reservation icon (predetermined prefetching effect) to the latter stage of prefetching reservation icon (first prefetching effect or second prefetching effect) is set at the end of the first symbol variation or the start of the next second symbol variation. The timing may be changed based on the execution of the variable effect caused by the pending prize winning.

[Look-ahead effect execution processing (part 2)]
In this pachinko game machine 1, the execution control of the look-ahead effect processing (another example of the processing related to the execution lottery of the look-ahead effect) based on the effect control means 91A is performed in a procedure as shown in FIG. 34-3. Hereafter, the kind of command which the microcomputer 91 for production|presentation control receives performs schematic description as an example (2) in case it is a special figure prize-winning command.

First, based on the reception of the special figure winning command related to the special figure winning (hereinafter also referred to as the pending winning) during the variable presentation, the notice effect lottery (forecast setting lottery) in the notice lottery processing unit 91C can be executed (S2801).

Next, in the look-ahead determination based on the look-ahead determination information included in the special prize winning command, the result of the look-ahead determination that there is highly expected information (for example, hit information, SP reach information, N reach information, etc.) and the look-ahead setting lottery result of the look-ahead setting lottery performed by satisfying the look-ahead performance conditions related to not interfering with the game. 2802) is executed, the effect control processing unit 91B is enabled to acquire the effect command related to the pre-reading discomfort notice, thereby enabling generation of the pre-read effect control command corresponding to the effect command.

Next, when the above-mentioned look-ahead effect control command is generated, the set process (S2803) that enables the execution control of various processes using the look-ahead effect control command is performed based on the effect control processing unit 91B, so that it is possible to derive the look-ahead effect (effect notification given to the player) consisting of the operation output of at least one of the image control board 100, the lamp control board 107, the sound control board 106, and the drive control board 60d.

Next, it is determined whether or not there is information to perform SP reach in the look-ahead determination result based on the look-ahead determination information included in the special figure winning command (S2804), and if it is a negative (N reach) determination (S2804: NO) that is not a lookahead determination result that performs SP reach, It is determined whether it is time to end the music (for example, BGM) performed in the variable effect that was being executed when the special figure winning command was generated based on the pending winning (S280) 5), and when there is a negative determination (S2805: NO) that it is not the end time of the music, a loop returning to step S2805 is performed, and when there is an affirmative determination (S2805: YES) that is the end time of the music, fade-out control is performed to gradually mute the music from the start of the fixed period related to the special symbol stopped and displayed according to the end time of the music to the end of this fixed period (S2806).

On the other hand, if it is affirmative determination (S2804: YES) that becomes the result of the look-ahead determination to perform SP reach, the start of the next variation performance performed after the end of the variation performance that was being executed when generating the special figure winning command based on the reserved winning (S2807). let me

Then, in step S2807, when there is an affirmative determination (S2807: YES) that the next variable performance is started, at the timing when the next variable performance is started, the output of the music performed in the variable performance executed at the time of generating the special prize winning command based on the reserved winning is suddenly stopped (S2808), and this processing is finished.

Therefore, based on the fact that the result of the look-ahead determination based on the look-ahead determination information included in the special prize winning command becomes a predetermined result, the music is not faded out at the end of the first pattern variation for the first time, and the output of the music is suddenly stopped at the start of the next second pattern variation to give a sense of incongruity to the player.

That is, according to the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a novel performance notification that gives a player a sense of incompatibility based on the fact that the timing of changing a predetermined effect (holding display effect, music effect, etc.) to be a prefetch effect target that can be performed as a prefetch effect is different from the normal time.

In this embodiment, it is possible to execute the pre-reading discomfort notice by the result of the pre-reading judgment based on the pre-reading judgment information included in the one special figure winning command based on one reserved winning during the execution of the first symbol variation. It may be made possible to execute the pre-reading discomfort notice.

In addition, as a modified example, the output of the music may be suddenly stopped at the end of the first pattern variation without warning, without fading out the music from the end of the first pattern variation for the first time.

Furthermore, as a modified example, when two or more reserved winning prizes are in the pattern variation, the music output may be suddenly stopped at the end of the next second pattern variation without fading out the music at the end of the first pattern variation. That is, the output of music may be suddenly stopped without prior notice based on the execution of the variable presentation caused by the subsequent two or more pending winnings such as the end of the next second pattern variation or the start of the next next third pattern variation.

[Game flow in this embodiment (part 1)]
Next, the flow of game progress in the pachinko gaming machine 1 will be described with reference to FIG.

The “predetermined normal state (non-time-saving state first thing in the morning)” shown in FIG. 35 is a game state that is shifted by performing the initial setting (RAM clear switch 152 ON and power switch 155 ON) when the pachinko game machine 1 is started first thing in the morning at the game parlor. It will be in a state where it is difficult to win a prize that can only be determined by opening or closing).

In addition, the pattern fluctuation time based on the special drawing lottery (or the normal drawing drawing) in a predetermined normal state is a non-shortened state that tends to be longer than the pattern fluctuation time related to the A time saving state described later. In addition, the fluctuation time of the design based on the lottery of the special figure 2 tends to become longer remarkably.

Therefore, even if the game ball is hit rightward (the game ball is shot so that the game ball flows down the right game area 3B), it becomes difficult to proceed with the game in which the game ball enters the second starting hole 21. Therefore, it is preferable to proceed with the game by hitting the game ball leftward (the game ball is shot so that the game ball flows down the left game area 3A). That is, the main symbol variation executed in a predetermined normal state is a symbol variation based on the special figure 1 lottery (so-called navel).

In this predetermined normal state (the period from the start of the pachinko gaming machine 1 to the execution of the first winning game), the special figure 1 lottery (acquisition of the special figure related random number including the special figure winning random number) triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20 (special figure winning) is executed, and if the result of the determination of the success or failure (the determination of the special figure winning random number) performed based on the lottery of this special figure 1 is a loss, the predetermined normal state is maintained ( It becomes a loop of the state), and aims to enter the game ball into the first start port 20 again (lottery of the next special figure 1).

On the other hand, in this predetermined normal state, when a jackpot is won based on the execution of the lottery of the special figure 1, after the 1st kind jackpot game, the state of shortening A time 20 times (first advantageous state associated with the second end condition). In addition, the condition that makes it possible to end this state of 20 times of shortening of time A is when the number of notifications (number of lotteries of special symbols) of loss determination (stop display of special symbols) based on the execution of variable display of special symbols is 20 times in total (second end condition).

In addition, in this predetermined normal state, if V winning (also simply referred to as V) is made during the small winning game after winning the small winning based on the execution of the lottery of special figure 1, it will shift to the state of A time reduction once (the first advantageous state associated with the second end condition) after the 2 types of big winning game. In addition, the condition that makes it possible to end this A time saving one time state is when the number of notifications (the number of lotteries of special symbols) of loss determination (stop display of special symbols) based on the execution of variable display of special symbols is a total of 1 times.

In addition, when the lottery for the special figure 2 is executed by the entry of the game ball into the second starting port 21 in this predetermined normal state, the result of the determination of success or failure performed based on the lottery for the special figure 2 will be a special figure loss (a value of a special figure winning random number other than a special loss, a big win or a small win) with a high probability.

In this embodiment, even if the value of the random number per special figure corresponding to the special figure loss, it is a special loss corresponding to the time saving C in a predetermined normal state (non-time saving state). Therefore, based on this special determination, the determination result of C time saving (second winning) is preferentially derived. Here, when the stop display of special figure 2 corresponding to this particular loss (notification of time saving per C) is performed, it will shift to the state of 1000 times of slight time saving after that (second advantageous state).

In this embodiment, since it is difficult to enter the game ball into the second starting hole 21 even if the player hits to the right, it is difficult to enter the game ball into the second starting hole 21. Therefore, it is necessary for the store clerk to support work before the store opens (for example, entering the ball into the second starting hole 21 based on the opening of the front door 51).

On the other hand, during this predetermined normal state, when the determination result of the big win (first winning) with a difficult lottery probability (e.g., winning probability of 1/229) is derived based on the execution of the lottery of the special figure 2, or during the small winning game (while the second big winning port 35 is open) after deriving the determination result of the small winning (first winning) with a lottery probability (e.g., winning probability of 1/32.8) that is not difficult from the derivation of the determination result of this big win. When winning (also simply referred to as V) is made, after the 1st kind jackpot game or the 2nd kind jackpot game, it will shift to the state of A time reduction once (first advantageous state).

In this embodiment, even if the determination result of winning a small hit is derived by executing the lottery of the special figure 2 in a predetermined normal state, if the V winning (the ball passing through the specific area 39) is not performed (the ball passing through the specific area 39) is not performed (the ball passing through the specific area 39) during the small winning game (opening of the second big winning port 35) to be executed thereafter (V is not achieved), the operating conditions of the two types of big winning games are not satisfied. Therefore, a predetermined normal state is maintained (loop of the state) based on the non-execution of the 2nd kind jackpot game, and the player can aim to enter the game ball into the second start port 21 again (lottery for the next special figure 2).

Therefore, when there is a lottery of special figure 2 in a predetermined normal state, the main route is to shift to the state of 1000 times of slight time reduction. As a modification, after the 1st kind jackpot game or the 2nd kind jackpot game generated based on the execution of the lottery of the special figure 2 in a predetermined normal state, the state of 0 time reduction A (no time reduction state) may be made. Further, in this case, the state may be looped, or the state may be shifted to a general normal state, which will be described later.

In addition, as a modification, if there is a special figure loss based on the lottery of the special figure 1 or the special figure 2 in a predetermined normal state, it is a special decision that it is a special loss corresponding to the C time saving hit.

The "state of 1000 times of slight time reduction (third time reduction state)" shown in FIG. It becomes a non-easy winning state (second advantageous state) corresponding to the C time saving hit that makes it possible to catch the game ball easily based on the movement.

Therefore, it becomes difficult to progress the game in which the game ball is entered into the second starting hole 21 even if the player hits to the right. That is, the main symbol variation executed in the state of 1000 times of minute time reduction is symbol variation based on the lottery of the special figure 1.

Here, the condition for ending the state of 1000 times of slight time reduction is when the number of notifications (number of lotteries of special symbols) of loss determination (stop display of special symbols) based on the execution of variable display of special symbols is 1000 times in total. However, if the jackpot or small win cannot be won before the state of 1000 times of minute time saving ends (digestion of minute time saving), it will shift to the general normal state described later.

Then, based on the lottery of the special figure 1 that is mainly performed in the state of the slight time reduction, the game state after the end of the 1st kind jackpot game or the 2nd kind jackpot game that became executable by assigning the judgment result of the jackpot or the small hit is the type of the jackpot pattern or the type of the small hit pattern (judgment result based on the special figure type random number performed after the judgment of the special figure random number). The first advantageous state) is determined with a probability of 100% (first determination condition).

In addition, the lottery of the special figure 2 is executed according to the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 in the state of 1000 times of the minute time reduction, and even if the result of the determination of the success or failure performed based on the lottery of the special figure 2 becomes the special figure loss (the value of the special figure winning random number other than the big win or the small win), the judgment that it is a short time C hit (special loss) is disabled (first judgment condition that does not give preferential treatment to the acquisition of the second winning). Therefore, after the stop display of the special figure 2 corresponding to the special figure loss is performed, there is no transition to the state of 1000 minute time reduction again.

Therefore, since it is unlikely that the number of times of time saving (for example, the state of A time saving 20 times) is less than the state of A time saving 99 times, the game state is suitable for the player. Here, the condition for terminating the state of 99 times of shortening of time A is when the number of notifications (the number of lotteries of special symbols) of loss determination (stopped display of special symbols) based on the execution of variable display of special symbols is 99 times in total (first termination condition).

If a jackpot is won by executing the lottery of the special figure 2 in this 1000 minute time saving state, or if a V prize is won during the small win game after winning the small win, the state will shift to the A time saving 1 time state after the 1st kind jackpot game or the 2nd kind jackpot game.

As a modification, after the 1st kind jackpot game or the 2nd kind jackpot game generated based on the execution of the lottery of the special figure 2 in the state of 1000 times of slight time reduction, the state of 0 times of A time reduction (no provision of time reduction state) may be made. Further, in this case, the state may be looped, or the state may be shifted to a general normal state, which will be described later.

In addition, the time (variation time) required for variable display of the special symbols (special 1, special 2) and / or normal symbols (normal) in the state of 1000 times of the above-mentioned minute time reduction is not shortened. time shortening).

In addition, as a modification, the electric chew opening pattern may be set to a non-short-opening electric chew opening pattern that makes it possible to occasionally catch a game ball based on the movement of the electric chew 22 instead of opening the electric chew twice short, so that a third time-saving state in which it is preferable to proceed with the game by hitting to the right may be established.

35, "A time saving 1 time, 20 times, 40 times, 99 times (first time saving state)" is a state of shortening the time required for variable display of special symbols and / or normal symbols per time, compared to a predetermined normal state or a general normal state described later. It will be in a state where it is easy to win a prize by opening the long 2 times where it is easy to catch the game ball.

That is, the game ball captured by the movable member 23 of the electric chew 22 enters the second start port 21 (special figure 2 winning) as a trigger. The determination of the special figure 2 lottery (including the special figure random number) is easily executed. Therefore, the game state is such that it is preferable to proceed with the game by hitting to the right. That is, the main symbol variation executed in the state related to A time saving is symbol variation based on the special figure 2 lottery.

In this embodiment, the lottery probability of drawing a small hit in the lottery of special figure 2 (e.g., winning probability of 1/32.8) is a lottery probability of drawing a small hit in the lottery of special figure 1 (e.g., winning probability of 1/198). Therefore, the state of A time saving in which the lottery of special figure 2 is mainly performed is a game state suitable for the player.

Then, in the case of shifting to the state of 99 times of A time saving, the player is challenged to win a small prize based on the determination of the lottery of the special figure 2 until the state of 99 times of A time saving is completed (execution of A time saving, 99 times of special lottery in total), and the lottery probability is set so that the small prize can be won with high accuracy by the end of the state of 99 times of A time saving. In addition, in the state of A time saving 99 times, it may be possible to shorten the symbol variation time shorter than the shortening of the symbol variation time related to the other A time saving state described later.

In the present embodiment, it is possible to obtain a 2-type jackpot game of substantially 10R with a probability of 85% when a small jackpot is won. From this, when the 1st kind jackpot of 10R or the 2nd kind jackpot of 10R is obtained based on the winning in the state of slightly shortened time or the shortened time of A and the state is shifted to the state of shortened time of A 99 times, the possibility of winning the game per 10R twice in a row is easily improved.

In the case of a game specification in which 1,500 prize balls (balls put out) can be acquired by executing the game per 10R once, a total of 3,000 prize balls (balls put out) can be acquired when the 10R winning game can be executed again based on the subsequent transition to the state of 99 times of reduced working hours A.例文帳に追加

Further, in the present embodiment, the setting of the lottery probability for winning a small win with high accuracy is set to A time saving 99 times, but as a modification, it may be set to A time saving 9999 times (a large increase in the number of time saving times), so that a small win can be won more reliably in the state of A time saving. In addition, as a modified example, if winning can be obtained again in the state of A short time 99 times shifted from the 10R type 1 jackpot or the 2nd type jackpot based on the winning in the slightly short time (or A short time) state, the specifications may be designed to always win the game per 10R.

When moving to the state of A time saving 99 times, the state of A time saving is likely to be maintained (looped) again, so it becomes the most suitable game state (top A time saving) for the player. However, if the jackpot or small win cannot be won before the state of the A time saving 99 times ends (it becomes the consumption of the A time saving), it will shift to the general normal state described later.

When shifting to the state of A 20 times of reduced working hours or 40 times of A reduced working hours, the state of 20 times of reduced working hours or 40 times of A reduced working hours ends (execution of A reduced working hours, total 20 times or 40 times of special lottery). state. Therefore, if a big win or a small win can be won before the state of 20 times of A time saving is completed, it is possible to maintain (loop) the state of A time saving again (loop).

In addition, in the case of shifting to the state of one time reduction of A, there is only one chance to win a small prize based on the determination of the lottery of the special figure 2 until one time of the state of the reduction of A time is completed (consumed of the reduction of A time, notification of the determination result related to one special figure lottery). In this embodiment, the lottery probability is set so that it is difficult to allocate a small hit based on the determination of the lottery of one special figure 2 (for example, the winning probability of 1/32.8).

In addition, the lottery of the special figure 2 is executed according to the entry of the game ball into the second start port 21 in the "state of A time saving 1 time, 20 times, 40 times or 99 times", and even if the result of the determination of the success or failure performed based on the lottery of the special figure 2 is a special figure loss (a value of a special figure winning random number other than a big hit or a small win), the determination that it is a short time hit (special loss) is disabled. Therefore, after the stop display of the special figure 2 corresponding to the special figure loss is performed, there is no transition to the state of 1000 times of slight time reduction.

Also, a jackpot is won based on the special drawing 2 lottery in "A state of 1 time, 20 times, 40 times, or 99 times", and "Special drawing 2_jackpot pattern A" is determined based on the judgment of the special drawing type random number that is performed next to the judgment of the special drawing random number. , After the end of the 1st kind jackpot game, it will shift to the state of 40 times of A time reduction

In addition, a small hit is won based on the lottery of the special figure 2 in "A time saving 1 time or 20 times or 40 times or 99 times", and based on the judgment of the special figure type random number performed next to the judgment of the special figure random number described above. The operation pattern of the member 71 is made to be a pass open pattern (V winning is possible during the small winning game), so that the two types of big winning game can be executed.

On the other hand, a small hit is won based on the lottery of the special figure 2 related to the main pattern variation in "A state of 1 time, 20 times, 40 times, or 99 times", and "special figure 2_small winning pattern a" is determined based on the determination of the special figure type random number performed next to the determination of the random number per special figure. The operation pattern of the distribution member 71 for distributing to any of the above is set to a non-passing open pattern (V winning is not possible during the small winning game), making it impossible to execute the two-type big winning game.

In this embodiment, even though "special figure 2_small winning pattern a" is determined based on the execution of the lottery of special figure 2, when the game ball irregularly passes through the specific area 39, after the 2nd kind big winning game, the state is shifted to A time saving once.

However, in principle, based on the fact that the game ball cannot pass through the specific area 39 by the distribution member 71 (non-execution of the second type jackpot game), the state of 0 time reduction A (no provision of time reduction state) is made, and it is possible to shift to the general normal state described later. In addition, in this embodiment, it is possible to determine "special figure 2_small hit pattern a" at a rate of 15% when a small hit is made, and it is set to make it difficult to maintain (loop) the state of A time saving again.

As a modification, when "special figure 2_small winning pattern a" is determined based on the execution of the special figure 2 lottery during the A time saving state, even if the game ball irregularly passes through the specific area 39, the A time saving state of 0 times (no time saving state is given).

Also, based on the lottery of special figure 1 in "A time saving 1 time or 20 times or 40 times or 99 times", it becomes a V prize during the small winning game based on the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the small winning, and based on the judgment of the special figure type random number performed next to the judgment of the special figure per random number. After the execution of the winning game or the execution of the two-kind big winning game, the state is shifted to the state of short time A 40 times, and when ``special figure 1_small winning pattern a'' is determined, the state of short time A is changed to one time after the execution of the big winning game of two kinds.

The “general normal state (non-shortening state other than first thing in the morning)” shown in FIG. 35 is a game state (so-called low probability state) that shifts when the state of short working hours or short working hours A is extinguished (the conditions for ending the short working hours state are satisfied), or when short working hours A is granted 0 times (no short working hours state is granted) based on the game during short working hours (other than non-shortening working hours).

In this general normal state, the opening pattern for operating the movable member 23 of the electric chew 22 to the open state (opening of the second start port 21) is only determined to open once short (opening and closing difficult to catch the game ball). In addition, the pattern fluctuation time based on the special drawing lottery (or the normal drawing drawing) in the general normal state is a non-shortened state that tends to be longer than the pattern fluctuation time according to the above-mentioned A time saving state. In addition, the fluctuation time of the design based on the lottery of the special figure 2 tends to become longer remarkably.

Therefore, it becomes difficult to progress the game in which the game ball is entered into the second starting hole 21 even if the player hits to the right. That is, the main symbol variation executed in the general normal state is the symbol variation based on the special figure 1 lottery.

Then, in the general normal state, when the game ball enters the first start port 20 (or the second start port 21) (special figure winning), the lottery of special figure 1 (or lottery of special figure 2) is executed When the result of the determination of the success or failure performed based on this lottery of special figure 1 (or lottery of special figure 2) is a loss, this general normal state is maintained (loop of the state). Therefore, the goal is to enter the game ball into the first starting port 20 (or the second starting port 21) again (execution of the next special figure lottery).

In addition, in this general normal state, when a jackpot is won based on the execution of the lottery of the special figure 1, the state shifts to the state of A short time 20 times after the first kind jackpot game, and when V winning is made during the small win game based on the small win game, the state is shifted to the state of A short time once after the second kind jackpot game.

On the other hand, in this general normal state, when a big win is won based on the execution of the lottery of the special figure 2, or when a V prize is won during a small win game based on the winning of a small win, after the 1st kind jackpot game or the 2nd kind jackpot game, it will shift to the state of A time reduction once.

In addition, as a modification, after the 1st kind jackpot game or the 2nd kind jackpot game generated based on the execution of the lottery of the special figure 2 in the general normal state, the state of A time saving 0 times (no time saving state) may be made.

Also, as a modification, for example, if it is a general normal state that shifts after a predetermined number of times (for example, 99 times) of A time saving is digested, a special determination (usual determination condition) that it is a special loss (special loss) corresponding to C time saving based on the lottery of special figure 2 and / or special figure 1 may be made available. Moreover, in this case, it may be made possible to shift to a predetermined desired number of times (for example, 50 times) different from 1000 times of minute time reduction.

In addition, he is trying for the general normal state in this embodiment to turn into a non-time-saving state like the above-described predetermined normal state. However, the lottery for the special figure 2 is executed according to the entry of the game ball into the second start hole 21 in the general normal state, and even if the result of the determination of winning or not based on the lottery for the special figure 2 is a special figure loss (value of a special figure winning random number other than a big win or a small win), it is set as a judgment condition that it is impossible to judge that it is a C time saving win (special loss). Therefore, in the general normal state, after the stop display of the special figure 2 corresponding to the special figure loss is performed, there is no transition to the state of 1000 times of slight time reduction.

Further, in this embodiment, the general normal state is set to a non-time-saving state in which the player stays in the main operation of the gaming machine for one day. Here, as a modification, a predetermined normal state (non-time-saving state) that can be differentiated in some way from the general normal state may be provided.

For example, in a non-time-saving (predetermined low-probability game) state, it may be possible to determine C time-saving win (particular loss) in a state of non-time-saving (predetermined low-probability game), such as a state after the number of times of hooking reaches a certain number in a non-time-saving state, or a state until all reserved memories remaining at the end of an advantageous game state (time-saving OFF) are consumed.

In the present embodiment, when the special figure 2 lottery is executed based on the game ball entering the second starting hole 21 (right-handed) in a predetermined normal state, a special determination (ordinary judgment condition) is made to the effect that it is a special loss (special figure losing) corresponding to the C time-saving hit. When it is made, it is possible to make a special determination (ordinary determination condition) that it is a special loss (special figure loss) corresponding to the C time saving hit.

Furthermore, in a predetermined normal state, at least one of the lottery of the special figure 1 and the lottery of the special figure 2 can be executed based on the entry of the game ball into either one of the first start port 20 and the second start port 21. If it is possible, a special determination (ordinary determination condition) to the effect that it is a special loss (special figure loss) corresponding to the short time C hit may be made.

In addition, as a modification, regarding the condition of the end trigger that allows the state of the above-mentioned A time saving 20 times (or A time saving 40 times) to be finished (second end condition), the number of times of notification of loss judgment (special pattern stop display) based on the execution of the variable display of the special pattern (special pattern lottery number) Not only the end trigger pattern to end at timing a when the total is 20 times, but also the judgment result of the small hit (first winning) in the state of A time saving 20 times (stop display of the small winning pattern) is obtained. A condition configuration may be provided to provide an additional end trigger pattern b condition of ending the time saving state A (turning off the time saving state at the time of stop display and shifting to the non-time saving state) even at the timing set.

In this case, in the condition that the above-mentioned A time saving 99 times state can be terminated (first termination condition), the condition of the additional termination trigger pattern b described above is not provided (the time saving state can be continued even during the small winning game after the small winning symbol is stopped) may be configured.

As a result, depending on whether it is in the state of A time saving 20 times or A time saving 99 times, it is possible to create a sorting situation with two types of patterns: a case where the game state at the time of V winning during the small winning game after winning the small win is a non-time saving state (time saving OFF) and a case where the game state at the time of the V winning is not a non time saving state.

Therefore, for example, if the V winning during the small winning game is in a non-time saving state, it is likely to be set to be able to execute A time saving 20 times (first advantageous state associated with the second end condition) after the 2nd type jackpot game, and if V winning during the small winning game is in a time saving state (A time saving or slight time saving), A time saving 99 times (first advantageous state associated with the first end condition) after the 2 types jackpot game. be able to. Therefore, it is possible to effectively increase the interest in the game related to the improvement of the expectation when winning the prize.

In addition, as a modification, the condition for terminating the 1000 minute time saving state may be a condition for continuing the slight time saving state until reaching the time when it is possible to shift to the second time saving state (B time saving, play time). That is, the condition may be set by taking into consideration (equal to) the specified number of times of the failure counter for starting the shift to the second time saving state without depending on the result of the special lottery and the value of the number of times of time saving for ending the minute time saving state.

As described above, in the present embodiment, in a predetermined normal state (a non-time-saving state in which the usual determination conditions are used), the game ball is entered into the second start port 21 (first winning port), or the first start port 20 (second winning port) When the game ball is entered into the second start port 21, it is possible to preferentially obtain the determination of the C time saving hit (second winning). become. From this, it is possible to effectively increase the game interest related to the improvement of expectations for the players who play the game in a predetermined normal state (for example, first thing in the morning at the amusement arcade) different from the general game state.

In addition, the electric chew opening pattern during a predetermined normal state is set to a non-easy-to-win state in which only two short-circuits are opened (dedicated movable pattern). Therefore, when the game ball can enter the second start hole 21 (first winning hole) in which the difficulty of catching the game ball by the electric chew 22 is high (for example, when the support work of the store clerk is performed before the opening of the game shop), the judgment of the second winning (C time reduction win) is preferentially obtained, and it is possible to easily shift to the state of 1000 minute time reduction.

From this, for example, it is possible to effectively increase the game interest related to the improvement of expectations for the players who play the game at the intended time in the game shop (for example, the start state of 1000 times in a short time in the morning).

[Game Flow in the Present Embodiment (Part 2)]
Next, the flow of the progress of the game in the pachinko gaming machine 1 (part 2) will be described with reference to FIG.

The “predetermined normal state (first thing in the morning (non-time-saving) state)” shown in FIG. 59 is a game state that is shifted by executing the initial setting (RAM clear switch 152 ON and power switch 155 ON) when the pachinko game machine 1 is started first thing in the morning at the game parlor. It becomes a non-easy winning state (non-time-saving state) that can only be determined by opening and closing, normal movable pattern).

Therefore, even if the game ball is hit rightward (the game ball is shot so that the game ball flows down the second game area 3B), it becomes difficult to enter the game ball into the second starting hole 21 (substantially impossible). That is, the main symbol variation executed in a predetermined normal state is a symbol variation based on the special figure 1 lottery.

In this predetermined normal state (the period from the start of the pachinko game machine 1 to the execution of the first winning game), the special figure 1 lottery (acquisition of special figure related random numbers including the special figure winning random number) triggered by the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20 (special figure winning) is executed, and if the result of the determination of success or failure (the determination of the special figure winning random number) performed based on the special figure 1 lottery is a special figure loss, the predetermined normal state is maintained. It becomes (the loop of the state), and the game ball is made to enter the first start port 20 again (lottery of the next special figure 1).

Then, in this predetermined normal state, if the jackpot is won based on the execution of the lottery of the special figure 1, or if the V prize (also simply referred to as V) is made during the small win game after the small win is won (when it is the first win), the state of A short time 80 times is always given after the 1st kind jackpot game or the 2nd kind jackpot game based on the jackpot pattern type determination table (for the first morning) and the small win pattern type determination table (first judgment condition). It is possible (in other words, it does not enter the state of A time saving 30 times described later).

Shown in FIG. 59 "A state of 80 times of time reduction (special figure 2 lottery during upper time reduction)" is the time required for variable display of special patterns and / or normal patterns per time, the predetermined normal state described above (or, the state of 800 times of slight time reduction described later). It will be in a state where it is easy to win a prize by opening the long 2 times where it is easy to catch the game ball.

That is, the game ball captured by the movable member 23 of the electric chew 22 enters the second start port 21 (special figure 2 winning) as a trigger. The determination of the special figure 2 lottery (including the special figure random number) is easily executed. Therefore, it becomes a state of A time saving 80 times (first advantageous state in which the movable part is displaced more advantageous than a predetermined normal game), where it is preferable to proceed with the game by hitting to the right. That is, the A time saving main symbol variation executed in the state related to the A time saving becomes a symbol variation based on the special figure 2 lottery.

In this embodiment, the lottery probability of drawing a small hit in the lottery of special figure 2 (e.g., winning probability of 1/70) is a lottery probability of drawing a small hit in the lottery of special figure 1 (e.g., winning probability of 1/198). Therefore, the state related to the time saving A in which the lottery of the special figure 2 is mainly performed is a suitable game state for the player (the special hit random number determination table is not shown). In addition, the lottery probability of allocating a small hit in the lottery of the special figure 1 may be set to 0%.

Then, in the case of shifting to the state of 80 times of A time saving, until the state of 80 times of A time saving ends (the consumption of A time saving and the execution of a total of 80 times of special drawing lots), the player is challenged to win a small win or a big win based on the determination of the special drawing 2 lottery related to the variation of the A time saving main symbol.

In this embodiment, when shifting to the state of 80 times of shortening A (executable period of the first advantageous state), the period (so-called electric support period) during which the lottery of special figure 2 can be executed is longer than when moving to the state of 30 times of shortening of A (executable period of the first advantageous state), which will be described later.

Here, the A time saving end condition (end condition of the first advantageous state, end timing of A time saving 80 times) for ending the A time saving 80 times state and making it possible to shift to a non-time saving (no time saving/no electric support) state is based on the execution of the variable display of the special pattern when the number of notifications (the number of lotteries of special symbols) of the loss determination (stop display of the special pattern) based on the execution of the variable display of the special pattern reaches a total of 80 times.

Specifically, when the variable display of the special pattern for the total 80th time in the state of the A time saving 80 times starts (when deriving the predetermined judgment result), and when the big win or the special pattern loss is notified, the A time saving end condition is met at the start of the variable display of the special pattern, the transition to the non-time saving state is made from the start of the variable display of the special pattern, and the special pattern for the total 80th time is stopped according to the notification of the big win or the special pattern loss. When it is displayed, it is made to shift to a non-time-saving (no time-saving) state.

In addition, when the variable display of the special pattern for the total 80 times in the state of A time saving 80 times ends (when deriving a predetermined judgment result), when the small winning is notified, when the small winning game is started after the small winning notification (when the second big winning opening 35 is opened), the A time saving end condition is met, and when the V winning (the ball passing through the specific area 39) occurs during the small winning game, the non-time saving (no time saving) state. I'm trying to move to

Then, when the fluctuation display of the special symbol for the total 80 times in the state of A time saving 80 times ends (after satisfying the A time saving end condition), the special figure reservation (0 to 4 remaining) related to the special figure related random number (determination information of validity) is stored in the special figure 2 retention storage unit 85b If the special figure retention (0 to 4 remaining) related to the special figure related random number (determination information of validity) stored in the special figure 2 retention storage unit 85b related to special figure retention (0 to 4 remaining) When making a judgment, it is assumed that the state has been shifted to a non-time saving (no time saving) state.

In the present embodiment, when a jackpot election (first election) is made during the state of A time saving 79 times, the time saving state related to A time saving 80 times is not terminated (that is, there is time saving) when the variable display of special symbols for informing the jackpot winning is started. Therefore, when the special symbols are stopped and displayed in response to the notification of the big hit, the time saving state related to A time saving 80 times is continued.

In addition, when a small win (first win) is made during the state of up to 79 times of A time saving, the state of 80 times of A time saving does not end (that is, there is a time saving) until V winning in a small prize game to be performed after notification of the small win winning. Therefore, when the V winning (ball passing through the specific area 39) occurs during the small hit game, the time saving state related to A time saving 80 times is continued.

From here, if the jackpot is won based on the execution of the lottery of special figure 2 in the state up to A time saving 79 times (if it is the first win), or if the V prize is won during the small hit game after winning the small hit (if it is the first win), on the condition that the time saving state related to A time saving 80 times is continued, After one kind of jackpot game or 2 based on the jackpot symbol type determination table and small winning symbol type determination table (not shown) (for time saving) After the seed jackpot game, the state of A time saving 80 times can be given without fail (in other words, the state of A time saving 30 times, which will be described later).

On the other hand, when the fluctuation display of the total 80th special symbol in the state of A time saving 80 times starts (when deriving the predetermined judgment result), if the big hit is won based on the execution of the lottery of special figure 2, or if the V prize is won during the small hit game after winning the small hit (if it is the first win), the time saving state related to A time saving 80 times is ended (non-time saving state transition). Based on the winning pattern type determination table and the small winning pattern type determination table (second determination condition), the state of time reduction A 30 times can be always given after the type 1 big win game or the type 2 big win game (in other words, the state of time reduction A 80 times is not changed).

In addition, when the fluctuation display of the special symbol for the total 80th time in the state of A time saving 80 times ends (after satisfying the A time saving end condition), the special figure related random number (determination information of success or failure) stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b Based on the judgment of each special figure reservation (for example, any one of 0 to 4 remaining reservations), if you win a jackpot (if you win the first prize), or make a V win during a small winning game after winning a small win In the case of (first winning), on the condition that the time saving state related to A time saving 80 times has been completed (transition to non-time saving state) (if the end condition of the first advantageous state is satisfied), based on the jackpot symbol type determination table and small winning symbol type determination table (not shown) (for non-time saving), the state of A time saving 30 times can be given after the 1st type jackpot game or the 2nd type jackpot game (In other words, the state of A time saving 80 times will not be). I am trying to let

In addition, when the fluctuation display of the special symbol for the total 80 times in the state of A time saving 80 times ends (after satisfying the A time saving end condition), the final special figure retention related to the special figure related random number (determination information) stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b (for example, the 4th remaining reservation) Based on the determination of the special figure loss (if it is not the first election), the time saving state related to A time saving 80 times has ended (non-time saving state) state transition) (if the end condition of the first advantageous state is satisfied), any value of the random number per special figure corresponding to the special figure loss (other than the first winning) is a special loss corresponding to the C short time winning (second winning). He is trying to shift so that the state of 0 times (second advantageous state) can be granted.

Therefore, when the variation display of the special symbol for the total 80 times in the state of A time saving 80 times (right-handed game / time saving) is completed, the final special figure related random number stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b If the judgment result does not become a big hit or a small hit (first winning) based on the judgment (second judgment condition) related to the special figure reservation, the judgment result of C time saving (second election) will be preferentially derived.

Therefore, if it is not possible to win a big hit or a small hit by the end of the state of 80 times of A time saving, the judgment result of C time saving (second winning, exceptional loss) will be preferentially treated, and based on the stop display of special figure 2 corresponding to C time saving hit, it will surely shift to the state of 800 times of slight time saving described later (in other words, it will not be a predetermined normal state).

In addition, when the jackpot pattern type determination table (first morning) and the small hit pattern type determination table (first determination condition) that can be used in a predetermined normal state (left-handed game), it is not determined that it is a special loss corresponding to the C time saving (second winning) (that is, it is not a special loss but a special drawing loss), so that the determination result of the C time saving is not preferentially derived.

In detail, when the special figure-related random number is determined based on the execution of the special figure 1 lottery (left-handed game / no time saving), it is not considered to be a special loss corresponding to the C time saving hit (second winning) (It is not regarded as a special loss, but a special figure loss), and the determination result of the C time saving hit is not preferentially derived in the lottery related to the special figure 1.

That is, at the end of the total 80 times of the variable display of the special symbol in the state of A time saving 80 times (right-handed game) (when there is no time saving/end condition of the first advantageous state), and when the lottery related to the special figure 2 is executed (the final special figure 2 pending decision result is lost), the determination result of C time saving is preferentially derived.

And in this embodiment, after transitioning to the overall time saving state including the state of A time saving 80 times (including the state of A time saving 30 times and slight time saving 800 times described later), there is no route to return to a predetermined normal state.

Therefore, the predetermined normal state (non-time-saving state) is a rare game state that can be shifted (appears only in the morning) only when the initialization (the RAM clear switch 152 is turned ON and the power switch 155 is turned ON) is performed when the pachinko game machine 1 is started first thing in the morning at the game parlor.

"A state of 30 times of reduced working hours (special figure 2 lottery during lower reduced working hours)" shown in FIG. 21 opening), the electric chew opening pattern is set to a long two-time opening that makes it easy to catch the game ball, making it easy to win a prize.

That is, the game ball captured by the movable member 23 of the electric chew 22 enters the second start port 21 (special figure 2 winning) as a trigger. The determination of the special figure 2 lottery (including the special figure random number) is easily executed. Therefore, it becomes a state of 30 times of shortening of time A (first advantageous state in which the movable part is displaced more advantageous than a predetermined normal game), where it is preferable to proceed with the game by hitting to the right. That is, the A time saving main symbol variation executed in the state related to the A time saving becomes a symbol variation based on the special figure 2 lottery.

Then, in the case of shifting to the state of 30 times of A time saving, until the state of 30 times of A time saving ends (the consumption of A time saving and the execution of a total of 30 times of special drawing lots), the player is challenged to win a small win or a big win based on the determination of the lottery of the special figure 2 related to the variation of the A time saving main symbol.

In the present embodiment, when shifting to the state of 30 times of reduced working hours A (executable period of the first advantageous state), the period (so-called electric sapo period) during which the lottery of special figure 2 can be executed is shorter than when moving to the state of 80 times of reduced working hours (the executable period of the first advantageous state). It becomes a high game state (lower A time reduction).

Here, the A time-saving end condition (end condition of the first advantageous state, end timing of A time-saving 30 times) for terminating the state of 30 times of A time-saving and making it possible to shift to a non-time-saving state is based on the execution of the variable display of the special pattern when the number of notifications (the number of lotteries of the special pattern) of the loss judgment (stop display of the special pattern) based on the execution of the variable display of the special pattern reaches 30 times in total.

Concretely, when the variable display of the special pattern for the total 30th time in the state of the A time saving 30 times is started (when deriving the predetermined judgment result), and when the big hit or the special pattern loss is notified, the A time saving end condition is met at the start of the variable display of the special pattern, the transition is made to the non-time saving state from the start of the variable display of the special pattern, and the special pattern of the total 30th time is stopped according to the notification of the big win or the special pattern loss. When it is displayed, it is made to shift to a non-time-saving (no time-saving) state.

In addition, when the fluctuation display of the special pattern for the total 30th time in the state of A time saving 30 times ends (when deriving a predetermined judgment result), when the small winning is notified, when the small winning game is started after the small winning notification (when the second big winning opening 35 is opened), the A time saving end condition is met, and when the V winning (the ball passing through the specific area 39) occurs during the small winning game, it is a non-working time saving (no working time saving) state. I'm trying to move to

In addition, when the fluctuation display of the special symbol for the total of 30 times in the state of A time saving 30 times ends (after satisfying the A time saving end condition), the special figure reservation (0 to 4 remaining) related to the special figure related random number (determination information of right or wrong) is stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b If the special figure reservation (0 to 4 remaining) related to the special figure related random number (determination information of right or wrong) stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b related to special figure reservation (0 to 4 remaining) When making a judgment, it is assumed that the state has been shifted to a non-time saving (no time saving) state.

In the present embodiment, when a jackpot election (first election) is made during the state of A time saving up to 29 times, the time saving state related to A time saving 30 times is not terminated (that is, there is time saving) when the variable display of special symbols for informing the jackpot winning is started. Therefore, when the special symbols are stopped and displayed in response to the notification of the big hit, the time saving state related to A time saving 30 times is continued.

In addition, when a small win (first win) is made during the state of up to 29 times of short time A, the state of 30 times of short time A is not terminated until V winning in a small win game to be performed after notification of the small win winning (that is, there is a short time A). Therefore, when the V winning (ball passing through the specific area 39) occurs during the small hit game, the time saving state related to A time saving 30 times is continued.

From here, if the jackpot is won based on the execution of the lottery of special figure 2 in the state up to A time saving 29 times (first winning), or if the V prize is won during the small winning game after winning the small winning (first winning), on the condition that the time saving state related to A time saving 30 times is continued. After the seed jackpot game, the state of A time saving 80 times can be given without fail (in other words, the state of A time saving 30 times is not changed).

On the other hand, when the fluctuation display of the 30th special pattern in total in the state of A time saving 30 times starts (when deriving the predetermined judgment result), if the jackpot is won based on the execution of the special drawing 2 lottery, or if the V prize is won during the small win game after winning the small hit (if it is the first win), the time saving state related to A time saving 30 times is terminated (non-time saving state transition). Based on the winning pattern type determination table and the small winning pattern type determination table (second determination condition), the state of time reduction A 30 times can be always given after the type 1 big win game or the type 2 big win game (in other words, the state of time reduction A 80 times is not changed).

Also, when the fluctuation display of the special symbol for the total 30th time in the state of A time saving 30 times ends (after satisfying the A time saving end condition), the special figure related random number (determining information on whether or not it is correct) stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b Based on the judgment of each special figure reservation (for example, any of 0 to 4 remaining reservations), if you win a jackpot (if you win the first prize), or make a V win during a small winning game after winning a small win In the case of (first winning), on the condition that the time-saving state related to A time-saving 30 times has been completed (transition to non-time-saving state) (if the conditions for ending the first advantageous state are satisfied), based on the jackpot symbol type determination table and small-hit symbol type determination table (not shown) (for non-time-saving), the state of A time-saving 30 times can be given after the 1st type jackpot game or the 2nd type jackpot game (in other words, the state of A time-saving 80 times). I am trying to let

In addition, when the fluctuation display of the special symbol for the total 30 times in the state of A time saving 30 times ends (after satisfying the A time saving end condition), the final special figure retention related to the special figure related random number (determination information) stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b (for example, the 4th remaining reservation) Based on the determination of the special figure loss (if it is not the first election), the time saving state related to A time saving 30 times has ended (non-time saving state) state transition) (if the end condition of the first advantageous state is satisfied), any value of the random number per special figure corresponding to the special figure loss (other than the first winning) is a special loss corresponding to the C short time winning (second winning). He is trying to shift so that the state of 0 times (second advantageous state) can be granted.

Therefore, when the fluctuation display of the special symbol for the total 30 times in the state of A time saving 30 times ends, the final special figure reservation related to the special figure related random number stored in the special figure 2 reservation storage unit 85b (second judgment condition) If the judgment result does not become a big hit or a small hit (first winning) based on the judgment, the judgment result of C time saving (second winning) will be preferentially derived.

That is, when the fluctuation display of the special symbol for the total 30 times in the state of A time saving 30 times (right-handed game) ends (when there is no time saving / when the end condition of the first advantageous state), and when the lottery related to the special figure 2 is executed (the decision result of the final special figure 2 reservation is lost), the determination result of the C time saving hit is preferentially derived.

Therefore, if it is not possible to win a big hit or a small hit by the end of the state of 30 times of A time saving, the judgment result to the effect that it will be a C time saving hit (second winning, exceptional loss) is preferentially treated, and based on the stop display of the special figure 2 corresponding to the C time saving hit, it will surely shift to the slightly reduced time 800 times state described later (in other words, it will not be a predetermined normal state).

In addition, as a modification, if a special figure loss is assigned in the final variation of A short time (30th or 80th special figure variation related to A short time) (if the final variation of A short time does not become the first election), the state related to the A short time has been completed (non-shorter state transition at the start of the special figure variation). However, based on a jackpot symbol type determination table (not shown for time saving) and a small hit symbol type determination table (second judgment condition) indicating that it is a special loss corresponding to the C time saving (second winning), it may be shifted so that the state of 800 times of slight time reduction (second advantageous state) described later can be given without going through the 1st type jackpot game or the 2nd type jackpot game.

Also, as a modification, if it is not possible to win a big hit or a small hit by the end of the state of A 30 times (or 80 times of A), C time saving (special loss) If the result is the special figure 2 corresponding to the time, it will move to the state of 800 times of slight time saving, but if the decision result of special figure 2 corresponding to the special figure loss that is not C time saving (special loss), it may be in a predetermined normal state. For example, there may be a case where a predetermined normal state is set when a special figure loss (non-special loss) is drawn with a probability approximately equal to the probability of winning a big win or a small win.

The "state of 800 times of slight time reduction (second time reduction state)" shown in FIG. A state in which winning is not easy (a second advantageous state related to a game state different from the first advantageous state) corresponding to the C time-saving hit is reached.

Therefore, it becomes difficult to enter the game ball into the second starting hole 21 even if the player hits to the right. That is, the slight time reduction main symbol variation executed in the state of 800 times of slight time reduction becomes the symbol variation based on the special figure 1 lottery.

Then, in the case of shifting to the state of 800 times of slight time reduction, by the time this 800 times of slight time reduction state ends (digestion of slight time reduction, execution of special drawing lottery of 800 times in total), it will be challenged to attract a small hit or a big hit based on the determination of the special drawing 1 lottery related to the variation of the slight time reduction main symbol. The game is designed to make it easier to get a big win or a small win before the game is played.

However, if a big win or a small win cannot be won before the state of 800 times of slight time reduction is completed (extinguishment of slight time reduction), the state shifts to the third time reduction state (B time reduction, play time). That is, the conditions are set in consideration of the specified number of times of the failure counter for starting the transition to the third time-saving state without depending on the result of the special lottery and the value of the number of times of time-saving for ending the slight time-saving state (in other words, the predetermined normal state is not set).

In the present embodiment, the third time-saving state is set to a time-saving state (time-saving performance) equivalent to the state of 800 times of slight time-saving, so that the state of 800 times of slight time-saving is substantially continued endlessly (a loop of the state). However, as a modification, the third time-saving state is made to be a time-saving state equivalent to the state of 80 times of A (or 30 times of A), so that the game state transition (chance up) suitable for the player is possible. You may do so.

Here, the slight time reduction termination condition (second advantageous state termination condition) that allows the transition to the non-time reduction state by terminating the state of 800 times of the slight reduction of time is set so that when the big hit or the loss of the special symbol is notified during the state of 800 times of the slight reduction of time, the condition for the termination of the slight reduction of time is satisfied at the end of the variable display of the special symbol. That is, since the state is shifted to a non-time-saving state from the end of the variable display of the special symbols, the time-saving (with time-saving) state is continued when the special symbols are stopped and displayed for a total of 30 times according to the notification of the big win or the special symbol loss.

In addition, when a small win is notified during the state of 800 small working hours, when the small win game after the winning of the small win is announced (at the end of the second big winning port 35), the A time saving end condition is satisfied. Therefore, when the V winning (the ball passing through the specific area 39) occurs during the small hit game, the state of time saving (with time saving) continues.

Then, when the jackpot is won based on the execution of the special drawing 1 lottery in the state of up to 800 times of the small time reduction (when it is the first winning), or when the V prize is won during the small winning game after winning the small winning (when it becomes the first winning), on the condition that the time saving state related to the small time saving 800 times is continued (moving to the time saving state), the big hit symbol type determination table (for small time saving) and the small winning symbol type determination table (third judgment) condition), after the 1st kind jackpot game or the 2nd kind jackpot game, the state of A time saving 30 times can be given without fail (in other words, the state of A time saving 80 times is not made).

As described above, in the present embodiment, in a predetermined normal state (first non-time-saving state in the morning), the main game (left-handed game) in which the game ball is entered into the first start opening 20 (second winning opening) is enabled to execute the main game (left-handed game) to win the jackpot or small winning. At the end of the state of 80 times (transition to the state of non-shortening of working hours), the game ball to the second starting port 21 is preferentially obtained for the determination of winning the C time (second winning) based on the ball entry, and it is possible to shift to the state of slightly shortening 800 times.

Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to shift to the predetermined normal state again after shifting from the predetermined normal state to the state related to A time saving. Therefore, it is possible to effectively increase the game interest related to the improvement of the sense of anticipation for the players who play the game in a predetermined normal state (for example, first thing in the morning at the game parlor).

In addition, the electric chew opening pattern in the state of 800 times of minute time reduction is made to be a winning non-easy state in which only two shorts are opened (dedicated movable pattern). Therefore, it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the second starting hole 21 (first winning hole) where the difficulty of catching the game ball by the electric chew 22 is high.

From here, during the state of 800 times of slight time reduction, it is possible to execute the main game (left-handed game) in which the game ball is entered into the first start port 20 (second prize-winning port), and by making a big win or small win based on the entry of the game ball into the first start port 20, it is possible to shift to the state of 30 times of A time reduction (lower time reduction state), and after that, during the state of up to 29 times of A time reduction (right-handed game), the second start. When a game ball is put into the mouth 21 and a big win or a small win is won, by making it possible to shift to the state of short time A 80 times (higher short time state) again, it is possible to provide a sense of accomplishment of the game in which the executable period related to short time A is extended step by step, and the game interest related to the improvement of expectation can be effectively enhanced.

[Example of production in this embodiment]
Next, examples of effects in the pachinko game machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 36 to 41. FIG.

First, the presentation mode will be explained. The production mode is a production mode using the image display device 7, the speaker 67, the board lamp 5, the frame lamp 66, etc. If the production mode is different, for example, the characters, items, background images, etc. displayed on the image display device 7 are different, and the variable production using the production patterns 8L, 8C, 8R is also executed in a manner according to the production mode.

[1. Production mode]
The rendering modes of this embodiment include a daytime background mode in which a normal daytime background image shown in FIG. 36A is displayed, a nighttime background mode in which a nighttime background image shown in FIG.

The daytime background mode (FIG. 36(A)) is an effect mode set in the non-time-saving state. In other words, it is a production mode that is set in a state in which the lottery of the special figure 1 is mainly progressed in a non-time saving state.

The night background mode (FIG. 36(B)) is an effect mode set in the first time-saving state (A time-saving) that shifts after the jackpot game. In the first time-saving state, the game is progressed with the aim of winning a prize in the second starting port 21 by hitting to the right, so in the night background mode, the performance control microcomputer 91 displays a right-hand hitting notification image RI for notifying that the game should be played by hitting to the right on the upper right part of the display screen 7a.

In addition, in the night background mode, in order to indicate the number of special prizes to be won when the game ball passes through the second starting port 21 in the time saving state, the performance control microcomputer 91 displays the number of times display ZI indicating the number of counts of the special prizes on the lower right part of the display screen 7a. In addition, the value of the number of times display ZI is updated by subtraction in accordance with the variation display of the special figure.

A special daytime background mode (Fig. 36(C)) is a presentation mode set in the third time saving state (slight time saving) when it is determined that the C time saving hit is reached or in the third time saving state when the value of the losing counter reaches a prescribed value. The special daytime background mode, like the nighttime background mode, functions as an effect suggesting that the player is in a more advantageous state than the daytime background mode.

In FIG. 36(B), the production modes set in the time saving states of 1 time, 20 times, 40 times, and 99 times are the same, but different types of production modes may be prepared in each of the time saving states of 1 time, 20 times, 40 times, and 99 times.

[2. Fluctuation production]
Next, the variation effect will be described. When the variable display of special symbols is started (execution of special symbol 1 variation start processing (S1012) or special symbol 2 variation start processing (S1006)), this pachinko game machine 1 executes variation performance based on the variation pattern related to the special symbol variation display and the result of special symbol lottery (result of big hit determination or small hit determination, result of symbol type determination, reach determination result, and variation pattern determination result). In the variable performance, a variable display of performance patterns 8L, 8C, 8R is superimposed on a predetermined background image on the display screen 7a.

In the variable display of the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R, the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R are changed and then stopped. That is, after the variable display of the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R is performed over the variable time of the special symbols, the variation is stopped and the stop display of the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R is performed. Then, the result of the special figure lottery is informed by the stop display of the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R.

[2-1. Production pattern display area]
As shown in FIG. 37A, the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 is provided with a left effect symbol area 50b1, a middle effect symbol area 50b2, and a right effect symbol area 50b3 on the left side, the center and the right side of the display screen 7a which are divided into three almost evenly in the vertical direction.

The left effect symbol area 50b1 is an area for displaying the left effect symbol 8L when the effect symbols 8L, 8C, 8R are stopped and displayed in the variable effect. Similarly, the medium production design area 50b2 and the right production design area 50b3 are areas for displaying the medium production design 8C and the right production design 8R.

Further, as shown in FIG. 37A, a small pattern area 50c is provided in one section (upper left part) at the left end of the upper end of the display screen 7a. The small symbol area 50c is an area where the small symbols KZ1, KZ2 and KZ3 are variably displayed when the special symbol is variably displayed.

The performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R may be hidden during the variable performance, while the small symbols KZ1, KZ2, KZ3 are not hidden. In this respect, the small patterns KZ1, KZ2, KZ3 function as patterns that supplement the roles of the production patterns 8L, 8C, 8R.

In FIG. 37(A), the left effect pattern region 50b1, the middle effect pattern region 50b2, the right effect pattern region 50b3, and the small pattern region 50c are indicated by two-dot chain lines, but this is described to represent the ranges of the left effect pattern region 50b1, the middle effect pattern region 50b2, the right effect pattern region 50b3, and the small pattern region 50c, and is not actually displayed. Also, the range of each area can be changed as appropriate.

[2-2. normal fluctuation]
This pachinko game machine 1 can perform normal variation first in the variation presentation. The normal fluctuation functions as an effect suggesting that the special symbol fluctuation display has started.

When the variable display of the special symbols is started, for example, as shown in FIG. 37(A), the left effect symbol 8L, the middle effect symbol 8C and the right effect symbol 8R are stopped and displayed on the display screen 7a, and the left small pattern KZ1, the medium and small pattern KZ2 and the right small pattern KZ3 are stopped and displayed, and the variable display of the special symbols is not performed, and the variable display of the special symbols is waited for as shown in FIG. 37(B). At the same time, the variable display of the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R is started along with the start, and the variable display of the small symbols KZ1, KZ2, KZ3 is started.

Then, when the variation pattern of the variable display of this special symbol is, for example, "special symbol losing variation" (fluctuation of special symbol losing without reach), as shown in FIG.

At this time, the small symbols KZ1, KZ2, and KZ3 are also stopped and displayed all at once in a stop mode suggesting that the special symbol is lost.

On the other hand, if the variation pattern of the special symbol variation display is a variation pattern with reach such as "N loss variation" (variation of special symbol loss with reach indicating loss of special symbol by normal reach), as shown in FIG.

At this time, the fluctuation display of the small symbols KZ1, KZ2, and KZ3 is continuously performed, and the ready-to-win performance is performed according to the fluctuation pattern. It should be noted that the stop order and stop mode of the performance symbols 8L, 8C, and 8R can be changed as appropriate.

[2-3. N reach (normal reach)]
This pachinko game machine 1 can perform N reach when reach is established in normal variation.

The N-reach is a performance suggesting that the result of the special lottery may be a ``big win'', a ``small win'' or a ``C short win'', and functions as a performance for making a player expect a big win or the like.例文帳に追加Below, each hit of "big hit", "small hit" or "C time saving hit" will be described as a representative of the big hit, but other types of hits may be basically the same.

For example, the effect by the effect pattern related to each hit of "big hit", "small hit" or "C time saving win" may be different only in the combination of each effect pattern 8L, 8C, 8R. In this case, in the case of "C time saving hit", the combination of each production pattern 8L, 8C, 8R may be different according to the time saving pattern, for example, only the middle production pattern 8C may be different depending on the time saving pattern (for example, the same pattern with different colors). In this case, N reach is common.

In the N-reach, as shown in FIG. 38(A), the state in which the ready-to-win state is established is maintained for a predetermined time (for example, 10 seconds), and as shown in FIG.

Then, when the variation pattern of the variation display of the special symbol is, for example, "N loss variation", as shown in FIG. At this time, the small symbols KZ1, KZ2, and KZ3 are also stopped and displayed all at once in a stop mode suggesting that the special symbol is lost.

On the other hand, when the variation pattern of the variation display of the special symbols is, for example, "N jackpot variation" (jackpot variation indicating jackpot winning by normal reach), as shown in FIG. At this time, the small symbols KZ1, KZ2, and KZ3 are all stopped and displayed in a stop mode suggesting a big win.

It should be noted that the contents of the N-reach production (N-reach exclusive production) are not limited to the gradual deceleration of the middle production pattern 8C, and can be changed or added as appropriate.

Regarding the stop mode of the performance patterns 8L, 8C, 8R suggesting a loss, the loose stitches when the ready-to-win is not established are called "non-reach loose stitches" or "non-reach loose stitches", and the loose stitches when the ready-to-win is established are called "reach loose stitches" or "reach-missing stitches".

How to combine the performance patterns 8L, 8C and 8R constituting the non-reach loose stitches (for example, ``2.3.1'' and ``5.8.6'') and how to combine the performance patterns 8L, 8C and 8R constituting the reach loose stitches (for example, ``2.1.2'' and ``5.4.5'') are selected by a performance control microcomputer 91. - 特許庁

Also, how to combine the performance patterns 8L, 8C, 8R constituting the stop mode (double eyes) suggesting a big win (for example, ``2.2.2'' or ``7.7.7'') is selected by the performance control microcomputer 91 based on the type of the winning big win pattern.

[2-4. SP Reach]
This pachinko game machine 1 can perform SP reach after N reach. The SP reach is an effect suggesting that the possibility that the result of the special lottery was a "big win" is higher than the N reach, and functions as an effect for making the player expect a big win.

In SP reach, after N reach, for example, as shown in FIG. 39 (A), a background image dedicated to SP reach (background image G113 for SP reach) is displayed on the display screen 7a, and an image (SP reach start title image) G1 indicating that SP reach has started is displayed in the center of the display screen 7a. After that, as shown in FIG. 39(B), an SP ready-to-win effect is performed.

Then, when the final stage of the SP ready-to-win production is reached, if the fluctuation pattern of the special symbol fluctuation display is, for example, "SP jackpot fluctuation" (jackpot fluctuation indicating jackpot winning by SP ready-to-win), as shown in FIG. Stop display in a stop mode (so-called double order) suggesting. At this time, the small symbols KZ1, KZ2, and KZ3 are all stopped and displayed in a stop mode suggesting a big win.

On the other hand, if the variation pattern of the variable display of the special symbols is, for example, "SP loss variation" (variation of special figure loss with reach indicated by SP reach), as shown in FIG. ) to stop display. At this time, the small symbols KZ1, KZ2, and KZ3 are also stopped and displayed all at once in a stop mode suggesting that the special symbol is lost.

It should be noted that it is possible to appropriately change or add the contents of the effect of the SP reach. In this embodiment, it is assumed that the production shown in FIG. 39 is executed as the SP reach based on the lottery of the special figure 1 in the non-time saving state.

[2-5. Fluctuation effect based on the lottery of special figure 2]
Next, the fluctuation effect based on the lottery of the special figure 2 will be described. The pachinko gaming machine 1 executes "battle reach" when the result of the lottery for the special figure is a small hit or a C time saving hit (see FIG. 10).

That is, when the special figure variation pattern indicated by the special figure 2 variation start command received from the game control microcomputer 81 is "P21" or "P24", the effect control microcomputer 91 executes variation effect with battle reach. Battle reach is executed after N reach in the variable performance.

Battle reach is a reach effect in which an ally character and an enemy character (first enemy character) battle. Specifically, in battle ready-to-win, first, an image or the like is displayed on the display screen 7a to show that the friend character and the enemy character will fight each other (FIG. 40(A)).

Then, an image showing that the ally character and the enemy character are attacking and defending is displayed on the display screen 7a (not shown), and an image showing that the ally character attacks the enemy character is displayed on the display screen 7a before the win-lose branch (FIG. 40(B)).

In the case of the battle ready-to-win executed based on the small winning variation (special figure variation pattern "P3"), after the presentation of FIG. 40(B), as a success presentation (winning presentation) suggesting a win, a victory image (including an image in which the friend character is happy and a background image for success G80) indicating that the ally character has won over the enemy character is displayed on the display screen 7a, and the production patterns 8L, 8C, 8R are temporarily stopped and displayed in "order (1, 2, 3)" indicating the winning (FIG. 4). 0 (C)). Then, the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R and the small symbols KZ1, KZ2, KZ3 are definitely stop-displayed in the order (1, 2, 3) (FIG. 40(D)).

On the other hand, if the battle reach is executed based on the special-failure variation (special-failure pattern "P6"), after the production of FIG. 40(B), as a failure effect (special-failure effect) suggesting that the special-failure has occurred, a defeat image (including an image of the ally character feeling sad and a failure background image G81) showing that the ally character has been defeated by the counter of the enemy character is displayed on the display screen 7a, and the effect patterns 8L, 8C, 8R are the special symbols. Temporary stop display is made with "Reach Loss" suggesting a loss (FIG. 40(E)). Then, the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R and the small symbols KZ1, KZ2, KZ3 are definitely stop-displayed as the "ready-to-lose" (FIG. 40(F)).

In addition, if the battle reach is executed based on the C time-saving variation (special figure variation pattern "P14") when a special loss is determined to be a C time-saving hit, the result of the battle is varied according to the type of the time-saving pattern.

Specifically, in the case of the C time saving hit by the time saving pattern β, after the production of FIG. 40B, as a success effect suggesting the C time saving hit by the time saving pattern β, as in FIG. (5, 6, 7)” (not shown). Then, the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R and the small symbols KZ1, KZ2, KZ3 are definitely stop-displayed in "order (5, 6, 7)" (not shown).

On the other hand, if the exceptional failure is not determined to be a C time saving hit, as in FIG. 40 (E), a defeat image (including an image of the ally character feeling sad and a failure background image G81) showing that the ally character has been defeated by the enemy character's counter is displayed on the display screen 7a, and the production patterns 8L, 8C, and 8R are temporarily stopped with a "non-reach failure" suggesting a special figure failure (not shown).

Then, the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R and the small symbols KZ1, KZ2, KZ3 are definitely stop-displayed as "non-reach losing" (not shown).

[2-6. Production development after the small winning game based on the special drawing 2 lottery]
When the result of the lottery of the special figure 2 is a small hit, a success performance (winning performance) is executed in the battle reach, and when the performance patterns 8L, 8C, 8R are definitely stop-displayed in order, then the performance control microcomputer 91 executes the V-challenge performance shown in FIG. 41(A).

The V challenge effect is an effect during a small winning game, and is an effect for informing the player that it is a chance to generate a V pass. The V-challenge effect includes an indication that the V-attacker (second big winning device 36) should be aimed at and right-handed.

When the V passage occurs in the small winning game, the effect control microcomputer 91 executes the V passage notification effect shown in FIG. 41(B). The V-passing notification effect includes an image designing the letter "V". The V-passing notification effect functions as an effect for notifying the occurrence of the V-passing. Also, the V-passing notification effect functions as an effect suggesting that a jackpot game is executed.

After that, the production control microcomputer 91 executes a big winning production as shown in FIG.

[Production of milestone notification (Part 1)]
Next, an example (part 1) of a turning point notification effect in the pachinko game machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 42 to 44. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 42 (A), the present pachinko game machine 1 is the first time-saving state (time-saving game state, A time-saving) that makes it possible to shift to the right-handed game (game that shoots the ball so that the game ball flows down the right game area 3B). Based on the fact that the special figure lottery is executed and the determination result of this special figure lottery is winning (jackpot or small win), the special game (round game: 1 type jackpot game or 2) from the current first time-saving state In order to control the seed jackpot game) and execute the jackpot performance (special performance) according to the progress of the special game (execution transition of the round game), it is possible to switch to a non-time-saving state (state related to the control of the special game).

Then, in the non-time-saving state switched from the first time-saving state, it is possible to control a special game that can open or close either the first big winning hole 30 or the second big winning hole 35, It is possible to detect and count one or more game balls (prize balls) paid out according to the result (big prize) of the player playing the right-handed game based on the control of the special game (big prize), and the prize obtained as the result of this counting (ball value). A ball count value (hereinafter also referred to as a big winning ball) can be stored in a performance update storage section (not shown) provided in the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90 .

In addition, the game period related to the first time-saving state is until the number of A time-saving times (for example, A time-saving 20 times) corresponding to the type of winning that is the determination result of the special lottery (for example, all the results of 20 special lotteries are lost).

In addition, the pachinko game machine 1 is conditioned that it is possible to switch from a predetermined normal state (predetermined non-time-saving game state) to a first time-saving state (so-called first win), and then the first time-saving state When the determination result of winning (non-satisfaction of the return condition: big win or small win) that makes it possible to execute the first time saving state is obtained, it is possible to measure the number of times related to the game performance that the special game can be executed continuously (continuous count).

Therefore, the continuous game count value (first game performance, hereinafter also referred to as the number of consecutive games) regarding the game performance (number of consecutive games, predetermined game performance) that has allowed continuous winning (non-satisfaction of the return condition) triggered by the switching of the first time saving state (first win) can be stored in the performance update storage unit (not shown, performance update means) of the RAM 94.

In addition, the total prize ball count value (second game performance, hereinafter also referred to as the total number of jackpot balls played) obtained based on each of a plurality of special games performed by continuously winning (non-satisfaction of the return condition) with the switching of the first time saving state (first hit) as a trigger can be stored in the performance update storage unit (not shown, performance update means) of the RAM 94.

In addition, if the determination result of losing (a disadvantageous hit for the player who gives the first time saving state 0 times) is obtained (return condition is established), or if the game period related to the first time saving state (for example, A time saving 20 times) is lost (for example, the results of 20 special drawing lots are all lost)) (return condition is established), the normal state (predetermined It is possible to switch to a non-time-saving gaming state).

In addition, the pachinko game machine 1 pre-determines (reads ahead) each special figure winning command corresponding to one or more pieces of storage information (holding storage of holding 1 to holding 4) stored in the holding storage unit 85 during control of the special game (reading ahead), and based on each special figure fluctuation corresponding to the number of holding memories (prescribed number of times) that enables sequential execution after the special game control is finished.

Then, when the result of the pre-determination is that the first time-saving state cannot be continuously executed after the execution of the special game this time (pre-reading that does not make it possible to acquire a specific win), it is possible to obtain the pre-reading information indicating that the special game will be controlled in advance and the waiting state will be shifted to the normal state after the end of the jackpot presentation.

Based on the result of such advance determination (pre-reading that does not allow acquisition of a specific win), at the end of the special game control and the jackpot production (jackpot ending, turning point), a turning point notification effect (so-called result display) that can suggest a break (end) of continuous right-handed games (hereinafter also referred to as consecutive games) can be executed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7.

As shown in FIG. 43(A), the presentation of the milestone notification includes a title display indicating the milestone notification, an image 7b indicating "BOUNS x 02 (achievement of two consecutive games)" as an example corresponding to the notification of the number of consecutive games (first game performance), and an image 7c indicating "TOTAL 3000 (winning 3,000 big winning balls)" as an example corresponding to the total jackpot balls (second game record). is displayed on the display screen 7a.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 42(B), based on the pre-determination (pre-reading) of each special figure winning command corresponding to the storage information (holding storage of holding 1 to holding 4) of the holding storage unit 85 during the control of the special game If the result is that the winning judgment can be performed, continuous execution of the control of the special game is possible based on the execution of the judgment of the special drawing lottery within at least the maximum number of holding memories (within the specified number of times) after the end of the special effect (control of the special game).

Based on the result of such advance determination (prefetching that a specific win can be obtained), during the execution of the jackpot effect (special effect) derived on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 during special game control (for example, at the "α" timing in FIG. 42(B)), the aspect of the right-handed notification image RI (see FIG. 41), which is one of the execution elements based on this jackpot effect, is changed to a special aspect, and the update (inheritance) of the number of consecutive games (first game result) is not terminated. A change display (first suggestion image, denial suggestion notification) capable of suggesting (including continuation confirmed suggestion or continuation dense suggestion) regarding the objection claim that it can be continued is derived.

As a special aspect relating to the change of the right hitting notification image RI during the jackpot effect, a right arrow image 7d shown in FIG. Specifically, compared with the right-handed informing image RI, the bordering mode of the outline is different, the character form (font) displayed in the area inside the arrow of the right-pointing arrow image 7d is different, and the color mode in this area inside the arrow is also changed (not shown, for example, changing from blue to red), so as to give a special feeling to the player.

The hitting right notification image RI (see FIG. 41) during the jackpot effect is not displayed during execution of the turning point notification effect (entire or partial timing). However, in the event that a determination (prefetching) of winning can be performed based on the preliminary determination regarding the storage information (holding storage of hold 1 to hold 4) in the hold storage unit 85 during control of the special game (prefetching that enables acquisition of a specific hit), the rightward arrow image 7d can be specially displayed at a predetermined timing (for example, “θ” timing in FIG. 42 (B)) during the execution period of the milestone notification.

As a result, the player is dissatisfied with the performance information (representation of the number of consecutive games or the result of the total jackpot throwing) obtained by the player by the milestone notification that enables the suggestion of the break of the continuous game, and this performance information (result notification) is adapted to derive a special display (second suggestion image) that can notify a provisional denial suggestion (including a provisional definite suggestion or a provisional rich suggestion).

In the present embodiment, at the timing "α" in FIG. 42(B), a changing display (first suggestive image) that changes the image (right-handed notification image RI as an example) related to the execution element of the big win effect is derived. However, as a modification, by interruptingly displaying a predetermined image different from the image related to the execution element of the big win effect, the result update (inheritance) of the number of consecutive games (first game performance) can be continued without termination (inheritance). (suggestion notification) may be derived.

In the present embodiment, a display (second suggestive image) that interrupts an image (right-handed notification image RI as an example) related to the execution element of the big win effect is derived at the "θ" timing of FIG.

The rightward arrow image 7d may be specially displayed at any timing of the beginning, middle, or end of the execution period of the big win presentation or the milestone notification, and the confirmation (or strong) suggestion of updating the number of consecutive games may be suggested according to the timing when the rightward arrow image 7d is displayed.

Further, as a modified example, at a predetermined timing (for example, "θ" timing in FIG. 42B) during the execution period of the milestone notification, the image of the execution element based on the rendering of the milestone notification may be changed (as an example, the background color of the display screen 7a is changed from blue to red) to derive a special display (second suggestive image).

In addition, as a modification, at least one or both of a notification (first suggesting image) that can suggest that the number of consecutive games (first game performance) can be updated (inherited), and a notification (second suggesting image) that can suggest that the performance information (the number of consecutive games and/or the result of the total jackpot) is provisional because the player is dissatisfied with the performance information (notification of the number of consecutive games and/or the result of the total jackpot) may be derived.

In addition, in the present embodiment, at the end of the jackpot production (jackpot ending, turning point timing), the production of the milestone notification can be executed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, but as a modified example, when the special game control (jackpot production) is executed, each special figure winning command corresponding to one or more storage information (holding storage of hold 1 to hold 4) stored in the holding storage unit 85 is pre-determined (read ahead), and sequentially after the end of the special game control. When the execution of each special figure variation (notification of each lottery result) corresponding to the number of pending memories that can be executed (prescribed number of times) is completed (for example, at the end of the special figure variation corresponding to reservation 4), the production of the milestone notification (Fig. 43 (A) or (B)) may be made executable on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7.

In this case, the first suggestion image (rightward arrow image 7d) may be interrupted and displayed during the execution of one of the special figure fluctuations corresponding to the number of reserved memories (specified number of times) that can be sequentially executed after the special game control is finished (when the special figure fluctuation corresponding to one of the reservations 1 to 4 is executed).

In addition, as a modification, instead of the first time-saving state based on the control of the electric chew support that allows the shift to the right-handed game, the probability change state based on the electric chew support and the probability variation control (the winning probability by the special drawing lottery may be increased from the normal state).

[Milestone notification process (Part 1)]
Next, the production control microcomputer 91 performs processing related to analysis of the command received from the game control microcomputer 81 (10 ms timer interrupt processing (S4012)), and from here the production control means 91A (CPU 92) Based on, the schematic description of the case where the milestone notification processing that can be executed is performed using the flowchart (part 1) shown in FIG.

In step S4301 shown in FIG. 44, it is determined whether or not it is during the big hit (special game: control of the 1st kind big winning game or the 2nd kind big winning game is performed). Here, if the big winning game is not played (NO in S4301), this process is terminated, but if the big winning game is played (YES in S4301), the process proceeds to the next step S4302.

In step S4302, it is determined whether or not the flag indicating execution of the first suggestion notification (display of the first suggestion image) is ON.If there is a flag indicating execution of the first suggestion notification (YES in S4302), the process proceeds to step S4308. On the other hand, if there is no flag indicating the execution of the first suggestion notification and the flag is OFF (NO in S4302), the process proceeds to the next step S4303 to make a pending prefetch determination during the big hit (preliminary determination of pending 1 to pending 4), and in step S4304, it is determined whether there is a hit pending from the result of the pending prefetch determination during the big win.

Then, if there is no hit pending from the result of the pending prefetch determination during the big hit (NO in S4304), the process proceeds to step S4308. On the other hand, if there is a hidden hold (Yes in S4304), it will be able to display the first step S4305 and display the special form of the special embodiment (first suggestion image) on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, and indicate the first suggestion of the first suggestion in the step S4306. The flag is turned on, the step S4307 enables the inheritance of the first gaming performance (+1 update of the consecutive villa count), and proceed to the next step S4308.

In step S4308, update of the second game record (count of balls put out during the current big win) and succession (total count of big win balls put out during the big win including past big wins that have been consecutively played) are made possible, and in the next step S4309, it is possible to judge whether or not it is the big win ending (at the end of the special performance, at the moment of turning point).

Then, if it is not the big winning ending (NO at S4309), the process returns to step S4301 to loop, and if it is the big winning ending (YES at S4309), it proceeds to the next step S4310 to determine whether or not the flag indicating the execution of the first suggestion notification has not been turned ON and remains OFF.

If it is determined in step S4310 that the flag indicating the execution of the first suggestive notification is not turned ON and remains OFF (YES in S4310), the process advances to step S4311 to execute the example of the milestone notification (not including the second suggestive notification) shown in FIG.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S4310 that the flag indicating the execution of the first suggestive notification is to be returned from ON to OFF (NO in S4310), the process advances to step S4312 to execute the example of the turning point notification (including the second suggestive notification) shown in FIG.

In FIG. 43(B), along with a title display indicating a milestone notification, an image 7b indicating "BOUNS x 02 (achieving two consecutive games)" corresponding to the notification of the number of consecutive games (first game performance), an image 7c indicating "TOTAL 3000 (winning 3,000 big winning balls)" corresponding to the notification of the total jackpot balls (second game result), and further, an effect that the player can obtain by the milestone notification. Dissatisfied with the information (notification of the number of consecutive games or the result of the total number of hits put out), this effect information (result notification) is used to derive a right-pointing notification image 7d (second suggestion image) capable of notifying a provisional denial suggestion.

[Production of turning point notification (Part 2)]
Next, an example (part 2) of a turning point notification effect in the pachinko game machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 45 to 47. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 45 (A), the present pachinko game machine 1 is the first time-saving state (time-saving game state, A time-saving) that allows the transition to a right-handed game (a game that shoots a ball so that the game ball flows down the right game area 3B). Based on the fact that the special figure lottery is executed and the determination result of this special figure lottery is winning (jackpot or small win), the special game (round game: 1 type jackpot game or 2) from the current first time-saving state In order to be able to execute the control of the seed jackpot game), it is possible to switch to a non-time saving state (state related to the control of the special game).

Then, in the non-time-saving state switched from the first time-saving state, it is possible to control a special game that can open or close either the first big winning hole 30 or the second big winning hole 35, It is possible to detect and count one or more game balls (prize balls) paid out according to the result (big prize) of the player playing the right-handed game based on the control of the special game (big prize), and the prize obtained as the result of this counting (ball value). A ball count value (hereinafter also referred to as a big winning ball) can be stored in a performance update storage section (not shown) provided in the RAM 94 of the sub-control board 90 .

In addition, the game period related to the first time-saving state is until the number of A time-saving times (for example, A time-saving 20 times) corresponding to the type of winning that is the determination result of the special lottery (for example, all the results of 20 special lotteries are lost).

In addition, the pachinko game machine 1 is conditioned that it is possible to switch from a predetermined normal state (predetermined non-time-saving game state) to a first time-saving state (so-called first win), and then the first time-saving state When the determination result of winning (non-satisfaction of the return condition: big win or small win) that makes it possible to execute the first time saving state is obtained, it is possible to measure the number of times related to the game performance that the special game can be executed continuously (continuous count).

Therefore, the continuous game count value (first game performance, hereinafter also referred to as the number of consecutive games) regarding the game performance (number of consecutive games, predetermined game performance) that has allowed continuous winning (non-satisfaction of the return condition) triggered by the switching of the first time saving state (first win) can be stored in the performance update storage unit (not shown, performance update means) of the RAM 94.

In addition, the total prize ball count value (second game performance, hereinafter also referred to as the total number of jackpot balls played) obtained based on each of a plurality of special games performed by continuously winning (non-satisfaction of the return condition) with the switching of the first time saving state (first hit) as a trigger can be stored in the performance update storage unit (not shown, performance update means) of the RAM 94.

In addition, if the determination result of losing (a disadvantageous hit for the player who gives the first time saving state 0 times) is obtained (return condition is established), or if the game period related to the first time saving state (for example, A time saving 20 times) is lost (for example, the results of 20 special drawing lots are all lost)) (return condition is established), the normal state (predetermined It is possible to switch to a non-time-saving gaming state).

After the end of the control of the special game, the non-time saving state switched to enable execution of the special game control can be changed to the first time saving state in which the A number of times of time saving corresponding to the winning type as the judgment result of the special figure lottery can be executed, and the rush performance (special performance) corresponding to the progress of the A number of times of time saving (execution transition of the special figure lottery) can be performed.

After that, when the time saving final variation (for example, notification of the result of the special drawing lottery related to the 20th A time saving) is performed based on the progress of the first time saving state (for example, A time saving 20 times), at the end of the rush production corresponding to the stop of the time saving final change (time saving ending, at the time of turning point), the image display device 7 displays a turning point notification production (so-called result display) that can suggest a break (end) of continuous right-handed games (Renzo games). It is made executable on the display screen 7a.

As shown in FIG. 46(A), the presentation of the milestone notification includes a title display indicating the milestone notification, an image 7b indicating "BOUNS x 02 (achievement of two consecutive games)" as an example corresponding to the notification of the number of consecutive games (first game result), and an image 7c indicating "TOTAL 3000 (3,000 big winning balls won)" as an example corresponding to the total jackpot balls (second game record). is displayed on the display screen 7a.

Specifically, at the end of the rush production when performing the time saving final variation (specified number of times), if the determination result of the special drawing for making this time saving final variation possible is a loss determination (judgment result that it is not possible to acquire a specific hit), or when this time saving final variation is executed Predetermine each special prize winning command corresponding to one or more storage information (specified number of times: suspension storage of suspension 1 to suspension 4) stored in the reservation storage unit 85 (Predetermined), this special game. In the case where the result of the preliminary determination is that the first time-saving state cannot be continuously executed after the execution of the trick (the determination result that it is not possible to acquire a specific hit), the turning point notification shown in FIG.

On the other hand, at the end of the rush production when performing the time saving final change (specified number of times), if the determination result of the special drawing for making this time saving final change executable is a winning decision that allows the first time saving state to be continuously executed (determination result that enables acquisition of a specific hit), or when this time saving final change is executed, one or more storage information stored in the hold storage unit 85 (predetermined number: hold 1 to hold 4 hold storage) Predetermine each special prize winning command corresponding to ), and when the result of the preliminary determination is that the first time-saving state can be continuously executed after the execution of this special game (determination result that enables acquisition of a specific win), the turning point notification effect shown in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 46(B), along with a title display indicating that it is a milestone notification, an image 7b indicating "BOUNS x 02 (achieving two consecutive games)" corresponding to the notification of the number of consecutive games (first game performance), an image 7c indicating "TOTAL 3000 (winning 3,000 big winning balls)" corresponding to the notification of the total jackpot balls (second game performance), and further, the player can be obtained by the milestone notification. A V image 7e (second suggestive image) capable of disapproval suggestion notification (including tentative definite suggestion or provisional strong suggestion) regarding the objection claim that this performance information (result report) can be provisionally dissatisfied with the performance information (report of the number of consecutive games or total jackpot pitching results) is derived.

In addition, if the result of the preliminary determination is that the first time saving state can be continuously executed after the execution of the special game this time based on the above-mentioned preliminary determination (prefetching), the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 during the execution of the time saving final variation During execution of the rush effect (special effect) derived (for example, "α" timing in FIG. Inheritance) is performed (including continuation fixed suggestion or continuation suggestion) possible display (first suggestion image).

In the present embodiment, an image (first suggestive image) in a special mode different from the image related to the rush effect execution element is interruptively derived at the timing "α" in FIG.

In the present embodiment, an image (second suggestive image, V image 7e) in a special mode different from the image related to the execution element of the rush effect is interruptively derived at the "θ" timing in FIG. 45(B). The game performance) may derive a special display (second suggestive image) that can be provisionally suggested.

Further, as a modification, at a predetermined timing (for example, "θ" timing in FIG. 45(B)) during the execution period of the milestone notification, the image of the execution element based on the rendering of the milestone notification may be changed (as an example, the background color of the display screen 7a is changed from blue to red) to derive a special display (second suggestive image).

In addition, the V image 7e may be interruptively displayed at any timing of the beginning, middle, or end of the execution period of the rush effect or the milestone notification, and it may be possible to suggest the determination (or strong) that the actual number of times of successive residences is updated according to the timing at which the V image 7e is displayed.

In addition, as a modification, at least one or both of a notification (first suggesting image) that can suggest that the number of consecutive games (first game performance) can be updated (inherited), and a notification (second suggesting image) that can suggest that the performance information (the number of consecutive games and/or the result of the total jackpot) is provisional because the player is dissatisfied with the performance information (notification of the number of consecutive games and/or the result of the total jackpot) may be derived.

In addition, in the present embodiment, at the end of the rush production corresponding to the stop of the time saving final variation (time saving ending, at the time of turning point), the production of the milestone notification can be executed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. As a modification, when the time saving final fluctuation is executed, each special prize winning command corresponding to one or more storage information (holding storage of holding 1 to holding 4) stored in the holding storage unit 85 is pre-determined (read ahead), and sequentially after the stopping of the time saving final fluctuation. When the execution of each special figure variation (notification of each lottery result) corresponding to the number of pending memories that can be executed (prescribed number of times) is completed (for example, at the end of the special figure variation corresponding to reservation 4), the production of the milestone notification (Fig. 46 (A) or (B)) may be made executable on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7.

In this case, the first suggestion image (V image 7e) may be interrupted and displayed during the execution of one of the special figure fluctuations corresponding to the number of reserved memories (specified number of times) that allows sequential execution from the stop of the time saving final fluctuation (at the time of execution of the special figure fluctuation corresponding to one of the reservations 1 to 4).

In addition, as a modification, instead of the first time-saving state based on the control of the electric chew support that allows the shift to the right-handed game, the probability change state based on the electric chew support and the probability variation control (the winning probability by the special drawing lottery may be increased from the normal state).

[Milestone notification process (Part 2)]
Next, the production control microcomputer 91 performs processing related to analysis of the command received from the game control microcomputer 81 (10 ms timer interrupt processing (S4012)), and from here the production control means 91A (CPU 92) Based on, a schematic description of the case where the milestone notification processing that can be executed is performed using the flowchart (part 2) shown in FIG.

In step S4401 shown in FIG. 47, it is determined whether or not it is during the big hit (special game: control of the 1st kind big winning game or the 2nd kind big winning game is performed). Here, if the jackpot game is not executed (NO in S4401), this process is terminated, but if the jackpot game is executed (YES in S4401), the process proceeds to the next step S4402.

In step S4402, update (count of balls put out during the current big win) and inheritance (total count of balls put out during big wins including past big wins that have been consecutively played) of the second game performance are allowed, and in the next step S4403, it is possible to determine whether or not the end of the big win (end of control of the first kind jackpot game or the second kind jackpot game).

Then, when the big hit game is being executed (NO in S4403), the process returns to step S4401 to loop, and when the big win ends (YES in S4403), the process proceeds to the next step S4404 to determine whether switching control to shift to the time saving state (first time saving state, A time saving) is performed.

Here, if the switching control to switch to a non-time-saving state (normal state) does not become the switching control to shift to the time-saving state (NO in S4404), this process is ended, and if the switching control to shift to the time-saving state that allows the execution of the predetermined A number of times of time-saving (YES in S4404), the process proceeds to the next step S4405, and the winning determination is made in the special lottery in the time-saving state (time-saving state excluding the time-saving final fluctuation). determine whether or not

Then, if the winning determination is made during the time saving state (YES in S4405), the process proceeds to step S4411, enabling inheritance of the first game performance (renewal of consecutive house count + 1), and ends this process. On the other hand, if the determination of winning is not performed during the time saving state and the result is a loss (NO in S4405), the process proceeds to step S4406 to determine whether the transition state of the time saving final variation that achieves the predetermined A number of times of time saving is achieved.

In the determination of step S4406, if it is in a time saving state that does not become a transition state of the final time saving change (NO in S4406), return to step S4404 to loop, and if it becomes a transition state of the final time saving change (YES in S4406), proceed to the next step S4407, and the determination result of the special drawing lottery related to the time saving final change to achieve the digestion of the predetermined A time saving number of times (specified number of times) is elected, or the time saving final Each special prize winning command corresponding to one or a plurality of storage information (predetermined number of times: suspension storage of suspension 1 to suspension 4) stored in a suspension storage part 85 when the variation is executed is pre-determined (read ahead) to determine whether or not there is winning suspension.

In step S4407, if the determination result related to the special drawing lottery of the time saving final fluctuation is a loss that does not become winning or winning reservation (NO in S4407), proceed to step S4408, FIG.

On the other hand, in step S4407, if the determination result related to the special lottery at the time of the time-saving final change is winning or winning pending (YES in S4407), the process proceeds to step S4409, and execution of a notification (first suggestive image) that can suggest that the number of consecutive games (first game performance) can be updated (inherited) during rush production.

Next, the process proceeds to step S4410 to execute an example of turning point notification (including the second suggestion notification) shown in FIG.

In FIG. 46(B), along with a title display indicating a milestone notification, an image 7b indicating "BOUNS x 02 (achieving two consecutive games)" corresponding to the notification of the number of consecutive games (first game performance), an image 7c indicating "TOTAL 3000 (winning 3,000 big winning balls)" corresponding to the notification of the total jackpot balls (second game performance), and further, an effect that the player can obtain by the milestone notification. Dissatisfied with the information (notification of the number of consecutive games or the result of the total number of hits put out), the effect information (result notification) is used to derive a V image 7e (second suggestive image) capable of notifying a provisional denial suggestion.

[Information effect related to the effect pattern of the privilege mode]
Next, examples of the notification effect related to the effect pattern of the privilege mode in the present pachinko game machine 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 48 to 50. FIG.

As shown in the time chart (part 1) of FIG. 48 (A), this pachinko machine 1 is a normal state (non-time-saving state) that can recommend a left-handed game (a game that shoots a ball so that the game ball flows down the left gaming area 3A). If the execution of the special figure lottery (whether or not determination) is performed, and the determination result of this special figure lottery is the winning (jackpot) related to the grant of A time saving 20 times (first time saving state), this A time saving 20 times Notification control using a special symbol (special symbol) that makes it possible to identify the winning related to the award will be started.

The notification control using the special design is based on the establishment of the start opportunity to variably display the special design (the timing to start judging the special design lottery (special design related random number)). The notification control is terminated by stopping and displaying the special symbol in the form (predetermined blinking pattern of the LED) that makes it possible to identify the winning related to the award.

In this pachinko game machine 1, from the start of the notification control (variable display) using special symbols to the end of the notification control by the special symbols that make it possible to identify the winning (judgment result related to winning) pertaining to the granting of A time saving 20 times, the display screen 7a (for example, liquid crystal screen) of the image display device 7 With the execution of the variable display by the production symbols 8 (8L, 8C, 8R) that can be displayed, a special game (round game: 1 type jackpot game or 2 It is possible to derive a notification effect (predetermined liquid crystal effect) for suggesting (advance notice, winning reliability notification) regarding the possibility of execution of either a seed big winning game or a small winning game.

The notification effect performed using the above-mentioned effect pattern 8 starts the variable display of the plurality of effect patterns 8L, 8C, and 8R in response to the start of the notification control using the special symbol, and determines the time (fluctuation time) determined at the start of the notification control using the special symbol Until the end of the notification effect (the above-mentioned end timing) based on the passage of time (the above-mentioned end timing), a special game (notification of the winning determination result related to the grant of A short time 20 times) Suggestion regarding the possibility of being executed. When it comes to the end of the notification performance after the suggestion, this notification performance is terminated by stopping the display of a performance pattern for suggestion (combination mode of performance patterns for winning/for example, all white '777' patterns) that can correspond to the stop display of the special pattern that can identify the winning related to the provision of A short time 20 times and that can be a definite determination result of the winning.

Here, in the pachinko gaming machine 1, when the result of the special lottery (judgment related to success or failure) at the start of the notification control using the special symbols is a winning (big win) associated with the awarding of time saving A 20 times or a winning (minor winning) associated with the awarding of time saving A once, as shown in FIG. After that, as shown in FIG. 50(B), "BONUS" is displayed as the winning title pattern 8e, and "Fever" and "Right arrow" are displayed as the effect pattern 8f for the end of the notification effect.

Then, when the fixed stop display by the special pattern that can identify the winning related to the award of A time saving 20 times and the stop display by the suggestive production pattern that can be used as the determination result of the definite winning are performed, the special game is switched to the state related to the control of the special game in order to make it possible to execute the winning production (special production) according to the progress of the special game (execution transition of the round game). Or a small winning game) can be executed, and according to the end of the control of this special game (after the execution of the final round game), it is possible to shift to the first time saving state of A time saving 20 times.

On the other hand, as shown in the time chart (part 1) of FIG. 48 (B), the present pachinko gaming machine 1 can recommend a right-handed game (a game that shoots a ball so that the game ball flows down the right game area 3B). If the special figure lottery (whether determination) is executed in the first time-saving state and the determination result of this special figure lottery is the winning (jackpot or small win) related to the grant of A time-saving 99 times (specific advantageous gaming state), this A time-saving 9 Notification control using a special symbol that makes it possible to identify the winning related to the nine grants will be started.

Then, from the start of the notification control (variable display) using the special symbol to the end of the notification control by the special symbol that makes it possible to identify the winning (judgment result related to the success or failure) related to the awarding of the A time saving 99 times, the information effect (liquid crystal effect performed using the performance symbol) that suggests the possibility of executing the special game corresponding to the awarding of the A time saving 99 times can be derived on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, and the winning related to the A time saving 99 times. Corresponding to the stop display of the identifiable special symbols, and after the stop display of the suggestive design (combination mode of the performance design for winning and the display of the specific type of performance design/for example, the combination of red "777" symbols) that can be the definitive judgment result of the winning, the stop display of the performance design (the privilege combination mode of the performance design for winning/for example, the combination of the rainbow-colored "777") that has a privilege mode different from the display mode of the said performance design. End the notification performance.

Here, in the pachinko game machine 1, when the result of the special lottery at the start of the notification control using the special symbols is a winning (jackpot or small win) related to the granting of A time saving 99 times, as shown in FIG. A privilege notification is provided to suggest the possibility that a special game will be executed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 50(D), "W-BONUS" is displayed as a title pattern (privilege pattern notification) 8g for winning a privilege, and the numerical symbol "3000" as a predetermined symbol (privilege notification pattern) 8h associated with the privilege notification for the end of the notification effect and the display of the "right arrow" for the privilege are derived on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 so as to display the privilege notification in an emphatic manner.

Here, the numerical pattern of ``3000'' mentioned above is designed to be a numerical pattern corresponding to a game profit (total prize balls to be paid out based on winnings during a winning game) obtainable when two consecutively executable special games are executed. For example, when the number of jackpot balls related to the game profit that can be obtained when executing one special game (for example, 10R jackpot) is ``1500'', the representation is made to correspond to the numerical value of ``winning 3000 (1500×2)'' considering that two special games are consecutively executed.

In the present embodiment, the numerical symbol is set to "3000", but the numerical symbol may be set according to the game profit that can be obtained when the continuously executable special game is executed 3 times or 4 times. For example, when the number of jackpot balls related to the game profit that can be obtained when executing one special game (for example, 10R jackpot) is ``1500'', the representation may be equivalent to the numerical value of ``winning 4500 (1500×3)'' considering that the special game is consecutively executed three times.

Then, when the fixed stop display by the special pattern that can identify the winning related to the grant of A time saving 99 times and the stop display by the suggestive effect pattern that can be used as the determination result of the definite winning are performed, the state is switched to the state related to the control of the special game in order to be able to execute the winning effect according to the progress of the special game. (After execution of the final round game), it is possible to shift to the first time-saving state (specific advantageous game state) of 99 times of A time-saving.

In addition, when shifting to the state of 99 times of A time saving, until the state of 99 times of A time saving is completed (execution of A time saving, 99 times of special drawing lottery in total), it will be challenged to draw a hit based on the determination of the lottery of special drawing 2. Then, based on the lottery execution of the special figure 2 until the end of the state of A time saving 99 times, the lottery probability is set so that the winning judgment of the small win (two kinds of big wins) can be surely made at a high rate, so that after the execution of the special game this time, it is made to be in a state (specific advantageous game state) that facilitates the determination result of winning to execute the special game continuously.

In addition, as shown in the time chart (part 2) of FIG. 49 (A), the pachinko machine 1 executes a special figure lottery (lottery of special figure 2) in the first time-saving state where right-handed games can be recommended, and if the determination result of this special figure lottery (eligibility judgment) is a winning related to the grant of A time reduction 0 times (winning of a small winning symbol a that does not substantially grant time reduction) Special symbols that make it possible to identify the winning related to the grant of this A time reduction 0 times ( The notification control using the second special symbol) will be started.

Next, from the start of the notification control (variable display) using the special symbol until the end of the notification control by the special symbol that makes it possible to identify the winning (judgment result) related to the awarding of A time saving 0 times, After the notification effect (liquid crystal effect performed using the effect symbol) that suggests the possibility of executing the special game corresponding to the awarding of A time saving 0 times is derived on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, the special symbol that can identify the winning related to A time saving 0 times. The present notification performance is terminated by stopping and displaying suggestive performance patterns (for example, white ``777'' patterns) corresponding to the stop display and capable of making a definite determination result of winning.

Here, at the start of notification control using special symbols (including when special symbols are won), the pachinko gaming machine 1 predetermines (reads ahead) each special symbol winning command corresponding to one or more pieces of storage information (suspension storage of suspension 1 to suspension 4) stored in the suspension storage unit 85, and makes it possible to execute sequentially after the control of the small winning game or special game is completed. It is possible to acquire pre-reading information as to whether or not it is possible to determine winning (pending suspension of winning).

Then, when the result of the special drawing lottery at the start of the notification control using the special pattern is a winning (small hit) related to the granting of A time saving 0 times, and when the result of pre-judgment (read-ahead that did not acquire the winning reservation) pertaining only to the reservation memory that will be the determination of losing (losing) after the execution of the special game this time, As shown in FIG. After being stopped and displayed on the display screen 7a of No. 7, as shown in FIG. 50(B), "BONUS" is displayed as the winning title pattern 8e, and "Fever" and "Right-handed arrow" are displayed as the effect pattern 8f for the termination of the notification effect.

On the other hand, as shown in the time chart (part 2) of FIG. 49(B), this pachinko gaming machine 1 is based on the preliminary determination (prefetching) of each special figure winning command corresponding to one or more stored information (holding storage of holding 1 to holding 4) stored in the holding storage unit 85 at the start of the notification control using the special symbol. As shown in FIG. 50(C), after stop-display of suggestive performance patterns (combination mode of winning performance patterns and display of a specific type of performance pattern/for example, a combination of red "777" symbols) that can be used as a definitive winning determination result, performance patterns 8S, 8T, and 8U consisting of "7" numbers (for example, rainbow colors) different from red (for example, rainbow color) (privilege mode of performance patterns) are displayed so as to have a privilege mode different from the display mode of the performance patterns. By being stopped and displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, the benefit notification suggesting the possibility of continuous execution of the special game is performed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 50(D), "W-BONUS" is displayed as a title pattern (privilege pattern notification) 8g for winning a privilege, and the numerical symbol "3000" as a predetermined symbol (privilege notification pattern) 8h associated with the privilege notification for the end of the notification effect and the display of the "right arrow" for the privilege are derived on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 so as to display the privilege notification in an emphatic manner.

Then, after the end of the special gaming that became possible to execute in response to the bonus news (showing the stop of the number of rainbow -colored "7" numbers), the election can be identified based on the execution of the decision that can be determined in the holding memory unit 85 (the establishment of the start of the opportunity to display a special pattern variable). The fixed stop display is displayed, and a stop display is performed by the suggestions of the suggestions that can be determined as a definitive election, so that continuous special gaming is possible.

In addition, as a modification, prior determination of each special figure winning command corresponding to one or more storage information (holding storage of holding 1 to holding 4) stored in the holding storage unit 85 at the start of the notification control using the special symbol (holding storage of holding 1 to holding 4) When the result that there is a holding storage of winning based on the information is obtained, the mode of privilege notification may be made different from each other according to the number of holding storage of winning found based on the result of this prior determination.

For example, when the number of winning pending memories is 2, the privilege notification is made based on the stop display of the numbers "7" from red to silver, and the privilege symbol announcement based on the numerical symbol "4500" can be executed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7. It may be made executable on the display screen 7 a of the display device 7 .

[Bonus symbol notification process]
Next, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs a process (10 ms timer interrupt process (S4012)) related to analysis of the command received from the game control microcomputer 81, and from here, the effect control means 91A (CPU 92) Based on the effect control means 91A (CPU 92) A schematic description of the case of performing the privilege symbol notification process that can be executed will be performed using the flowchart shown in FIG.

In step S4501 shown in FIG. 51, it is determined whether there is a special symbol winning (starting winning) or whether there is waiting for a special symbol change (waiting for execution of determination for the suspended storage stored in the suspended storage unit 85). Here, if there is no special figure winning or if it is not waiting for a special symbol change (NO at S4501), this processing is ended, but if there is a special figure winning or waiting for a special symbol change (YES at S4501), the process proceeds to the next step S4502.

In step S4502, the success or failure determination (judgment of the special figure-related random number acquired based on the special figure winning), or the reservation prefetch determination (preliminary determination of the special figure winning command corresponding to the storage information stored in the reservation storage unit 85), establishment of the start opportunity to variably display the special symbol, or the occurrence of the special figure winning (new acquisition of the special figure related random number) during the variable display of the special symbol. Proceed to 4503.

In step S4503, based on the information acquisition in the preceding step S4502, it is determined whether or not there is winning information (per A time saving 99 times) pertaining to the award of A time saving 99 times (specific advantageous gaming state), or pending prefetch judgment information (with hit hold) related to the pending storage of winning. goes to step S4505.

On the other hand, if there is winning information related to the granting of A short time 99 times or pending prefetch determination information related to pending storage of winning (YES in S4503), the next step S4504 turns on the privilege notification flag for making the effect pattern of the privilege mode (for example, the rainbow “777” pattern after the red “777” pattern is arranged), and the process proceeds to step S4505.

In step S4505, the special figure variation (special figure 1 indicator 41a or special figure 2 indicator 41b) for enabling execution of the notification effect (variation display by the image display device 7) that suggests the possibility of the special game being executed is executed (notification control by the special symbol), and if the special figure variation is started or being executed (YES in S4505), return to step S4501 and loop.

On the other hand, in the determination by step S4505, the execution of the special figure variation ends (the special symbol is changed from variable display to stop display according to the lapse of the predetermined time) (NO in S4505), the process proceeds to the next step S4506.

In step S4506, it is determined whether or not the determination result of the hit is determined when the execution of the special figure variation (information control by the special symbol) is ended, and if the determination result of the hit is not determined (NO in S4506), the process proceeds to step S4507, enabling the stop display by the performance symbol of losing and ends this processing. On the other hand, if it is judged as a hit (YES in S4506), the process proceeds to the next step S4508 to judge whether or not the privilege notification flag is ON.

In step S4508, when the privilege notification flag is turned ON (YES in S4508), the process proceeds to the next step S4509 to enable execution of the display in a privilege mode (for example, rainbow color) of the suggestive effect pattern "777" which can be a definite winning determination result, and proceeds to the next step S4510.

In step S4510, the privilege symbol notification (W-BONUS winning title, 3000 numerical symbol, right-handed arrow display) for ending the notification effect associated with the privilege notification is made executable, and in the next step S4511, the privilege notification flag is returned from ON to OFF, and this processing ends.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S4508 that the privilege notification flag is not turned ON and remains OFF (NO in S4508), the process proceeds to the next step S4512 to enable execution of displaying the effect symbol "777" for suggestion, which can be a definitive winning determination result, in a normal mode (for example, white), and proceeds to the next step S4513 to notify the symbol for the end of the notification effect (BONUS winning title, Five, display of a right-handed arrow) is made executable, and this process is terminated.

[Display Mode Table of Hold Icon 9]
Next, an example of a display mode table of the pending icon 9 (reliability suggestion notification) in the pachinko gaming machine 1 will be described with reference to FIG.

As shown in FIG. 52, the pachinko gaming machine 1 sets the display mode (reliability suggesting image) of the hold icon 9 (or the hold icon 9D) for suggesting an increase or decrease in the reliability of the determination result (granting of the special prize) based on the special lottery based on the special drawing lottery, and sets the display mode (reliability suggesting image) of the hold icon 9 (or the hold icon 9D) to correspond to the special figure fluctuation pattern (or effect pattern) associated with the reliability divided into multiple stages, selectively from among a plurality of display colors (white, green, red). It has a display mode table of the pending icon 9 that makes it possible.

As shown in FIG. 1, the pending icon 9 is displayed in the pending icon display area 7a1 (the display screen 7a of the image display device 7) so that a maximum of four pieces can be arranged side by side in the left and right direction, and one determination information (special figure pending) stored in the pending storage unit 85 is read out to make a determination regarding success (granting of a special prize). In the suspended icon display area 7a2 (prescribed position), the suspended icon 9D corresponding to the suspended icon 9 that disappears from the suspended icon display area 7a1 (0 stored, relevant) can be displayed.

In the display mode table of the pending icon 9 of the present embodiment, category divisions consisting of "reliability 1, reliability 2, and reliability 3" related to the reliability that increases as the numerical value increases, "white, green, and red" related to a plurality of types of display colors, "circle, heart, and star" related to the display mode of the pending icon 9, and "double circle, effect, and character" related to the mode of the chance-increasing element (chance-increasing) are set. The display mode of the pending icon 9 can be based on either combination.

Based on the display mode table of the pending icon 9 and the reliability associated with the special figure fluctuation pattern, specifically, as the pending icon 9 corresponding to the reliability 1, it is possible to set the display setting for the white pending icon 9A consisting of a white circle display form (see FIG. 53). Further, as the pending icon 9 corresponding to the reliability level 2, the display setting of the green pending icon 9B made of a green heart shape 9G is possible. In addition, as the pending icon 9 corresponding to the reliability level 3, it is possible to set the display of the red pending icon 9C made up of a red star 9J.

In addition, the chance-up mode (double circle, effect, character) can be set as a suggestion notification regarding a display element that raises the reliability level (1 to 3) corresponding to each set display color by half a step (0.5).

For example, when the pending icon 9 is in the form of a white double circle 9F, the reliability is increased by a half step compared to the case of the white pending icon 9A corresponding to the reliability 1, and the suggestive notification with the reliability 1.5 is possible. Further, when the green heart form 9G accompanied by the temporary occurrence of the effect 9H is used, the reliability is increased by a half step compared to when the green reserved icon 9B corresponding to the reliability 2 is obtained, and the suggestive notification of the reliability 2.5 is made possible. Also, when the red star form 9J accompanied by the interrupt display of the character 9K is used, the reliability is increased by half a step compared to when the red reservation icon 9C corresponding to the reliability 3 is used, and the reliability is 3.5 (the highest reliability in this embodiment).

In the present embodiment, when the pending icon 9 is displayed in blue, the reliability level is increased by a half step compared to the case of the white pending icon 9A corresponding to the reliability level 1, and the suggestion notification with the reliability level 1.5 may be made possible. In addition, when the reserved icon 9 is displayed in purple, the reliability may be increased by a half step compared to when the green reserved icon 9B corresponding to the reliability 2 is obtained, and the suggestive notification of the reliability 2.5 may be made possible. In addition, when the reserved icon 9 is displayed in a rainbow color, the reliability may be increased by a half step compared to the case of the red reserved icon 9C corresponding to the reliability 3, and the suggestive notification of the reliability 3.5 may be made possible.

That is, the display mode (reliability suggesting image) of the pending icon 9 (or the pending icon 9D) for making it possible to suggest an increase or decrease in the reliability related to the prior notice of whether or not the winning judgment result will be obtained based on the special figure lottery A display mode table (not shown) of the pending icon 9 that can be set selectively from among a plurality of types of display colors (white, blue, green, purple, red, rainbow) in correspondence with the special figure fluctuation pattern (or production pattern) associated with the reliability divided into multiple stages.

[Notification of effect change including hold icon 9]
Next, an example of reliability suggestion notification performed based on production variation (variation display of production pattern 8) including pending icon 9 (reliability suggestion) in this pachinko game machine 1 will be described with reference to FIG.

FIG. 53(a) shows an effect state in which the suspended icon 9D (reliability suggesting image) for assisting the effect that can be displayed from the start of the variable display of the effect symbols 8 (8L, 8C, 8R) performed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 (the school display that rotates and displays a rotating reel in which a plurality of patterns or numerical patterns are arranged) and the pedestal icon 9E for assisting the effect that allows the suspending icon 9D to remain above are displayed in the pending icon display area 7a2. It is a diagram. In addition, it is an effect state diagram in which two white pending icons 9A corresponding to reliability 1 (white circle display form) are displayed in parallel in the pending icon display area 7a1, and it is possible to intuitively and visually suggest that the number of storage of special figure pending (determination information stored in the special figure 1 pending storage unit 85a or the special figure 2 pending storage unit 85b of the holding storage unit 85) is two.

Also, at this time, the pending icon 9D (reliability suggesting image) can be accepted as the final movement (left shift) of the preceding (second from the left) pending icon 9 in the pending icon display area 7a1, and is configured to have an icon display mode (reliability suggesting notification) corresponding to the white pending icon 9A' displayed at the leftmost end of the preceding pending icon display area 7a1.

From this, from this display mode of the pending icon 9D, it is possible to indicate the reliability of 1 (lowest probability of awarding a special prize) as a notice (expectation) corresponding to the change display (the change) of the production pattern 8 corresponding to the determination of the determination information corresponding to the determination information corresponding to 0 (relevant) based on the memory clear (the readout of the determination information) of the suspension storage unit 85 (the right or wrong determination when the memory storage area for reading is emptied).

Next, FIG. 53(b) is an effect state diagram when display disappearance of the pending icon 9D displayed in the pending icon display area 7a2 is performed in response to the effect pattern 8 which was being variably displayed in FIG. Then, it shows the final stage of moving the special figure reservation (white reservation icon 9A') displayed at the leftmost end of the reservation icon display area 7a1, which is the oldest reservation standby, toward the top of the pedestal icon 9E with a left shift.

Also, at this time, a pre-reading judgment corresponding to the special figure reservation (determination information stored in the reservation storage unit 85) linked to the white reservation icon 9A arranged on the right side of the white reservation icon 9A' is performed, and as a result of the pre-reading judgment (pre-judgment for the special figure winning command/in this example, pre-judgment for the special figure reservation related to winning), the white reservation icon 9A' and the white reservation icon 9A in the circular display form displayed in the reservation icon display area 7a1 are replaced with a double circle in which the outer and central circle areas are white. By changing the display to the white pending icon 9A of the form 9F, the reliability level is raised by half a step from the reliability level 1, making it possible to notify the prior suggestion that the reliability level will be 1.5.

Next, FIG. 53(c) is an effect state diagram when the effect pattern 8 indicating the failure notification (3, 4, 3) stopped and displayed in FIG. As a result, the final left shift movement can be performed toward the top of the pedestal icon 9E.

Also, at this time, a white pending icon 9A' (reliability suggesting image) dynamically flipped upward and having a green periphery, and a dynamic effect 9H (rendering element image) having a color similar to green (equivalent/yellowish green) generated radially from the green periphery of the white pending icon 9A' (white) are displayed cooperatively and interlockingly (while one of them is moved or oscillated).

In addition, the second image portion (background layer, the second display area other than the first display area, the image portion other than the first image portion) different from the first image portion (foreground layer, first display area) for displaying the white reservation icon 9A' and the effect 9H in the display screen 7a (layer, display area) is made lower than in the normal state shown in FIG.

The decrease in brightness may be maintained throughout the period from the start to the end of the movement or swinging of the white reserve icon 9A' and the effect 9H, may be temporary, or may be such that the normal state and the decreased state shown in FIG.

Further, the white reservation icon 9A' and the effect 9H in the display screen 7a (display area) are made visible with priority over the display of the miniaturization performance pattern 8, so that the reliability display performance (reliability suggesting report, chance up) that catches the eye of the player is made, and the suggestion report that can emphasize the fact that the reliability is 1.5 or more is made possible. As a result, the white pending icon 9A' changed to the double circle shape 9F with a green outer periphery moves to the leftmost position in the pending icon display area 7a1 (waiting for the final left shift).

In addition, FIG. 53(c) also shows a step of making it possible to move the white pending icon 9A (special figure pending based on the result of prefetching determination) of the double circle form 9F in which the outer peripheral and central circle areas that are left in the pending icon display area 7a1 and are white in the outer and central circle areas that are left in the pending icon display area 7a1 are vacated by shifting the white pending icon 9A' to the left of the pending icon display area 7a2.

Next, FIG. 53(d) is an effect state diagram when the variable display by the next effect pattern 8 is started based on the end of the reduction of the effect pattern 8 performed in FIG. Then, from the start of the display of this pending icon 9D, it is made to be a pre-reading notice that straddles a plurality of variable displays and stop displays of the performance pattern 8, and when the judgment information (special figure pending) sequentially stored in the pending storage part 85 is sequentially determined, the possibility (future) related to the prediction of winning (granting of a special prize) is made to be a reliability suggestive report with a reliability of 1.5.

Also, in FIG. 53(d), the central circular area of the white reserved icon 9A of the double circular form 9F shown in FIG. 53(c) is changed from white to green, so that the green reserved icon 9B (double circular form 9F with white outer circumference and green central circular area) is displayed. With this change display, it is possible to show the possibility (prediction) of the next-stage pending change display (green pending icon 9B in heart form 9G) during the subsequent variable display of the production pattern 8.

Next, FIG. 53(e) is an effect state diagram when display disappearance of the pending icon 9D displayed in the pending icon display area 7a2 is performed in response to the effect symbol 8 that was being variably displayed in FIG. From here, the green pending icon 9B (the double circular form 9F with the outer circumference being white and the center circular region being green) displayed at the leftmost end of the pending icon display area 7a1 can be shifted leftward toward above the pedestal icon 9E.

Next, FIG. 53(f) is an effect state diagram when the effect pattern 8 indicating the failure notification (5, 6, 5) stopped and displayed in FIG. At this time, the green reserve icon 9B is enlarged at the timing of being flipped upward and changed into a heart form 9G, and around the heart form 9G, a yellowish green effect 9H (drawing element image) having a similar color to green is generated to be a change display.

In addition, the second image portion (background layer, the second display area other than the first display area, the image portion other than the first image portion) different from the first image portion (foreground layer, first display area) for displaying the green reserved icon 9B and the effect 9H in the display screen 7a (layer, display area) is made lower than in the normal state shown in FIG.

The reduction in brightness may be maintained throughout the period from the start to the end of the movement or swinging of the green reserve icon 9B and the effect 9H, may be temporary, or may be repeated a plurality of times between the normal state and the reduced state (flickering image) shown in FIG.

Furthermore, a dynamic green reserved icon 9B (reliability suggestive image) that is flipped upward and a yellow-green dynamic effect 9H (drawing element image) generated around the heart shape 9G related to the green reserved icon 9B are cooperatively and interlockedly displayed, and the effect 9H can be displayed (chance up) at least in a display layer that is prioritized on the front side of the display layer (display hierarchy) that displays the production pattern 8 in the display screen 7a (display area). It is possible to make a suggestive notification that can emphasize that the reliability is increased in stages and that the reliability is 2.5.

Next, FIG. 53(g) is an effect state diagram when the variable display by the present effect pattern 8 is started based on the end of the reduction of the effect pattern 8 performed in FIG. From this display mode of the pending icon 9D, it is possible to notify the reliability of 2.5 as an advance notice (expectation) corresponding to the start (expectation) in the variable display (pertinent variation) of the production pattern 8 corresponding to the determination of determination information corresponding to 0 (relevant) storage based on the memory clear (readout of determination information) of the suspension storage unit 85 (appropriate determination when the memory storage area for reading is emptied).

Also, at this time, in response to the disappearance of the display of the temporary effect 9H that can be generated at the time of the final left shift, a balloon 9I (effect element image, predetermined image) for indicating "red (red characters)" is made to appear in the upper left part of the heart form 9G.

Next, in FIG. 53(h), at a predetermined timing during the variable display of the production pattern 8 started in FIG. ) is an effect state diagram when the display is turned on. Also, when the arrow-falling accessory 15A is moved, the red-haired character 9K (the performance element image that can be associated with red) is interrupted and displayed in the substantially central display area of the display screen 7a so that it can be displayed (chance up) at least temporarily.

The red-haired character 9K shown in FIG. 53(h) can be interrupt-displayed so that it can be displayed (chance up) at least temporarily in a display layer which is prioritized on the front side of the display layer for displaying the performance pattern 8 in the display screen 7a.

Then, the arrow-dropping accessory 15A temporarily placed in front of the reserved icon 9D is made to appear in the reserved icon display area 7a2 as the reserved icon 9D corresponding to the red reserved icon 9C of the star form 9J at the return timing during the variable display of the performance pattern 8 returned to the upper part (not shown) of the center decoration body 10.例文帳に追加

From here, a moving image based on a dynamic arrow-falling character 15A that enables red light emission of a similar color (equivalent) to the red holding icon 9C (red display color) and a red-haired character 9K that dynamically performs a predetermined gesture (in this example, pointing to the arrow-falling character 15A) is displayed cooperatively and interlockingly, and a display effect (reliability indication) that is reduced so that the variable display can be continued in the upper right corner of the display screen 7a (display area) is prioritized over the display of the effect pattern 8. By doing so, it is possible to realize suggestive notification that can emphasize that the reliability level is 3.5 (highest probability of awarding a special prize).

It should be noted that the brightness in the second image portion (background layer, second display area other than the first display area, image portion other than the first image portion) different from the first image portion (foreground layer, first display area) for displaying the arrow-falling character 15A and the red-haired character 9K in the display screen 7a (layer, display area) may be made lower than in the normal state shown in FIG. 53(g). The decrease in brightness may be maintained throughout the entire period from the start to the end of the movement or swing of the arrow-falling accessory 15A and the red-haired character 9K, or it may be temporary, or the normal state and the decreased state shown in FIG.

Next, although illustration is omitted regarding the variable display related to the production pattern 8, after the variable display related to the production pattern 8 is made to be the main display (display layer that can be given priority) in the display screen 7a, a temporary stop display indicating ready-to-win (both the production pattern 8L (left pattern) and the production pattern 8R (right pattern) are aligned with the numerical value of "7") is performed, and the SP ready-to-win production is developed while the variable display of the production pattern 8C (middle pattern) is continued. .

In the present embodiment, the arrow-dropping accessory 15A is mechanically made to appear as a substitute effect element for the pending icon 9D, but a special pattern such as a special symbol "?"

Further, in the present embodiment, a cooperative display effect (reliability suggestion notification) is provided by moving images based on the luminous arrow-falling character 15A and the red-haired character 9K. However, for example, the red-light-emitting arrow-falling character 15A and the dynamic red effect 9H (or the pending icon 9D) may be cooperatively displayed, or the red special pattern and the red effect 9H (or the red-haired character 15A) are displayed in an interlocking manner so as to be associated with each other. You may make it become a performance.

[Reliability Suggestion Notification Processing]
Next, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs a process (10ms timer interrupt process (S4012)) related to analysis of the command received from the game control microcomputer 81, and from here, the effect control means 91A (CPU 92) Based on the effect control means 91A (CPU 92), a schematic description of the case of performing the reliability suggesting notification process that can be executed will be performed using the flowchart shown in FIG.

In step S4601 shown in FIG. 54, the presence or absence of pending winning (storage of determination information (special figure related random number) extracted based on special figure winning) during variable display of special figure (special figure) (during special figure fluctuation or during game) is determined. Here, if there is no reserved winning (NO at S4601), this process is terminated.

In step S4602, the prefetch information (special figure winning command corresponding to the determination information (special figure reservation) newly stored in the reservation storage unit 85) of the target that caused the reservation winning during the variable display of the special figure is acquired to enable the reservation lookahead judgment, and the process proceeds to the next step S4603.

In step S4603, based on the result of the announcement effect lottery in the announcement lottery processing unit 91C (see FIG. 5) executed according to the information that can be acquired in the preceding step S4602, it is determined whether or not the decision state is set to make the suspension change (reliability suggestion notification) to the suspension icon 9.

Here, if it is not determined to change on hold (NO in S4603), the process proceeds to step S4605. On the other hand, if it is determined to change on hold (YES in S4603), the flow advances to step S4604 to enable the ON state of the change on hold flag, and the flow advances to step S4605.

In the present embodiment, when the ON state of the pending change flag has already been established at the time of determination in step S4603, the ON prohibition of the pending change flag is controlled so as not to determine the continuous pending change again based on the processing by the effect control processing unit 91B (see FIG. 5). However, as a modified example, it is possible to establish a plurality of ON of the pending change flags.

In step S4605, it is determined whether or not it is time to stop display by the special figure that has been in the process of variable display (information control using the special figure) (end of special figure fluctuation, notification of determination result related to propriety) is performed, and if the variable display by the special figure is not stopped and continues as it is (NO in S4605), return to step S4601 and loop. On the other hand, when it comes to the end timing of the special figure variation where the stop display by the special figure is performed (YES in S4605), the process proceeds to the next step S4606.

In step S4606, it is determined whether or not the ON of the pending change flag is established when the special figure starts to fluctuate (or when the special figure is stopped and displayed).If the ON of the pending change flag is not established (NO in S4606), the process proceeds to step S4607, and the white pending icon 9A (normal pending) that can be displayed in the pending icon display area 7a1 at the timing of the pending winning during the variable display of the production design executed according to the variable display of the special figure. The display control is enabled to move the left shift toward the display area 7a2 (the mode display to make it become the new pending icon 9D), and this process is terminated.

On the other hand, if the hold change flag is ON (YES in S4606), the process proceeds to the next step S4608, where the hold icon display area 7a1 is changed from the above-mentioned white hold icon 9A to the hold icon 9 in the double circle form 9F (non-normal hold), and the display control is enabled to move the hold icon 9 in the double circle form 9F toward the hold icon display area 7a2 (display the form to become the new hold icon 9D) to the left, and perform the following display control. The process advances to step S4609.

In step S4609, in the determination of step S4603, determination information stored in the reservation storage unit 85 that caused the decision to change the reservation based on the reservation lookahead determination (special figure reservation for prefetching) according to the notification order of the judgment result (end of waiting for special figure reservation), it is determined whether or not the execution of the variable display of the new special figure (the special figure variation start for the lookahead target) is performed, and if the special figure variation for the lookahead target does not start (in S4609) NO) returns to step S4605 to loop.

On the other hand, if the target special figure fluctuation starts (YES in S4609), proceed to the next step S4610, and change the chance up (hereinafter also referred to as chance UP) from the above-mentioned reserved icon 9 of the double circle form 9F to the reserved icon 9 of another display color. The brightness in the image portion (the background layer, the second display area other than the first display area, and the image portion other than the first image portion) is made lower than in the normal state shown in FIG.

In step S4611, when the notification order of the determination result of the determination information (special figure reservation) stored in the reservation storage unit 85 (end of waiting for special figure reservation) is reached, the special figure fluctuation pattern (special figure fluctuation PT for variable display of the production design) selected from among a plurality of types when executing the special figure variable display. do.

In the determination of step S4611, if the reliability determined for the selected special figure variation pattern is less than reliability 3 (for example, reliability 2 determined for N reach) (NO in S4611), proceed to step S4615, enable the pending change flag that was turned ON to be turned OFF, and end this process.

On the other hand, in the determination of step S4611, if the reliability determined for the selected special figure variation pattern is reliability 3 (for example, reliability 3 determined for SP reach) (YES in S4611), proceed to step S4612 and change the hold icon 9 (non-normal hold) again (for example, change the green hold icon 9B of the heart form 9G from the double circle form 9F) as a re-chance UP regarding the possibility of changing to the hold icon 9 of another display color. At the same time, display control for cooperatively and preferentially displaying the pending icon 9 (reliability suggesting image) and balloon 9I (effect element image) related to this re-change is made possible, and the process proceeds to the next step S4613.

In step S4613, the arrow falling accessory 15A as an alternative effect element based on the disappearance of the display of the hold icon 9D displayed in the hold icon display area 7a2 is enabled in the staged production (for example, SP reach).

In step S4614, it is possible to perform display control of a temporary effect (reliability suggestion notification) that cooperatively and preferentially displays the arrow falling accessory 15A (alternative effect element of the reliability suggestive image) and the red-haired character 9K (effect element image) in the display screen 7a (display area), and to enable display control to change the red pending icon 9C (non-normal pending final change) of the star form 9J corresponding to the suggestive report of the highest reliability according to the end of the temporary effect. to

Next, the flow advances to step S4615 to enable the ON pending change flag to return to OFF, and the process ends.

[Preliminary notification in the introductory production]
Next, an example of the notice notification (first notice notice or second notice notice) that can be executed in the introduction effect performed in the variable display of the effect symbols 8 (school display, variable effect such as rotating reels in which a plurality of patterns or numerical patterns are arranged) will be described with reference to FIG.

FIG. 55(a) shows, in the reserved icon display area 7a2, the reserved icon 9D (reliability suggesting image) for assisting the production that can be displayed from the start of the variable display of the production patterns 8 (8L, 8C, 8R) performed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, and the pedestal icon 9E for the assistance of the production that allows the holding icon 9D to be placed thereon. It is an effect state diagram in which one icon is displayed in the icon display area 7a1.

Since one white pending icon 9A is displayed in the pending icon display area 7a1 of FIG. 55 (a), it is possible to intuitively and visually suggest that the number of stored determination information stored in the special figure pending (special figure 1 pending storage unit 85a or special figure 2 pending storage unit 85b of the holding storage unit 85) is one.

The pending icon 9D in FIG. 55(a) can be accepted as the final movement (left shift) of the preceding (second from the left) pending icon 9 in the pending icon display area 7a1, and is configured to have an icon display mode (first suggestive pattern or second suggestive pattern) corresponding to the white pending icon 9A' displayed at the leftmost end of the preceding pending icon display area 7a1.

From this, from this display mode of the pending icon 9D, it is possible to indicate the reliability of 1 (lowest probability of awarding a special prize) as a notice (expectation) corresponding to the change display (the change) of the production pattern 8 corresponding to the determination of the determination information corresponding to the determination information corresponding to 0 (relevant) based on the memory clear (the readout of the determination information) of the suspension storage unit 85 (the right or wrong determination when the memory storage area for reading is emptied).

Next, in FIG. 55(b), display formation relating to temporary ready-to-win (intermediate presentation mode) is performed by the effect symbols that were being displayed in variable display in FIG. FIG. 10 is a state diagram of an introduction effect (effect related to the second redisplay notification) in which a numerical pattern display area 7a3 having a display color background based on a square and red color (second redisplay notification) can appear while continuing the variable display of only the medium effect symbol 8C by setting the effect mode (step-up notification effect, pseudo-continuous notification effect) to cause (a state of provisional reach of "4?4").

Then, following FIG. 55(a), the reserved icon 9D (normal element pattern) corresponding to the white reserved icon 9A' is displayed on the pedestal icon 9E, and the second step-up (suggestion of gradual increase in expectation level, notification after the step-up of the first step [2]) regarding the development of the production in the numerical pattern display area 7a3 is displayed. This shows the stage where the notification (step-up announcement effect A) is made executable.

In addition, the display formation related to the ready-to-win in the pachinko gaming machine 1 may be a temporary temporary stop display (so-called ready-to-win eyes) of three performance symbols 8 (8L, 8C, 8R) consisting of a predetermined combination pattern mode.

Further, in this embodiment, the left performance pattern 8L and the right performance pattern 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed so as to form a temporary ready-to-win display, are designed to be able to stand by while repeating the shaking motion individually in order to suggest that they can return to the variable display state again. However, as a modification, the left effect symbol 8L and the right effect symbol 8R, which are temporarily stopped, may be completely stopped.

In addition, in this embodiment, when the above-mentioned first advance notice is executed, the game is designed so as to facilitate the execution of the N-reach exclusive performance (normal development performance), which leads to more probabilistic derivation of the loss notification during the subsequent variable display of the performance pattern 8.例文帳に追加

Next, in FIG. 55(c), based on the display disappearance of the numerical symbol display area 7a3 according to FIG. 55(b), the stop display ("4, 5, 4") of the combined symbol mode in response to the loss notification indicated by all of the effect symbols 8 that have been caused to change again (continuous redisplay effect of 1) stops changing, and the stop display ("4, 5, 4") is reduced (end of display), and the hold icon 9D displayed in the hold icon display area 7a2 is displayed. It is an effect state diagram when disappearing (at the end of one variable effect).

At this time, the stage is shown in which the white reservation icon 9A' corresponding to the special figure reservation displayed at the leftmost end of the reservation icon display area 7a1, which is the oldest reservation standby, is flipped upward so that the white reservation icon 9A' is moved to the top of the pedestal icon 9E for the final left shift.

Furthermore, in the present embodiment, in FIG. 55(c), the white pending icon 9A' in the circle display form displayed in the holding icon display area 7a1 is changed to the green holding icon 9B (green ball) in the double circle form based on the prefetch determination result (preliminary judgment for the special figure winning command/preliminary judgment of special figure holding related to winning in this example) corresponding to the special figure holding (determination information stored in the holding storage unit 85) associated with the white holding icon 9A' (advance suggestion notification). Thus, when the variable display (new variable performance) by the performance pattern 8 is started next time, it is possible to inform suggesting that the reliability is increased from the reliability 1 to the reliability 2. - 特許庁

Next, FIG. 55(d) is a state diagram of the introductory effect (at the start of a new variable effect) when the variable display of the next effect pattern 8 is started in response to the fade-out based on the reduction of the effect pattern 8 stopped and displayed in FIG.

At this time, from the display mode of the pending icon 9D, the determination of the determination information corresponding to the memory 0 (relevant) based on the memory clearing (reading of the determination information) of the pending storage unit 85 (correctness determination when the memory storage area for reading is empty) As a notice (expectation) corresponding to the start of the variable display (the variation) of the performance pattern 8, it shows the stage of making it possible to execute the introduction performance related to the reliability suggestion notification of the reliability 2.

Next, in FIG. 55(e), the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R, which are displayed in a white display color (low expectation level), which were being variably displayed in FIG. It is a state diagram of the introductory effect (the effect related to the first re-display notification) when .

At this time, following FIG. 55(d), the holding icon 9D (specific element pattern) corresponding to the green holding icon 9B in the form of a double circle based on the result of the prefetch determination (preliminary suggestion notification) is displayed, and the second notice (first numerical pattern) 7f indicating that the first stage step-up related to the development of the production has been performed in the numerical pattern display area 7a3'. The first half of step-up announcement effect B) with a high degree is made executable.

In the present embodiment, the second image 7f is displayed in the numerical pattern display area 7a3' related to the green display color background, but as a modification, for example, two images (not shown) consisting of "x 2" based on the numerical image of green (medium reliability of 2) may be changed to the second image 7f and displayed. Alternatively, a second image 7f of green characters (medium reliability of 2) may be displayed in a white or blue display color background, or in a frame-shaped numeric symbol display area 7a3'.

Further, in the present embodiment, the display is changed from the white pending icon 9A' to the green pending icon 9B based on the result of the prefetch determination in FIG. Furthermore, in this case, a second image 7f such as white characters may be displayed (not shown) in the numerical pattern display area 7a3′ related to the display color background of blue (substantially low reliability of 1.5), or two images (not shown) consisting of “×2” based on the blue numerical image may be changed to the second image 7f and displayed.

Next, in FIG. 55(f), the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R, which were temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG. FIG. 10 is a state diagram of an introductory effect (a effect related to the second redisplay notification) when the variable display is continued and the numerical symbol display area 7a3 made up of a square and red display color background (corresponding to high reliability of reliability 3) can appear.

At this time, following FIG. 55(d) and FIG. 55(e), the holding icon 9D corresponding to the green holding icon 9B in the form of a double circle based on the result of the prefetch determination is displayed, and the reference image (second numerical pattern) 7g meaning "×3 (reference)" of white characters indicating that the second stage step-up related to the production development has been performed in the numerical pattern display area 7a3 related to the red display color background is displayed. The latter half of the step-up notice effect B) is made executable.

In this embodiment, when the above-mentioned second advance notice is executed, the game is designed to facilitate the execution of the SP ready-to-win production (specific fluctuation production, special development production), which leads to the derivation of the winning notice stochastically during the subsequent variable display of the production pattern 8, compared to the case where the above-mentioned first advance notice is carried out.

Further, in the present embodiment, the reference image 7g is displayed in the numerical symbol display area 7a3 related to the red display color background, but as a modification, for example, three images (not shown) consisting of "x 3" based on the red (high reliability of 3) number image may be changed to the reference image 7g and displayed. Further, the reference image 7g in red (high reliability of reliability 3) may be displayed in the display color background of white or blue, or in the frame-shaped numeric symbol display area 7a3'.

In addition, as a modification, the second image 7f may be displayed in the display color background of purple (approximately medium reliability of 2.5 reliability), or in the numerical pattern display area 7a3' related to the frame shape, or the three images (not shown) consisting of "x 3" based on the purple numerical image may be changed to the reference image 7g and displayed.

Next, FIG. 55(g) shows an introduction effect (related to re-display notification) that allows the disappearance of the display of the numerical symbol display area 7a3 based on the execution of the effect (continuous 1 re-display effect) that returns the left effect symbol 8L and the right effect symbol 8R that were temporarily stopped and displayed in FIG. It is a state diagram of the final stage of production).

At this time, in order to preferentially display the UFO image 9L, the upper right corner of the display screen 7a (display area) is made to be a performance pattern 8 that is reduced so that the variable display can be continued, and a dynamic display (suggestion of chance increase) of the irradiation mode such as directing the light beam image (event illustration) 9M from the UFO image 9L toward the holding icon 9D is shown.

Incidentally, the UFO image 9L and the light beam image 9M can be displayed at least temporarily in a display layer (display hierarchy) which is prioritized on the front side of the display layer (display layer) for displaying the performance pattern 8 in the display screen 7a, thereby enabling the interrupt performance display to be displayed at least temporarily, and the suggestive notification to emphasize that the chance will be increased.

Next, FIG. 55(h) shows an introductory effect (re-display notification) when display of a dynamic irradiation mode in which a ray image 9M based on the UFO image 9L appearing in FIG. (at the end of the production related to )) is a state diagram.

At this time, the production pattern 8, which had been reduced and variably displayed in the upper right corner of the display screen 7a in FIG. 55(g), is restored to be variably displayed in the substantially central display area of the display screen 7a, and the left production pattern 8L and the right production pattern 8R made of red display color (high expectation) are stopped and displayed to establish the display formation related to the ready-to-win state ("7?7" ready-to-win state), and the variable display of the middle production pattern 8C is continued. This shows the stage at which the SP reach-only effect (special development effect) can be started under this state.

From here, display formation relating to the ready-to-win state using the left performance pattern 8L and the right performance pattern 8R made of the display color of red and cooperative and interlocking display of the pending icon 9D corresponding to the red pending icon 9C in the form of a heart make it possible to provide suggestive notification capable of emphasizing that the possibility (reliability) of executing the SP ready-to-win performance in the future is further increased.

As a modified example, the UFO image (appearance pattern) 9L may be replaced with a predetermined character (arbitrary mode image) different from the UFO image (appearance/appearance pattern) so as to be displayed. In addition, as a modification, the light beam image (phenomenon illustration) 9M may be replaced with a predetermined effect image and displayed.

In addition, as a modification, the production pattern 8 variably displayed on the image display device 7 (display device) can lead to display formation of ready-to-win (specific intermediate state, specific outcome such as ready-to-win or losing).
The white pending icon 9D (first suggestion pattern, white ball related to non-execution of the look-ahead notification, etc.) for assisting the production can be displayed, and the reference image 7g (specific numerical pattern indicating that the first stage has been exceeded) can be displayed at the timing (predetermined opportunity, etc.) of re-fluctuation of the design during the execution of the introduction production. A second suggested pattern different from the pattern) can be displayed, and a second advance notice (second notice) that can be displayed to appear at the timing (predetermined opportunity, etc.) of re-fluctuation of the pattern during the execution of the introduction production (predetermined numerical pattern that is gradually lowered) is made executable. It may be possible to provide a case of suggesting that it is likely to develop into an SP ready-to-win performance (a specific variable performance) capable of reporting an increase in the reliability of whether or not to be granted.

As a result, the blue pending icon 9D (second suggesting pattern) that is changed from the white pending icon 9D (first suggesting pattern), and the second image 7f (predetermined numerical pattern (x 2) that is gradually lowered, and the first display color (blue with low reliability) Numerical pattern to which the first display color (reliability is low) is set). It is possible to provide a pattern that can increase the execution rate), and effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

In addition, as a modification, in the introductory effect (which may be any of the beginning, middle, or end of the variable effect) that can lead to the display formation of the production pattern 8 variably displayed by the image display device 7 (display device) (a specific outcome such as a specific intermediate state, a specific outcome such as a reach or a loss), it is only possible to display the green pending icon 9D (second suggestion pattern different from the first suggestion pattern) that is more reliable than blue based on the foreseeing notification (preliminary suggestion notification). , the second image 7f and the reference image 7g (numerical patterns) that can be shown to increase step by step during the execution of the introduction effect (first notification), which is not shown as a composite, and the blue pending icon 9D (the second suggested pattern that is different from the first suggested pattern) having a low degree of reliability based on the look-ahead notification (preliminary suggested pattern) can be displayed. f (predetermined numerical patterns that gradually become blue) can be executed, and when the above-mentioned second advance notice becomes executable, it is possible to suggest that it will be easier to develop into an SP reach-only production (specific variable production) that can inform the increase in the reliability of whether or not a special prize will be granted at an opportunity halfway before the win-or-fail result (judgment result) based on the special drawing lottery is shown than when the above-mentioned first advance notice becomes executable. You may make it possible.

As a result, the green pending icon 9D (second suggestive pattern) that is more reliable than the blue that is changed from the white pending icon 9D (first suggestive pattern), and the second image 7f (predetermined numerical pattern (x 2) that is stepwise lower and the first display color (blue with low reliability) is set). In some cases, it is possible to provide a pattern that can increase the execution rate of SP reach, and it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

In addition, as a modification, in the introduction performance (which may be any of the beginning, middle, or end of the variable performance) that can lead to the display formation of ready-to-win (specific intermediate mode, specific outcome such as reach or losing), the production pattern 8 variably displayed on the image display device 7 (display device) can be displayed. A first notification (first advance notification) that can display two images 7f (predetermined numerical patterns that gradually become lower in blue) that can be displayed so as to increase step by step during execution of the introductory effect, and a blue pending icon 9D (second suggested pattern that is different from the first suggested pattern) that has a lower degree of reliability based on the look-ahead notification (preliminary suggestion notification). g (specific numerical patterns that gradually become greener) can be executed, and when the above-mentioned second advance notice becomes executable, it is possible to suggest that it will be easier to develop into an SP reach-only production (specific variable production) that can inform the increase in the reliability of whether or not a special prize will be granted at an opportunity halfway before the win-or-fail result (judgment result) based on the special drawing lottery is shown. You may make it possible.

As a result, even when the blue pending icon 9D (second suggesting pattern) that is changed from the white pending icon 9D (first suggesting pattern) is shown, if it is shown as a composite of the reference image 7g (predetermined numerical pattern (x 3) that is stepwise higher and the second display color (green or red, etc., whose reliability is higher than blue) is set), the variation related to how to develop to the SP reach-only effect (specific variable effect) can be increased (execution of the second notice notification). In this case, it is possible to provide a pattern that can increase the execution rate of SP reach), and it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Re-display notification processing related to advance notice notification in introductory effect]
Next, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs processing (10 ms timer interrupt processing (S4012)) related to analysis of the command received from the game control microcomputer 81, and from here, the re-display notification processing (execution of advance notification based on the stepwise development of the effect that can be executed during the introduction effect) that can be executed based on the effect control means 91A (CPU 92).

In step S4701 shown in FIG. 56, the presence or absence of pending winning (storage of determination information (special figure related random number) extracted based on special figure winning) during variable display of special figure (special figure) (during special figure fluctuation or during game) is determined. Here, if there is no pending winning (NO at S4701), this process is terminated, but if there is pending winning (YES at S4701), the process proceeds to the next step S4702.

In step S4702, prefetch information (special figure winning command corresponding to determination information (special figure reservation) newly stored in the reservation storage unit 85) of the target that caused the reservation winning during the variable display of the special figure is acquired to enable reservation prefetch judgment, and the process proceeds to the next step S4703.

In step S4703, the result of the announcement effect lottery in the announcement lottery processing unit 91C (see FIG. 5) executed based on the information made available in the previous step S4702 is referred to, and it is determined whether or not the decision state is set to cause the suspension icon 9 to undergo a suspension change (reliability suggestion notification).

Here, if it is not determined to change on hold (NO in S4703), the process proceeds to step S4705. On the other hand, if it is determined to change on hold (YES in S4703), the flow advances to step S4704 to enable the ON state of the change on hold flag, and the flow advances to step S4705.

In the present embodiment, when the ON state of the pending change flag has already been established at the time of determination in step S4703, based on the processing by the effect control processing unit 91B (see FIG. 5), the ON prohibition of the pending change flag is controlled so as not to determine the continuous change of the pending change (unaffected by the result of the advance notice effect lottery). However, as a modification, a plurality of pending change flags may be set ON in accordance with the occurrence of a plurality of pending winnings.

In step S4705, it is determined whether or not the variable display of the new special figure (variation effect) is started according to the notification order of the determination result of the judgment information (the special figure suspension of the prefetch target that caused whether or not to change the suspension based on the suspension lookahead determination) of the judgment information stored in the suspension storage unit 85 (the end of waiting for the special figure suspension). NO at 4705) returns to step S4701 to loop.

On the other hand, when it is time to start the variable performance that can be executed according to the variable display of the special figure (YES in S4705), the process proceeds to the next step S4706 to determine whether or not the ON state of the pending change flag is established at the time of starting the variable performance.

In step S4707, the white reserved icon 9A (normal hold) that can be displayed in the reserved icon display area 7a1 at the timing of the occurrence of the reserved winning during the variable display (variable display of the production pattern 8) executed according to the variable display of the special figure is moved to the left shift to appear in the reserved icon display area 7a2 as the reserved icon 9D corresponding to the normal hold (normal element pattern), and the introduction effect (redisplay notification) that can be executed as the beginning of the newly executed variable production. ) is enabled, and the process advances to the next step S4709.

On the other hand, when the ON state of the pending change flag is established at the start of the variable effect executed in response to the variable display of the special figure (YES in S4706), the process proceeds to the next step S4708 to enable the change from the white pending icon 9A displayed in the pending icon display area 7a1 to the double-circle green pending icon 9B (non-normal pending), and the holding icon 9D corresponding to the specific pending (specific element pattern) corresponding to the double-circular green pending icon 9B. , and the display control for starting the introductory effect (including re-display notification) that can be executed as the beginning of the newly executed variable effect is enabled, and the process proceeds to the next step S4709.

In this embodiment, at the change timing of the start of the variable performance executed according to the variable display of the special figure, the white reservation icon 9A is changed to the green reservation icon 9B in the form of a double circle, but this change timing may be appropriately set. For example, the change timing may be the start of display of the pending icon 9 that has become displayable in the pending icon display area 7a1 at the timing of occurrence of the pending winning.

In step S4709, it is determined whether display formation (temporary reach) relating to temporary reach is performed by temporarily stopping display of left performance symbol 8L and right performance symbol 8R as suggestive notification (hereinafter also referred to as re-display notification) relating to stepwise development of performance performed based on advancing the introduction performance (variation display of performance symbol 8), and if display formation relating to temporary reach is not performed (NO in S4709), step S4711. proceed to

On the other hand, in the determination of step S4709, if the display formation (provisional reach) related to temporary reach is performed using the left effect pattern 8L and the right effect pattern 8R (YES in S4709), the process proceeds to step S4710, and as the numerical pattern that can be displayed in the numerical symbol display area 7a3 of the display screen 7a (image display device 7), it is possible to display the second image (first numerical symbol) 7f based on the first redisplay notification, or , so that the second image (first numerical symbol) 7f that can be displayed can be updated to the reference image (second numerical symbol) 7g based on the second redisplay notification, and the process proceeds to step S4711.

From here, in the present embodiment, along with the pending icon 9D (normal element pattern) corresponding to the white pending icon 9A, either the second image (first numerical symbol) 7f or the third image (second numerical symbol) 7g is displayed, or the second preliminary announcement is displayed along with the second image (first numerical symbol) 7f or the third image (second numerical symbol) 7g along with the pending icon 9D (specific element symbol) corresponding to the double-circle green pending icon 9B. Knowledge becomes executable in the introductory production (the beginning of the motion production).

In step S4711, it is determined whether or not there is an opportunity for the end of the introductory effect, which is the timing of the end of the production related to the stepwise re-display notification (in this example, when the display formation related to reach performed based on the second re-display notification is determined), and if the end of the introductory effect does not occur (NO in S4711), the process returns to step S4709 to loop, and if the end of the introductory effect occurs (YES in S4711), step S Proceed to 4712.

In step S4712, the numerical symbol display area 7a3 capable of displaying the numerical symbol (the second image 7f or the third image 7g) is faded out from the display screen 7a, and the UFO image (appearing/appearing symbol) 9L, which is prioritized over the display of the effect symbol 8, is temporarily displayed. to

Next, in step S4713, regarding the special figure variation pattern (special figure variation PT for variable display of the effect pattern) selected from among a plurality of types when executing the variable display of the special figure, each special figure variation pattern (for example, for each reach PT) If the reliability of the success (granting of the special prize) is less than the reliability 3 (NO in S4713), proceed to step S4714, It is possible to erase the display of the UFO image 9L that has appeared. After that, the process proceeds to step S4715 so that it is possible to start the N reach exclusive effect (normal development effect) that can be executed based on the progress of the opening stage of the currently executed variable effect.

On the other hand, when the execution of the variable display of the special figure is determined for the special figure variation pattern selected from a plurality of types when the reliability of the validity is 3 or more reliability (YES in S4713), proceed to step S4716, the light beam image (event illustration) 9M from the appeared UFO image 9L By enabling the display of the irradiation mode (suggestion of chance up) to direct the light beam image (event illustration) 9M from the appeared UFO image 9L to the suspension icon 9D (suggestion of chance up) By proceeding to step S4717, the suspension of the other display mode A change to the icon 9D (for example, the relevant reservation icon 9D corresponding to the special relevant reservation (red reservation icon 9C)) is allowed, and the next step S4718 is advanced to enable the start of the SP ready-to-win performance (special development performance) that can be executed based on the progress of the beginning stage of the currently executed variable performance.

Next, the process advances to step S4719 to enable state initialization for returning the ON hold change flag to OFF, and the process ends.

[Effect related to operation instruction image (notification of input suggestion) 63]
Next, an example of the display effect (first incident or second incident) of the operation instruction image (notification of input suggestion) 63c imitating the effect button (operation means) 63 performed based on the progress (demonstration execution period) of the variable display of the effect pattern 8 (the school display as if rotating a rotating reel in which a plurality of patterns or numerical patterns are arranged) will be described based on FIG.

FIG. 57(a) shows the start of the variable display of the production pattern 8 (8L, 8C, 8R) on the display screen (display area) 7a of the image display device (display device) 7 (special figure 1 variation start process (S1012) or special figure 2 variation start when the notification of the determination result (correctness) of the determination information (special figure related random number) that can be acquired based on the entry of the first start opening 20 (or the second start opening 21) can be started (predetermined condition is satisfied) Execution of processing (S1006)) is performed, and progress is performed in response to the start of the variable display of the performance symbols 8 (8L, 8C, 8R). It is a production state diagram when it comes before the predetermined trigger (specific trigger, execution time of the second incident) in the production execution period (variation display time) of the production execution period (variation pattern processing for notifying the determination result related to success).

More specifically, by temporarily stopping and displaying the left performance symbol 8L and the right performance symbol 8R made of white display color using the performance symbols 8 (8L, 8C, 8R) whose variable display is started, it is a state diagram related to the event of development development in which display formation related to a temporary predetermined reach (even-numbered reach) (state of "4?4" provisional reach) is performed, and the variable display of only the medium performance symbol 8C is continued.

Furthermore, FIG. 57(a) displays one white reserved icon 9A corresponding to reliability 1 (white circle display form, reliability 1/low reliability) in a reserved icon display area 7a1 that can be displayed up to a predetermined number (four pieces corresponding to the upper limit of special figure reservation), and also displays the reserved icon 9D (reliability suggesting image) for assisting production and the pedestal icon 9E for assisting production that allows the reserved icon 9D to be placed above in the reserved icon display area 7a2. It is a state diagram related to the scene configuration.

Since one white pending icon 9A is displayed in the pending icon display area 7a1 of FIG. 57(a), it is possible to intuitively and visually suggest that the number of stored determination information stored in the special-figure pending storage unit 85a or special-figure 2 pending storage unit 85b of the pending storage unit 85 is one.

In addition, the pending icon 9D in FIG. 57(a) can suggest that the white pending icon 9A' displayed at the far left in the preceding (most recent) pending icon display area 7a1 is the icon display mode (normal element pattern) that has been moved by the final left shift.

In the present embodiment, the display screen 7a (display area) of the image display device 7 in FIG. 57(a) is in a general brightness state where the production patterns 8 (8L, 8C, 8R) are displayed, and the display configuration is such that the overall image displayed on the display screen 7a is in a normal first brightness state (natural contrast modulation).

Further, in this embodiment, the left performance pattern 8L and the right performance pattern 8R, which are temporarily stopped and displayed so as to form a display related to a temporary ready-to-win (“4?4” temporary ready-to-win state), are displayed on standby while repeating the shaking motion individually in order to suggest that they can return to the state of variable display again in the remaining performance execution period of the variable performance.

However, as a modification, the left effect symbol 8L and the right effect symbol 8R related to the temporary stop display may be completely stopped and displayed.

As a modification, regarding display formation related to reach, temporary stop display or stop display of three production patterns 8 (8L, 8C, 8R) made up of predetermined combination pattern modes (so-called reach eyes such as "1, 2, 3").

Next, FIG. 57(b) shows a second lightness state (dark contrast modulation, dark contrast modulation, a second lightness state in which the lightness of an entire image including at least a background image related to the effect symbol 8 (8L, 8C, 8R) and the display screen 7a (predetermined game information such as a hold icon, and mini symbols and fourth symbols related to variable display of the reduction of the effect symbol 8 may be excluded) is lower than the normal first lightness state in response to a predetermined activation trigger during the effect execution period of the variable effect. An operation instruction image 63c1 (input suggestion element, 63c) that imitates the effect button 63 newly derived and displayed on the display screen 7a, and a white square frame-shaped comment display area that appears so as to be capable of parallel display (parallel notification) with the operation instruction image 63c1 are displayed. It is an effect state diagram regarding the execution of a predetermined second button effect (specific opportunity, predetermined second incident) for character display (normal time notification).

At this time, the lightness of the operation instruction image 63c1 and the normal comment image 7h are displayed on the display screen 7a so as to be in the state of normal first lightness (natural contrast modulation). In addition, a part of the background image around the operation instruction image 63c1 and the normal comment image 7h is displayed on the display screen 7a so as to be at least in the second lightness state lower than the normal first lightness state. Therefore, it is possible to visually emphasize that it is time for the player to press (input operation) the effect button 63 that has been activated so as to be able to suggest it.

In the present embodiment, when the operation instruction image 63c1 and the normal comment image 7h are displayed on the display screen 7a, the effect fades out (the operation instruction image 63c1 and the normal comment image 7h disappear) at the timing when the player presses the effect button 63 to return to the normal first brightness state, or when the display of the operation instruction image 63c1 and the normal comment image 7h ends (the activation period (display period) for validating the pressing of the effect button 63 elapses). Based on this, the effect is faded out to return to the normal first lightness state.

Further, in the present embodiment, when a predetermined second button effect (predetermined second incident) in which the operation instruction image 63c1 and the normal comment image 7h are displayed on the display screen 7a is to be executed, the game is designed such that the first button effect (first incident), which will be described later, is stochastically difficult to execute (the probability of appearing is lowered) during the subsequent effect execution period of the variable effect.

As a modified example, when a predetermined activation trigger for a predetermined second button effect (predetermined second incident) occurs, the brightness of the entire image of the display screen 7a including the effect symbols 8 (8L, 8C, 8R) may be prevented from entering a second brightness state in which the brightness is lower than the normal first brightness state, thereby differentiating from a case where a predetermined activation trigger for a specific second button effect (specific second incident) described later is obtained.

Next, in FIG. 57(c), in response to the operation instruction image 63c1 and the normal comment image 7h displayed in FIG. 57(b) fading out and returning to the normal first brightness state, the combination pattern mode ("4, 5, 4") corresponding to the loss notification (result of the judgment of success) indicated by stopping the fluctuation of all the performance symbols 8 that were caused to be displayed again in response to the stop display (suggestion of the result of the judgment of success) (1 time) It is an effect state diagram related to the end of the variable effect of n).

More specifically, while reducing (end of display) the effect pattern 8 that is stop-displayed so as to be a failure notification, the display of the pending icon 9D displayed in the pending icon display area 7a2 disappears, and the white pending icon 9A' corresponding to the special figure pending displayed at the leftmost end of the oldest pending pending pending icon display area 7a1 is flipped upward, and the white pending icon 9A' is turned to the final left above the pedestal icon 9E. It is a state diagram related to the event of preparation for making it possible to move the shift (the pending icon 9D) and to perform the variable display by the next new production pattern 8 (8L, 8C, 8R).

Furthermore, FIG. 57(c) is a state diagram relating to a scene configuration in which the white pending icon 9A′ displayed in FIG. 57(a) is changed to a green pending icon 9B in the form of a double circle in the left shift movement process, and the pending icon 9D is placed on the pedestal icon 9E in such a manner as to move to an alternative mode corresponding to the green pending icon 9B.

In the present embodiment, when derivation of the pending icon 9D, which is displayed in a manner corresponding to the green pending icon 9B, is performed, as an advance notice (expectation) at the start of the variable display (the variation) of the production pattern 8 corresponding to the determination of the determination information corresponding to the memory 0 (relevant) based on the memory clear (readout of the determination information) of the retention storage unit 85 (the judgment when the memory storage area for reading is empty). are

Next, in FIG. 57(d), in response to the fade-out of the production pattern 8 (“4, 5, 4”) stopped and displayed in FIG. H) (provisional reach state of ``6?6''), and the event of production development (before the predetermined trigger timing) to continue the variable display of only the medium production pattern 8C.

Further, in the pending icon display area 7a2 of FIG. 57(d), the pending icon 9D having a display mode corresponding to the green pending icon 9B is displayed. Therefore, it is a state diagram related to the scene configuration in which the reliability degree suggestion notification of the reliability level 2 can be executed.

Next, in FIG. 57(e), according to a predetermined activation trigger during the effect execution period of the variable effect, the brightness of the overall image of the display screen 7a including the effect pattern 8 (8L, 8C, 8R) and the background image is changed to the second brightness state (dark contrast modulation, darkening overlay function) in which the brightness of the overall image of the display screen 7a is lower than the normal first brightness state (dark contrast modulation, darkening overlay function). Suggestion element 63c), and a green square frame-shaped comment display area that appears so as to enable parallel display (interlocking) related to operation instruction image 63c2 are displayed, and in the comment display area, character display (discomfort notification) based on non-normal comment image (non-normal notification element, specific additional image corresponding to discomfort notification related to operation instruction image) 7I of "Ose", which is a different notification mode compared to "press (normal comment image 7h)" in FIG. 57(b). It is an effect state diagram regarding the execution of a specific second button effect (specific opportunity, specific second incident) to perform.

Furthermore, FIG. 57(e) is a state diagram relating to a scene configuration related to a different notification mode in which the button pressing surface of the operation instruction image 63c2 is green, which is different from the display mode of the button pressing surface (white) of the operation instruction image 63c1 in FIG.

At this time, the lightness of the operation instruction image 63c1 and the normal comment image 7h are displayed on the display screen 7a so as to be in the state of normal first lightness (natural contrast modulation). Therefore, it is possible to visually emphasize and suggest to the player that it is time to press the activated effect button 63 .

Therefore, in the case of a specific second button effect (specific second incident) in which the operation instruction image 63c2 in which the button pressing surface changes from white to green and the non-normal comment image 7I of "Ose", which is different from "pressing", are displayed in parallel, it is possible to give a clear sense of discomfort to the player, and it is possible to explicitly suggest a sign that a different effect development than the case of the predetermined second button effect (predetermined second incident) may be waiting when the activated effect button 63 is pressed. I'm trying

In the present embodiment, when the operation instruction image 63c2 and the non-normal comment image 7I are displayed on the display screen 7a, the effect fades out (the operation instruction image 63c2 and the non-normal comment image 7I disappear) at the timing when the player presses the effect button 63 to return to the normal first brightness state, or the display of the operation instruction image 63c2 and the non-normal comment image 7I ends (the activation period (display period) for validating the pressing of the effect button 63). progress), the effect is faded out to return to the normal first lightness state.

Further, in the present embodiment, when a specific second button effect (specific second incident) in which the operation instruction image 63c2 and the unusual comment image 7I are displayed on the display screen 7a is to be executed, the game design is such that the first button effect (specific effect progression, first incident), which will be described later, is probabilistically likely to be executed (probability of appearance is increased) during the effect execution period of the variable effect.

Next, in FIG. 57(f), when the operation instruction image 63c2 and the non-normal comment image 7I displayed in FIG. 57(e) fade out and return to the normal first brightness state, the left performance symbol 8L and the right performance symbol 8R made of red display color (high expectation) are stop-displayed using the performance symbol 8 which is again displayed in a variable display to form a display related to a specific reach (odd reach) (reach of "7?7"). (state)) is a production state diagram related to the event (development of chance up production).

In addition, FIG. 57(f) shows that, in the variable display area of the middle effect symbol 8C where the variable display is continued between the left effect symbol 8L and the right effect symbol 8R, the reduced operation instruction image temporarily and dynamically interrupts and appears the UFO input notification element (UFO image, appearing/appearing pattern) 9L pressed by the vertically moving UFO, and at the timing when the player presses the effect button 63, the reduced operation instruction image related to this UFO input notification element 9L. It is a state diagram relating to a scene configuration that enables execution of dynamic display of an irradiation mode in which a light beam image (event illustration) 9M is directed from the bottom side of the holding icon 9D.

In the present embodiment, although not shown, the pending icon 9D after being irradiated with the light beam image 9M from the UFO input notification element 9L is changed to the pending icon 9D as a display mode (alternative) corresponding to the red pending icon 9C.

Therefore, in the case of a specific second button effect, the appearance of the UFO input notification element 9L (the second and third notifications indicating the specific notification element are combined and associated with each other) that can confirm the display formation related to the specific reach (a specific reach mode that is likely to be executed when the probability of the first incident being performed is high) according to the timing at which the effect button 63 is pressed, and that can suggest the execution of the judge effect shown in FIG. Since it is possible to make it possible to play the game, it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

Next, in FIG. 57(g), after the pending icon 9D of FIG. 57(f) is changed to the pending icon 9D whose display mode is in accordance with the red pending icon 9C, the entire image displayed on the display screen 7a is faded out in order to develop into a judgment effect (appearance of an advanced notification element), and an operation instruction image 63c3 (63c) imitating the effect button 63 and a parallel display (interlocking) related to the operation instruction image 63c3 are performed. FIG. 57 is a rendering state diagram relating to the execution of the first button rendering (specific first incident) that performs character display (discomfort notification) based on the special comment image (specific additional image corresponding to the special mode related to the operation instruction image) 7I of "PUSH", which is a different notification mode in the comment display area compared to the "Ose (unusual comment image 7I)" in FIG. 57(e).

In FIG. 57G, the button pressing surface of the operation instruction image 63c3 is red, which is different from the display mode of the button pressing surface (green) of the operation instruction image 63c2 in FIG. It is a state diagram relating to a scene configuration in which a special mode that is likely to be executed when there is a high probability that a predetermined winning result will be derived based on the determination.

In addition, in the case of a special activation trigger related to the execution of the first button effect (first incident) (the second half or the final stage of the effect execution period of the variable effect), the brightness of the overall image of the display screen 7a is prevented from going to the second brightness state that is lower than the normal first brightness state, so as to differentiate from the case of the predetermined activation trigger related to the above-mentioned second button effect (predetermined second incident or specific second incident).

Therefore, in the case of the first button effect (first incident) in which the lightning bolt-shaped effect 9H is emitted and the operation instruction image 63c3 in a special display mode and the special comment image 7J are displayed in parallel, the player is given a distinct special feeling different from the normal time. It is made possible to explicitly suggest a sign that it may be received.

In the present embodiment, when the operation instruction image 63c3 and the special comment image 7J are displayed on the display screen 7a, the effect is faded out at the timing when the player presses the effect button 63 (the operation instruction image 63c3 and the special comment image 7J disappear), or the effect is faded out based on the end of the display of the operation instruction image 63c3 and the special comment image 7J (elapse of the activation period (display period) for validating the pressing of the effect button 63). I'm doing

Next, in FIG. 57(h), in response to the fade-out of the operation instruction image 63c3 and the special comment image 7J displayed in FIG. 57(g), all the performance symbols 8 that are displayed in a variable manner again are displayed by stopping the variation. !” is displayed, and a dynamic display mode is executed in which a lightning bolt-shaped effect 9H is emitted again from the outer periphery of the display screen 7a toward the performance pattern 8. FIG.

As a result, when the first button effect (first incident) occurs, it is possible to determine the stop display notification formation ("7.7.7") by the effect pattern 8 corresponding to the win notification based on the timing at which the effect button 63 is pressed, and to emit the lightning-like effect 9H and display "Congratulations!" .

As a modification, the UFO input notification element 9L may be replaced with a predetermined character (arbitrary mode image) that can be displayed. Further, as a modification, the light beam image 9M may be replaced with a predetermined effect image that is different from the light beam image 9M and may be displayed.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the display effect (first incident or second incident) related to the operation instruction image (input suggestion notification) 63c simulating the effect button (operation means) 63 is used, but as a modification, the display effect (first incident or second incident) related to the operation instruction image (input suggestion notification) imitating the select button (other operation means) 64 (not shown) may be used. In addition, a display effect (first incident or second incident) related to selective notification by an operation instruction image (input suggestion notification) imitating either the effect button 63 or the select button 64 (or an operation lever, an operation handle, etc., not shown) may be provided.

In addition, as a modification, regarding the special activation trigger related to the execution of the above-mentioned first button effect (first incident), as a pre-reading advance notice based on the look-ahead control, it may be provided in the effect execution period related to the next time or the next time after the end of the variable effect that causes the second button effect to be executed (Special figure fluctuation of any of the special figure reservations 1 to 4).

Further, as a modification, when the non-normal comment image 7I corresponding to the variable effect indicating the specific notification element (notification that can give discomfort as a different aspect compared to the normal notification, second notification) and the third notification (button notification) prompting the input operation are combined (combined) and executable, the normal comment image 7h (normal notification, second notification) corresponding to the variable effect indicating the normal notification element and the third notification prompting the input operation are combined and executed. After a predetermined trigger including an operation trigger), the notification mode of the advanced performance (such as reach, judge performance, and the appearance mode showing "7?7" based on the red performance pattern), or the predetermined first notification related to the notification mode according to the suggestion of execution of the development performance may be made to facilitate the execution, and the player may want to press the operation means (input operation). As a result, interest can be effectively improved as a button performance (operation instruction image) of a specific mode that can suggest an increase in the reliability of whether or not the determination result of success or failure is successful during the execution of the first notification or just before the first notification is performed, and novel motivation to operate the operation means for the player and a sense of accomplishment by the operation of the operation means (pressing the button) can be given.

In addition, as a modification, when making it possible to execute the first half production (specific second button production) that combines the second and third notifications indicating the specific notification element at a predetermined opportunity (during the re-variation production of the production pattern including the operation opportunity, the first half of the production execution period, etc.) that allows input suggestion by the operation means, when the operation means is pressed (input operation) than the case where it is possible to execute the first half production (predetermined second button production) that combines the second information and third information indicating the normal information element. It is a specific aspect different from the third notification (operation instruction image 63c1) of the aspect shown in the first half production, and is a UFO input notification element 9L (fourth notification, operation instruction image 63c2) that suggests whether or not to execute the first notification. The UFO input notification element 9L related to the specific mode according to the execution suggestion to perform the effect (first notification) may be made easier to be performed. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with a novel motivation to operate the operating means, thereby effectively enhancing the interest of the player in playing the game.

In addition, as a modification, when the UFO input notification element 9L (fourth notification, operation instruction image 63c2 may be used) related to the execution of a development effect (button image of a specific mode) such as reach is performed, it may be possible to suggest that the reliability (probability) of deriving a predetermined winning result (big win, small win, C time saving win based on the success/failure determination) is high. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with a novel motivation to operate the operating means, thereby effectively enhancing the interest of the player in playing the game.

Further, as a modified example, at a predetermined opportunity (at N reach including the operation opportunity, at the time of re-variation performance of the performance pattern, the first half of the performance execution period related to the predetermined performance, etc.) related to the variable display of the performance pattern 8 (progress of the predetermined performance), a second notification (a report that can give a sense of discomfort as a different mode compared to the normal notification) corresponding to the variable performance showing the non-normal comment image 7I (specific notification element) and an operation instruction image 63c2 can be displayed to prompt the input operation (operation input). When the third notification (button notification) is executable in combination, the second notification (normal notification, normal comment image 7h) according to the variable effect showing the normal comment image 7h (normal notification element) and the third notification that can prompt the operation input by showing the operation instruction image 63c1 are combined and executable. A special comment image 7J corresponding to the execution suggestion of the development effect (UFO input notification element 9L) and the operation instruction image 63c3 may be displayed to provide a predetermined button effect by a combination of the third notification capable of prompting the operation input, thereby facilitating the execution again and making the player want to press the operation means (input operation). As a result, it is possible to effectively improve interest as the button performance that can suggest an increase in the reliability of whether or not the determination result of win/fail is during the execution of the development performance (first notification) after the predetermined trigger or before the development performance (first notification) is performed, and to give the player a novel motivation to operate the operation means and a sense of accomplishment by operating the operation means (pressing the button).

In addition, as a modification, at a predetermined opportunity related to the variable display of the production pattern 8 (progress of the prescribed production) (at the time of N reach including the operation opportunity, at the time of re-variation production of the production pattern, the first half of the production execution period related to the prescribed production, etc.), the second information corresponding to the variable production showing the non-normal comment image 7I (specific information element) and the third information that can prompt the input operation (operation input) by showing the operation instruction image 63c2. When making it possible to execute a second notification corresponding to a variable effect showing a normal comment image 7h (normal notification element) and a third notification that can prompt an operation input by showing an operation instruction image 63c1 (image configuration in which a non-special image related to the normal mode is inserted on the button pressing surface of the button image) can be executed, after that (after a predetermined trigger) development effect (red effect) can be executed. The special comment image 7J corresponding to the execution suggestion of the development effect (UFO input notification element 9L) and the operation instruction image 63c3 may be displayed to provide a predetermined button effect by a combination of the third notification that can prompt the operation input, making the execution easier again and making the player want to press the operation means (input operation). As a result, it is possible to effectively improve interest as the button performance that can suggest an increase in the reliability of whether the judgment result of win/fail is successful or not during the execution of the development performance (first notification) after a predetermined trigger or before the development performance (first notification) is performed, and to give the player a novel motivation to operate the operation means and a sense of accomplishment by operating the operation means (pressing the button).

Further, as a modification, at a predetermined opportunity (N reach including the operation opportunity, re-variation performance of the performance pattern, the first half of the performance execution period related to the predetermined performance, etc.) related to the variable display of the performance pattern 8 (progress of the predetermined performance), a second report corresponding to the variable performance showing the non-normal comment image 7I (specific notification element), and a third report that can prompt the input operation (operation input) by showing the operation instruction image 63c2. When making it possible to execute a composite notification (animation configuration in which an operation instruction image and a non-specific additional image related to a normal aspect are associated with each other) at least one of the second notification according to the variable effect showing the normal comment image 7h (normal notification element) and the third notification that can prompt the operation input by showing the operation instruction image 63c1 Move or swing (associate with each other) A special comment image 7J corresponding to the execution suggestion (UFO input notification element 9L) and a special comment image 7J corresponding to the execution suggestion (UFO input notification element 9L) and a third notification that allows an operation input by showing an operation instruction image 63c3 may be made to be a predetermined button performance associated with the execution of the development performance (after a predetermined opportunity) (a display mode showing "7?7" based on the red performance pattern, a judge performance, etc.) to make it easier to execute again and make the player want to press (input operation) the operation means. Good. As a result, it is possible to effectively improve interest as the button performance that can suggest an increase in the reliability of whether the judgment result of win/fail is successful or not during the execution of the development performance (first notification) after a predetermined trigger or before the development performance (first notification) is performed, and to give the player a novel motivation to operate the operation means and a sense of accomplishment by operating the operation means (pressing the button).

[Input suggestion notification process]
Next, the effect control microcomputer 91 performs processing (10ms timer interrupt processing (S4012)) related to analysis of the command received from the game control microcomputer 81, and from here, based on the effect control means 91A (CPU 92), a schematic description of the case of performing the input suggestion notification processing (an example of the control processing of the variable effect) that can be executed will be performed using the flowchart shown in FIG.

In the following, the type of command received by the effect control microcomputer 91 is a variation start command associated with the execution of the first button effect and/or the second button effect that enables the display of the operation instruction image (input suggestion notification) 63c on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7, and the description will be made as an example of the flow of performing the input suggestion notification process based on this variation start command.

As shown in FIG. 58, the advance notice effect lottery processing by the advance notice lottery processing unit 91C is executed based on the reception of the fluctuation start command (S4801). At this time, the advance notice lottery processing part 91C is enabled to execute a lottery so that the execution ratio and execution contents of the first button performance and/or the second button performance can be varied according to the type of variation pattern (command information) that can be specified from the received variation start command.

In the present embodiment, when receiving the big hit variation pattern, compared with the case of receiving the losing variation pattern, the execution ratio of executing the first button performance (first incident) and the second button performance (second incident) is higher. On the other hand, when the losing variation pattern is received, the notice lottery processing part 91C makes a determination based on a lottery that increases the execution ratio of performing only the second button performance (second incident) without accompanying the first button performance.

Also, in this embodiment, when the type of variation pattern obtained from the information included in the variation start command received by the performance control microcomputer 91 is the reach variation pattern related to the variation content of the variation performance, the lottery capable of determining the foretelling performance pattern so as to provide different execution ratios and execution content notices according to the type of the received reach variation pattern (associated degree of expectation/reliability) is performed based on the notice lottery processing unit 91C.

Specifically, the notice lottery processing unit 91C performs a lottery that can determine the notice effect pattern corresponding to the first notice regarding the first button effect and the specific second button effect (specific second incident), or the second notice regarding the predetermined second button effect (predetermined second incident) without the first button effect, based on the type information of the reach variation pattern received by the effect control microcomputer 91.

When it is decided to execute the first notice regarding the specific second button effect or the second notice regarding the predetermined second button effect, for example, the performance mode formation for making it possible to display sub-effect images such as the UFO input notification element 9L (see FIG. 57(f)) to be displayed in the process of executing the specific second button effect is performed based on the effect control processing section 91B (effect control microcomputer 91).

Also, at this time, the effect control processing unit 91B makes it possible to specify predetermined reliability information associated with the reach variation pattern obtained from the change start command (effect determination ratio that can be extracted according to the ratio of winning or not). At this time, for example, when the reliability information corresponding to high reliability is specified, it is also possible to form a performance mode related to the change display of the pending icon 9D in the display mode according to the red pending icon 9C (reliability 3). I'm trying to make it higher.

In the present embodiment, in order to probabilistically increase the expected value of the big win when the first notice for executing the first button effect and the specific second button effect is determined, the control of the notice lottery processing unit 91C is performed so that the above-described first notice is determined when the losing variation pattern is received, and the above-mentioned first notice is determined when the big win variation pattern is received, and the proportion of the determination at the time of receiving the latter "big win variation pattern" to the whole is increased.

Further, in order to probabilistically lower the expected value for the big win when the second notice for performing the predetermined second button performance not accompanied by the first button performance is determined, the control of the notice lottery processing part 91C is made such that the above-mentioned first notice is determined when the loss variation pattern is received, and the above-mentioned first notice is determined when the big win variation pattern is received, and the ratio of the determination at the time of reception of the former "losing variation pattern" to the whole is increased.

Next, in the notice performance pattern extraction processing (S4802), when the notice performance pattern enabling execution of the first button performance and/or the second button performance is extracted, it is decided to perform the execution control based on this notice performance pattern, and the performance control processing part 91B is enabled to acquire the performance command (information related to the notice performance pattern) corresponding to the notice performance pattern.

Next, in the effect control command set processing (S4803), it is possible to execute various control processes based on the effect control command set according to the effect command acquired by the effect control processing unit 91B, and the image control board 100, the lamp control board 107, the sound control board 106, and the output of the operation output related to the drive control board 60d (fluctuation effect, effect notification given to the player).

That is, based on the effect control command set processing (S4803), it is possible to execute and control execution of a predetermined notice effect in accordance with a notice effect pattern appropriately combining display effect by the image display device 7, sound effect by the speaker 67, light emission effect by the frame lamp 66 and/or the board lamp 5, vibration effect by the vibrating device 63b, air effect by the blower 60b, and action effect by the movable board 15.

Then, in the mode example of the present embodiment, the performance control processing unit 91B executes various control processes based on the reach variation pattern that enables the execution of the first button effect and/or the second button effect, and when the predetermined activation trigger (the start of the reach variation effect in which even number of reach formation is performed by the effect symbol 8) after the effect symbols 8L, 8C, 8R that can be displayed on the display screen 7a of the image display device 7 starts to fluctuate, the process proceeds to step 4804.

In the operation valid period setting processing in step 4804, it is possible to set one or a plurality of operation valid periods (for example, a timer measurement setting process of 5 seconds related to valid button press) after the temporary stop display related to the predetermined reach (even number reach such as "4?4") is performed by the effect symbol 8 based on the predetermined trigger trigger. Effect branching according to whether or not the reliability information associated with the reach variation pattern obtained from the command is reliability 3 will be performed.

If the determination in step 4805 is negative (S4805: NO), the process advances to step 4806 to enable display control processing (see FIG. 57B) for parallel display of the operation instruction image 63c1 and the additional image 7h (predetermined second button effect). On the other hand, if the determination in step 4805 is affirmative (S4805: YES), the process advances to step 4807 to enable display control processing (see FIG. 57(e)) for parallel display of the operation instruction image 63c2 and the additional image 7I (specific second button effect).

Next, in step 4808, it is determined whether or not it is within the operation valid period (within the time during which the input suggestion notification is executed) set in step 4804, and if the operation valid period has elapsed (S4808: NO), the process proceeds to the next step 4810.

On the other hand, if it is within the operation effective period (S4808: YES), it is determined whether or not the effect button 63 has been pressed by the player (S4809), and if there is no reception of pressing the effect button 63 (detection of an operation input signal) (S4809: NO), loop processing returns to step 4808, and if there is reception processing that the effect button 63 has been pressed (S4809: YES), the process proceeds to the next step 4810. will proceed.

In step 4810, the variation pattern type obtained from the information included in the variation start command received by the performance control microcomputer 91 is a reach variation pattern that enables the execution of the first button performance and/or the second button performance, and branching is performed regarding performance notification of the win/fail notification mode according to whether the type (reach mode) related to this reach variation pattern is SP reach.

Then, when a negative determination (S4810: NO) is made in step 4810, the process proceeds to step 4811, and after the re-variation display after reach by the effect pattern 8 is performed, the display control processing (see FIG. 57(c)) for executing the stop display by the effect pattern 8 in response to the loss notification is enabled, and this processing is ended.

On the other hand, if the determination in step 4810 is affirmative (S4810: YES), the process proceeds to step 4812, and after performing the re-variation display of the effect symbol 8, the display control processing (see FIG. 57(f)) for executing the temporary stop display related to the specific reach (odd number reach such as "7?7") is enabled, and the process proceeds to the next step 4813.

In step 4813, the UFO input notification element 9L is made to appear temporarily and dynamically in a specific reach state, and the display control processing (see FIG. 57(f)) relating to the dynamic display of the illumination mode for directing the light beam image 9M from the UFO input notification element 9L toward the holding icon 9D is made possible, and the process proceeds to the next step 4814.

In step 4814, based on the dynamic display using the UFO input notification element 9L (the result of irradiating the light beam image 9M to the holding icon 9D), the display control processing (see FIG. 57(g)) relating to parallel display (first button effect) of the operation instruction image 63c3 and the additional image 7J based on the special mode is made possible, and the process proceeds to the next step 4815.

Then, in step 4815, it is determined whether or not it is within the operation valid period (within the time during which the input suggestion notification is executed) set in step 4804. If the operation valid period has elapsed (S4815: NO), the process proceeds to the next step 4817.

On the other hand, if it is within the operation effective period (S4815: YES), it is determined whether or not the effect button 63 has been pressed by the player (S4816), and if there is no reception of pressing of the effect button 63 (detection of an operation input signal) (S4816: NO), loop processing returns to step 4815, and if there is reception processing that the effect button 63 has been pressed (S4816: YES), the process proceeds to the next step 4817. will proceed.

In step 4817, the display control process (see FIG. 57(h)) for performing the stop display of the performance symbol 8 in response to the notification of winning is enabled after performing the re-variation display by the performance symbol 8 after the ready-to-win, and this processing is finished.

[Regarding Modifications of the Present Invention]
Although the present embodiment has been described in detail above, it is not limited to a specific embodiment, and various modifications and changes are possible within the scope of the claims. It is also possible to combine all or more of the constituent elements of the above-described embodiments. The invention disclosed below can be applied to gaming machines used in gaming halls (shops).

That is, the pachinko gaming machine 1 described above has been described as an example of an embodiment based on a so-called one-type and two-type mixing machine, but the present invention may be applied to any one of so-called one-type gaming machines (digi-pachi machines), two-type gaming machines (hanemono machines), simultaneous spinning machines (pachinko gaming machines that can execute variable displays of special figures 1 and 2 in parallel), slot machines, and the like.

In addition, the above-described pachinko gaming machine 1 was designed to pay out a predetermined number of game media (game balls) as prizes (prize balls) to the player based on the winning of the game ball, but the present invention may be applied to a so-called enclosed type gaming machine (smart pachinko or smart slot).

In addition, the above-described pachinko game machine 1 may apply the present invention to a game machine (so-called pachinko with settings) in which internal numerical values (jackpot probability) related to special symbol lottery can be changed stepwise for each set value. In addition, any setting value may make it the same probability regarding provision of a time saving state, and may make it differ in the probability regarding provision of a time saving state according to each setting value.

In addition, when the above-described pachinko gaming machine 1 is equipped with a so-called probability variation function as a game specification, either a loop type (advantageous game state in which a substantial upper limit is not set for the number of finished games during variable probability), or an ST type (advantageous game state in which the upper limit is set for the number of finished games during variable probability), or a fall lottery type (advantageous game state in which the variable state can be continued until a predetermined lottery during variable probability) may be applied.

In addition, the above-described pachinko gaming machine 1 counts the number of balls shot toward the game board surface, or the number of balls ejected outside the game board surface after the shooting (so-called out ball number), and the number of prize balls awarded based on the game balls entering a predetermined ball entrance during a predetermined game state (normal game), and based on the counting results, a predetermined value (game base) regarding the player's playing performance can be calculated. , the predetermined value may be displayed on a management display device (so-called performance display monitor) for the game machine, thereby including a game specification that enables confirmation and management of the game base.

In addition, the above-described pachinko gaming machine 1 includes a game specification (so-called complete function) that makes it difficult or impossible to continue the game progress when the number of difference balls (so-called MY) that can be calculated from the negative profit based on the number of balls shot until the result of a predetermined lottery in a predetermined game state (normal game) is a predetermined winning, and the positive profit based on the number of prize balls that can be obtained according to the number of game balls entering a predetermined ball entrance after winning is a specified number. It may be possible to prevent the player from inciting gambling.

Further, in the present embodiment, the pachinko gaming machine 1 is composed of the game board 2 and the gaming machine frame 50, but is not limited to this, and the pachinko gaming machine 1 may be a game program for executing the disclosed contents of the present embodiment. In such a case, the game program is provided as software for personal computers, home game machines, smartphones, etc., or provided as a web application that is accessed by a web browser for display and operation, and is executed by personal computers, home game machines, smartphones, etc. Moreover, it may be a server or the like in which a game program for executing the disclosed contents of the present embodiment is installed.

<Inventions that can be extracted based on this embodiment>
From the disclosure of the above-described embodiments, it can be regarded as a gaming machine having the inventions to be added below. In addition, each of the inventions described below can be combined. In addition, the scope of the invention is not the description of the above-described embodiments, but includes all modifications within the meaning and scope equivalent to the scope of the invention.

In addition, in expressions for comparison of various ratios such as performance execution ratios (for example, expressions such as “high, low, different”), one may include a ratio of “0%”. That is, one has a percentage of “0%” and the other has a percentage of “100%” or “less than 100%”. In addition, the following supplementary content written in parentheses is an example, and is not limited to the supplementary content.

[Invention A]
Invention A uses win/fail determination means capable of determining win/fail in order to provide a special game advantageous to the player (for example, for activating a V sensor), notification control means (main control board 80) capable of executing a win report of either a predetermined win or a specific win (a win that makes the second win definite) based on the determination result of the determination by the win/fail determination means, and a performance pattern that can be displayed on a predetermined display device (image display device 7). In the gaming machine provided with an effect execution means (sub-control board 90) capable of executing a suggestive effect in response to the notification of a predetermined win or a specific win, the above-mentioned effect execution means, when the notification control means is capable of executing the notification of a specific win, makes a first mode display (777 patterns matching according to the specific win) to identify the effect pattern (corresponding to this win notification), and then a predetermined suggestion to a second mode display (appearing and changing the 3000 notation and/or ∞ notation). In the above-mentioned second mode display, the execution mode indicating at least one of the privilege information (3000 [equivalent to 1500 shots per time x 2 times] notation) that exceeds the game profit obtained in one special game (equivalent to 1500 shots x 2 times), or the privilege information (infinite notation) that allows continuous new special games (suggestion that the game value that can be obtained based on the execution of one special game can be upgraded and/or the special game is continuously performed). It is a game machine characterized by being a suggestion to get.

Thus, in the final stage when the special symbols indicating the winning notification are stopped based on the execution of the jackpot variation performance, the first mode display by the type of performance symbols corresponding to the suggestion notification that one special game (for example, the 10R jackpot game) can be executed (for example, the performance symbols 8L, 8C, 8R with 7 red symbols, or the performance symbols 8L, 8R with 7 red reach symbols, or the performance symbols according to the special symbols different from the numerical patterns. ) (including any opportunity from after identifying the effect pattern to the end of the jackpot fluctuation effect), the second mode display according to the privilege notification (for example, 8S, 8T, 8U with 7 patterns in a specific mode [rainbow or gold, etc.] and / or privilege notification pattern 8h) is possible. It is possible to provide a gaming machine with an execution mode (eg, 3000+BONUS, ∞+BONUS, W+BONUS, EXTRA+BONUS, BONUS+RUSH, or image display according to V stock+BONUS, etc.) showing at least one of (implicit) or advance notice suggestion (implicit) that special games (resuming predetermined round games) can be performed two or more times continuously after the current special game.

According to the present disclosure, at the time of privilege notification using the second mode display shown together with the above-described first mode display or the second mode display shown instead of the above-described first mode display (at least when the privilege notification pattern 8h is temporarily stopped or stopped), it is possible to expect that an advantageous game development (increase in the number of balls won per time or continuous game) will be waiting even after the special game based on the opportunity to obtain one game profit, and the interest of the player can be effectively improved. becomes.

[Invention A-1]
Invention A-1 is that, in Invention A, the privilege notification is a numerical symbol (3000 symbols) corresponding to the game profit that can be obtained when a plurality of special games are completed, and/or character symbol symbols (symbols such as ∞, W, Strongest, Invincible, True, God, EX, RUSH, etc.) that definitely suggest the next award (including at least one symbol, selectively one symbol, and both symbols). It is a gaming machine characterized by

According to the present disclosure, as a bonus notification that can indicate a specific win that is advantageous to the player, it is a typical graphic symbol (pictogram) related to the provision suggestion that can be more than the game profit (value) obtained based on the execution of one special game, and the shape of what it means (pictogram such as a character symbol) is used to make the meaning concept understandable to the player. Patterns, specific ZONE notification patterns, specific RUSH notification patterns, etc.) can be displayed on a prescribed display device, so that it becomes easy to sense that an advantageous game development (an increase in the number of balls put out for one time or a continuous game) is waiting even after a special game based on the opportunity to acquire one game profit, and the interest of the player can be effectively improved.

[Invention A-2]
Invention A-2 is, in invention A, a special game, a normal game (low probability game according to the aspect of the initial time (when power is turned on, when RAM is cleared, etc.)), a first advantageous game different from the normal game (normal time saving), and a second advantageous game (special time saving) more advantageous than the first advantageous game. When the second advantageous game is possible after the special game, the above-mentioned effect execution means either displays the first mode (predetermined mode of performance pattern) and the second mode display (3000 notation and/or ∞ notation), or replaces the first mode display with the second mode display (benefit notification indicating at least one display or selectively indicating one display). / Suggestion that a special game can be executed continuously) is a gaming machine characterized by being executable.

According to the present disclosure, after the special game, when it is possible to shift to a second advantageous game (substantially, a special time-saving state that can be continued until the next hit judgment (for example, a time-saving state in which the probability of winning a small hit is high [approximately 1/1] until 99 times of judgment) is possible), a mode pattern (for example, a specific mode first mode display [rainbow color or gold production pattern] + second mode display [3000 notation and / or ∞ notation]) according to the privilege notification is displayed on a predetermined display device. By making it possible to display, it is possible to anticipate an advantageous game development even after the special game (for example, an increase in the total of 1,500 prize balls that can be paid out by executing the special game once, which is doubled or more [3,000, 4,500, or 6,000, etc.], or that the special game can be played twice or more without fail), and it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player.

[Invention A-3]
Invention A-3 is, in Invention A, further comprising determination information acquisition means capable of acquiring determination information (such as a winning random number) for making a win/fail determination by the win/fail determination means, and the above-mentioned effect execution means performs preprocessing (such as pre-reading determination of a variation pattern that can be linked to a winning random number) regarding determination information (reserved memory information) withheld during or before a special game, and when a specific win (reserved memory advantageous to the player) is indicated, the first mode display (predetermined mode performance pattern) is displayed. A gaming machine characterized by being capable of executing a predetermined suggestive effect (suggestion that a game value that can be obtained based on one execution of a special game/suggestion that a special game can be executed continuously) related to either a second mode display (3000 notation and/or ∞ notation) or a second mode display instead of the first mode display (a privilege notification indicating at least one display or a privilege notification indicating one of the displays selectively).

According to the present disclosure, when a pre-determination result of a specific win (specific winning reservation) in a reserved state is obtained based on pre-processing (pre-reading determination for reserved memory), a mode pattern (for example, a specific mode first mode display [rainbow color or gold production pattern] + second mode display [3000 notation and / or ∞ notation]) according to the privilege notification can be displayed on a predetermined display device, so that advantageous game development even after a special game based on the opportunity to obtain one game profit. (For example, an increase in the amount of 1500 prize balls in total that can be put out by one execution of the special game is doubled or more [3000, 4500, 6000, etc.], or the special game can be played more than once) can be expected, and the interest of the player can be effectively improved.

[Invention A-4]
Invention A-4 includes win/fail determination means capable of determining win/fail in order to provide a special game advantageous to the player (for example, to activate a V sensor), notification control means (main control board 80) capable of executing hit notification of either a predetermined win or a specific win (a win that can make the second win definite) based on the determination result of the determination by the win/fail determination means, and performance symbols that can be displayed on a predetermined display device (image display device 7). In the gaming machine provided with effect execution means (sub-control board 90) capable of executing a suggestive effect in response to the notification of a predetermined win or a specific win using the above-mentioned effect execution means, when the notification control means can execute the win notification of the specific win, the above-mentioned effect execution means makes it possible to execute a predetermined suggestive effect as a second mode display after performing a first mode display (777 patterns matching according to the specific win) to identify a predetermined type of effect pattern, and in the above-mentioned second mode display, one special game. The game machine is characterized by an execution mode distinguishable from a first mode display corresponding to a privilege notification that can be upgraded (such as an increase in the number of balls put out or a suggestion related to the promise of a consecutive game) than a game value (game profit) that can be obtained based on the execution.

According to the present disclosure, when the second mode display (3000 notation and/or ∞ notation) shown together with the above-described first mode display (predetermined mode production pattern) or the second mode display shown instead of the above-described first mode display (at least when the privilege notification pattern 8h is temporarily stopped or stopped), a game development that is advantageous even after the special game based on one game profit acquisition opportunity (for example, a total of 1500 that can be paid out by one execution of the special game) It is possible to anticipate that an increase (3000, 4500, 6000, etc.), which is more than double the number of prize balls (3000, 4500, or 6000, etc.) or that a special game can be played more than once) is waiting, and the player's interest can be effectively improved.

[Invention A-5]
Invention A-5 comprises win/fail determination means capable of determining win/fail in order to provide a special game advantageous to the player (for example, to activate a V sensor), notification control means (main control board 80) capable of executing a win notification of either a predetermined win or a specific win (a win that can make the second win definite) based on the determination result of the determination by the win/fail determination means, and performance symbols that can be displayed on a predetermined display device (image display device 7). In the gaming machine provided with effect execution means (sub-control board 90) capable of executing a suggestive effect in response to the notification of a predetermined win or a specific win using the above-mentioned effect execution means, when the notification control means can execute the win notification of the specific win, the above-mentioned effect execution means displays a first mode display (777 patterns according to the specific win) that identifies a predetermined type of effect pattern (777 patterns according to the specific win), and then a second mode display (3000 notation and/or ∞ The game machine is capable of executing a predetermined suggestive performance (appearance of notation) (suggestion that the game value can be raised above the game value obtainable based on the execution of one special game/suggestion that the special game can be executed continuously).

According to the present disclosure, when the second mode display (3000 notation and/or ∞ notation) shown together with the above-described first mode display (predetermined mode production pattern) or the second mode display shown instead of the above-described first mode display (at least when the privilege notification pattern 8h is temporarily stopped or stopped), a game development that is advantageous even after the special game based on one game profit acquisition opportunity (for example, a total of 1500 that can be paid out by one execution of the special game) It is possible to anticipate that an increase (3000, 4500, 6000, etc.), which is more than double the number of prize balls (3000, 4500, or 6000, etc.) or that a special game can be played more than once) is waiting, and the player's interest can be effectively improved.

[Invention B]
Invention B comprises win/fail determination means for enabling a win/fail determination, game state switching means for enabling switching between a normal state and an advantageous state (win state and/or time-saving state) that is more advantageous than the normal state based on the determination result of the win/fail determination, and a turning point (end execution related to the special effect/at the end of the winning or time-saving) that enables execution of a special effect (win effect/time-saving effect) in the advantageous condition, and the subsequent advantageous state can be terminated (continued or non-continued). When the above-mentioned turning point is satisfied, the above-mentioned effect executing means makes it possible to execute the first turning point notification indicating the predetermined contents related to the game performance during the advantageous state (result notification related to the jackpot total number of balls put out and the history of consecutive games) when the predetermined requirements (the turning point requirements: the conditions for switching to the normal state so as not to continue the advantageous state) are satisfied at the time of the above-mentioned turning point. , Unlike the above-described first milestone notification, this gaming machine is capable of executing a second milestone notification indicating specific content (specific elements in the result background) unrelated to the game performance.

According to the present disclosure, the effect execution means that can execute the milestone notification that can indicate the result content related to the game performance (result during the consecutive games) obtained by continuously playing the advantageous game (jackpot game / time saving game related to the consecutive games) at the turning point Shows specific contents (specific elements in the result background) that are not related to the game performance, for example, even though the conditions for enabling the continuous execution of the advantageous game (time saving game) at the milestone are met, the result announcement (ending) during the advantageous state. ), or showing the results obtained in an advantageous state (result display) as if it were finished as if it were finished. , gaming machines can be provided. According to the present disclosure, it is possible to anticipate (predict) that further development of the game (continuation of consecutive games) awaits at a turning point when the advantageous state can be ended, and it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

The above-mentioned specific content unrelated to the game performance is to perform a turning point notification (result effect) regarding the suggestion of the game performance (game result during the continuous game) even though the advantageous state can be continued, and/or regarding the notification (result display) of the predetermined content (result result) shown when the advantageous state does not continue. During the execution of the notification, the specific content may be notified by a performance configuration mode (including image display, light emission display, sound, or an appropriate combination mode thereof) that gives the player a sense of incompatibility different from that at a normal turning point. Further, the timing of executing the notification of the specific contents may be any timing of the start of the execution of the ending of the special performance, the execution of the ending of the special performance, or the end of the execution of the special performance (including a predetermined opportunity based on the end of the execution).

In addition, the production execution means is based on a predetermined game process (for example, determination regarding success or failure) at a turning point when the advantageous state can be ended. Condition formation that does not satisfy the predetermined requirement (turning point requirement) (a flag that enables the execution of the winning game or the time saving game continuously) is obtained. It may be possible to determine to end the advantageous state (win state and/or time saving state related to consecutive houses) when a flag is obtained to end the execution without continuing the short game and return to the normal state.

[Invention B-1]
Invention B-1 is, in Invention B, further comprising effect notification means (a display device having a liquid crystal screen or the like) having a effect display section for indicating a turning point, and the above-mentioned effect execution means indicates predetermined contents related to a game performance during an advantageous state in a first image part (foreground layer or display area showing a history of jackpot all-balls or consecutive games) in the effect display part (layer structure, display area), and a second image part (background layer or all-jackets or consecutive game) different from the first image part in the effect display part. (second display area that is not the first display area showing the history), the gaming machine shows specific content unrelated to the game performance.

According to the present disclosure, when performing the second milestone notification, the specific content unrelated to the game performance is indicated without interfering with the indication of the predetermined content regarding the game performance in the advantageous state, thereby giving the player a sense of expectation that the further development of the game (continuous game continuation) awaits, thereby making it possible to effectively enhance the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention B-2]
Invention B-2 is a gaming machine according to Invention B or Invention B-1, characterized in that the specific content unrelated to the game performance is an effect shown as an opportunity for a suggestion (rejection suggestion notification) to induce an objection (dissatisfaction) against the discontinuation of the advantageous state at a turning point at which the advantageous state can be terminated.

According to the present disclosure, specific content unrelated to the game performance (such as an image display that temporarily gives the player a sense of incompatibility) is indicated at the time of turning point (trigger) at the time of execution of the ending related to the special effect, thereby making a milestone notification (result effect) suggesting the game performance (game result during consecutive games) even though the advantageous state can be continued, and/or regarding the notification (result display) of the predetermined content (result result) shown when the advantageous state does not continue. It is possible to induce an objection (dissatisfaction) in the player that there is a processing error (so-called fake) related to the game control (wrong), and to give a sense of expectation that can predict that further game development (continuous game continuation) awaits.

It should be noted that the first specific content (display of the first suggestion image) according to a predetermined opportunity during the execution of the turning point notification (result effect) regarding the suggestion of the game performance (game result during consecutive games) even though the advantageous state can be continued, and the second specific content (display of the second suggestion image) corresponding to the execution of the notification of the performance result (result display) related to the predetermined content shown when the advantageous state does not continue may be divided and executed. Further, the above-mentioned first specific content and second specific content may be executed in parallel after one of them is executed, or they may be executed individually with a time lag.

[Invention B-3]
Invention B-3 is a gaming machine according to Invention B or Invention B-1, wherein the specific content unrelated to game performance includes a specific element (a rightward arrow image 7d or V image 7e in a special mode, or a character-like image element such as a shooting star) that can appear at least temporarily during a period indicating predetermined content related to game performance in an advantageous state.

According to the present disclosure, as notification of specific content unrelated to game performance at a turning point, by allowing a specific element to appear at least temporarily during a period in which predetermined content regarding game performance during an advantageous state is indicated, a milestone notification (result effect) regarding a suggestion of a game performance (game result during consecutive games) is performed even though the advantageous state can be continued, and/or processing related to game control regarding notification (result display) of predetermined content (result result) shown when the advantageous state does not continue. It is possible to give a sense of incongruity to the player as if it is a mistake-like defect (so-called fake), to make the player feel a feeling of anticipation which makes it possible for the player to predict that further development of the game (continuation of a series of games) awaits, and to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.例文帳に追加

[Invention B-4]
Invention B-4 is a gaming machine according to Invention B, wherein a predetermined requirement (a turning point requirement) at a turning point at which the advantageous state can be ended is satisfied when the advantageous state is not continued at a turning point at which the advantageous state can be ended (a win without giving time reduction/when all the number of time reductions given are consumed).

According to the present disclosure, it is possible to make it possible to execute the milestone notification that can indicate the result contents related to the game results (results during the consecutive games) obtained by continuously playing advantageous games (jackpot games related to consecutive games/time-saving games) as a suitable milestone opportunity (at the time of executing the ending related to the special performance), and at this time, it is possible to make it easier for the player to perceive a sense of incongruity with regard to the execution of specific contents unrelated to the game results.

[Invention B-5]
Invention B-5 comprises win-or-fail determination means for enabling a win-or-fail determination; game state switching means for enabling switching between a normal state and an advantageous state (win state and/or time-saving state) that is more advantageous than the normal state based on the determination result of the win/fail; and a game processing means for selectively forming one of a plurality of types of games including a special game, a normal game, and an advantageous game different from the normal game, based on a determination during an advantageous state or a determination within a predetermined number of times after the advantageous state, and the above-mentioned effect execution means includes predetermined contents regarding the game performance during the advantageous state at the time of the above-mentioned turning point (results regarding jackpot total balls and consecutive game history). and a second means for making it possible to execute a second milestone notification indicating predetermined contents related to a game performance during an advantageous state, and different from the above-mentioned first milestone notification, showing specific contents (a specific element in the result background) unrelated to the game performance. There is.

According to the present disclosure, the effect execution means that can execute milestone notification that can indicate the result content related to the game performance (result during continuous game) obtained by continuously playing advantageous games (jackpot game / time saving game related to continuous game) at the time of turning point Shows specific content (specific element in the result background) that is not related to the game performance, for example, when executing the milestone notification (during the ending related to the special effect or within a specified number of times after the end of the special effect). Despite being in a situation where the continuation of an advantageous state (a flag for executing a big win, a C time, a reduction in working hours, etc.) is enabled based on the above, it is possible to give the player a sense of incongruity in executing a milestone notification (result presentation) related to the game performance as if it were ending as an announcement of results (ending) in the advantageous state, or showing the contents of the results obtained during the advantageous state (result display) as if it were ending, and from this, doubts related to processing mistakes related to game control or denial of accuracy in processing. It is possible to provide a gaming machine that includes the significance of throwing to the player that it may be a notification of specific content accompanied by a suggestion (objection claim) that presents (so-called falsehood). According to the present disclosure, it is possible to anticipate (predict) that further development of the game (continuation of consecutive games) awaits at a turning point when the advantageous state can be ended, and it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention B-6]
Invention B-6 comprises win-or-fail determination means for enabling a win-or-fail determination; game state switching means for enabling switching between a normal state and an advantageous state (win state and/or time-saving state) that is more advantageous than the normal state based on the determination result of the win-or-fail determination; and a judgment information acquisition means capable of acquiring judgment information (such as a random number) for making a judgment of success or failure by the success/failure determination means. Unlike the above-mentioned first milestone notification, it has a second means that enables execution of a second milestone notification indicating specific content (a specific element in the result background) that is not related to the game performance, and the above-mentioned second means is a gaming machine that can execute the above-mentioned second milestone notification when a specific hit (pending memory that is advantageous for the player) is indicated by preprocessing (prefetch determination of a variation pattern that can be linked to a winning random number) regarding determination information withheld during or before a special game. is.

According to the present disclosure, the effect execution means that can execute the milestone notification that can indicate the result content related to the game performance (result during the consecutive game) obtained by continuously performing the advantageous game (jackpot game related to the consecutive game / time-saving game) at the turning point By indicating specific content (specific element in the result background) that is not related to the game performance, for example, prejudgment (pre-reading) regarding the propriety of the execution of the milestone notification (suspension during special game or suspension before special game). Even though it is known that the execution is pending, which makes it possible to continue the advantageous state (flag for executing a big hit, a C win, etc.) based on the above, the player is given a sense of incongruity in executing a milestone notification (result effect) regarding the game performance as if it were ending as an announcement of the result (ending) in the advantageous state, or showing the content of the result obtained during the advantageous state (result display) as if it were ending. It is possible to provide a gaming machine that includes the significance of throwing to the player that it may be notification of specific content accompanied by a suggestion (objection) that denies sexuality (so-called falsehood). According to the present disclosure, it is possible to anticipate (predict) that further development of the game (continuation of consecutive games) awaits at a turning point when the advantageous state can be ended, and it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention C]
Invention C comprises win/fail determination means capable of making a determination for awarding a special prize that is advantageous to the player; effect notification means having an effect display section that indicates a predetermined effect including an indication of reliability as to whether or not a special prize will be awarded; display control means capable of displaying a reliability suggestive image capable of suggesting the degree of reliability and effect element images corresponding to the predetermined effect on the effect display section; Alternatively, while swinging, the brightness of a second image portion different from the first image portion in the effect display portion can be lowered before at least one of the reliability suggesting image and the effect element image moves or swings.

According to the present disclosure, the display control means is provided with a display control means that can display the reliability suggestive image and the effect element image on the display device, and the display control means is somewhere in the period from the start of the variable display of the special symbol (including the symbol variation before the start of the symbol variation to be read ahead) to the end of the stop display mode by the special symbol that shows the determination result (correct or not) in a identifiable manner (when making the relevant suspended icon equivalent to the suspended icon, when developing the effect in stages during the special symbol variation, etc.). and at least one of the effect element images is moved and/or swayed (associated with each other as a cooperative action), and the brightness of the layer (second image part) behind the front layer (first image part) showing the reliability suggestive image and effect element image, or other display parts (second image part other than the background display part and the first image part) other than the part showing the reliability suggestive image and effect element image, or the part showing the reliability suggestive image and effect element image (the second image part other than the background display part and the first image part) is made lower than the part (or normal state) showing the reliability suggestive image and the effect element image, thereby attracting the player's attention. By making it possible to raise the height, it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention C-1]
Invention C-1 is a game according to Invention C, wherein the display control means is capable of setting the color setting of the reliability suggestive image to one of a plurality of colors, the second setting means capable of setting the color of the effect element image to one of a plurality of colors, and the first and second setting means being capable of setting the same color according to the reliability, in addition to which only one can be set to a color corresponding to the reliability and the other can be set to a different color. It is technique.

According to the present disclosure, at a predetermined timing (when shifting to the reserved icon 9D corresponding to the reserved icon 9, when developing the effect in stages during the special figure fluctuation, etc.) when the special symbol that can notify the success or failure is displayed in a variable manner, the first setting means and the second setting means each of the first setting means and the second setting means from the discomfort caused by the color setting that differs from the other color setting (a color according to an intermediate reliability different from the lowest reliability and the highest reliability and a color that can be changed to another color). When the color setting of the game is displayed differently, it is possible to increase the degree of attention of the player and effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention C-2]
Invention C-2 is the gaming machine according to Invention C-1, wherein the display control means can set the performance pattern to a specific intermediate mode different from the predetermined intermediate mode at an intermediate opportunity before the determination result is indicated after the start of the predetermined presentation, and when the color settings by the first setting means and the second setting means are different, the specific intermediate mode is more likely to be set than when the color settings by the first setting means and the second setting means are the same.

According to the present disclosure, when the color setting is made different based on the first setting means and the second setting means, it becomes easier to make a specific intermediate mode using the production pattern that can suggest the development of the production than in the case where the first setting means or the second setting means sets only the color setting corresponding to the reliability as individual or parallel notification by the first setting means or the second setting means.

[Invention C-3]
Invention C-3 is the gaming machine according to Invention C-1, wherein the first setting means sets the color setting of the reliability suggesting image to a color corresponding to the reliability, and the second setting means sets the color setting of the effect element image to a color associated with a reliability one level higher or lower than the reliability associated with the color setting of the reliability suggesting image.

According to the present disclosure, when moving or swinging an effect element image that is one level higher or lower than the first color indicated by the reliability suggesting image, the reliability that can be different by at least one level, and the first color or more according to the reliability (for example, the higher reliability indicated by the look-ahead notification) can improve the expectation, thereby effectively increasing the amusement of the player playing the game.

[Invention C-4]
Invention C-4 is a win-or-fail determination means capable of making a determination (lottery based on the starting prize) using determination information (random numbers for winning, random numbers for special loss, etc.) for awarding special prizes (win [big win, small win, C time saving] / time saving) for awarding a special prize advantageous to the player; and display control means capable of displaying, in the effect display section, a reliability level suggesting image (the pending icon 9D or the pending icon 9) capable of suggesting a level of reliability, and effect element images (sub-patterns based on effects, color auras, characters, characters, symbols, pictures, etc.) that can appear in response to the progress of a predetermined effect. This game machine allows the brightness of a second image portion (background layer, a second display area other than the first display area) different from the image portion to be lower than before the start of movement or swinging of at least one of the reliability suggesting image and the performance element image (normal state, first image portion).

According to the present disclosure, the display control means is provided with a display control means that can display the reliability suggestive image and the effect element image on the display device, and the display control means is somewhere in the period from the start of the variable display of the special symbol (including the symbol variation before the start of the symbol variation to be read ahead) to the end of the stop display mode by the special symbol that shows the determination result (correct or not) in a identifiable manner (when making the relevant suspended icon equivalent to the suspended icon, when developing the effect in stages during the special symbol variation, etc.). and at least one of the effect element images is moved and/or swayed (associated with each other as a cooperative action), and the brightness of the layer (second image part) behind the front layer (first image part) showing the reliability suggestive image and effect element image, or other display parts (second image part other than the background display part and the first image part) other than the part showing the reliability suggestive image and effect element image, or the part showing the reliability suggestive image and effect element image (the second image part other than the background display part and the first image part) is made lower than the part (or normal state) showing the reliability suggestive image and the effect element image, thereby attracting the player's attention. By making it possible to raise the height, it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

The decrease in brightness in the second image portion may be maintained throughout the period from the start to the end of the movement or swing of the reliability suggesting image and effect element image, may be temporary, or may be repeated multiple times between the normal state and the decrease state indicated at the start of a predetermined effect (fluctuation pattern) (image like blinking).

Further, the above-mentioned reliability suggesting image may be a reliability suggesting image by setting the display color of the pending icon 9D or the pending icon 9 (so-called pending ball) to a display color corresponding to the reliability, or may be a reliability suggesting image by making the display color according to the reliability using a dedicated icon (so-called pseudo pending ball) for suggesting the reliability.

In addition, the display control means moves or swings at least one of the substitute effect element (such as a character placed in front of the image display device 7 for suggesting the reliability level) and the effect element image to function as a substitute for the reliability suggestive image, and adjusts the brightness of the second image portion (second display area other than the background layer and the first display region) different from the first image portion showing the substitute effect element and the effect element image to be higher than before the movement or swing of at least one of the substitute effect element and the effect element image (normal state, first image portion). You may make it possible to lower it.

In addition, the display control means moves or swings at least one of the substitute effect element (such as a character placed in front of the image display device 7 for suggesting the reliability level) and the reliability suggestive image that functions as a substitute for the effect element image, and adjusts the brightness of the second image part (second display area other than the background layer and the first display area) different from the first image part showing the substitute effect element and the reliability suggestive image from before the start of movement or swing of at least one of the substitute effect element and the effect element image (normal state, first image part). can also be reduced.

[Invention C-5]
Invention C-5 provides a win/loss determination means capable of making a decision (lottery based on the starting prize) using determination information (random numbers for wins, random numbers for special loss, etc.) for awarding special prizes (wins [big wins, small wins, C time-saving wins]/time-saving) for awarding advantageous prizes to the player, and making it possible to execute a win notification or a loss notification based on the determination results of the determination by the win/fail determination means, and a predetermined effect (symbol variation) including indication of the reliability of whether or not a special prize is awarded. ), a reliability indication image (the pending icon 9D and the pending icon 9) capable of suggesting the degree of reliability, and a display control means capable of displaying, on the effect display unit, a performance element image (a sub-pattern based on an effect, a color aura, a character, a character, a symbol, a picture, etc.) that can appear in response to a predetermined effect. This game machine moves or swings at least one of a reliability suggestive image and an effect element image in a first image part (foreground layer, first display area) of a display part, and makes it possible to lower the brightness of a second image part (background layer, a second display area other than the first display area) different from the first image part in the effect display part than before moving or swinging at least one of the reliability suggestive image and the effect element image (normal state, first image part).

According to the present disclosure, the display control means is provided with a display control means that can display the reliability suggestive image and the effect element image on the display device, and the display control means, when the winning notification can be executed rather than the execution of the losing notification, is somewhere in the period from the start of the special symbol variation display (including symbol variation before the start of the symbol variation to be read ahead) to the end of the special symbol stop display mode that indicates the determination result (correctness) in a identifiable manner (when making the suspension icon equivalent to the suspension icon, the special symbol When the production is developed step by step during figure fluctuation, etc.), at least one of the reliability suggestive image and the effect element image is moved and/or swayed (associated with each other as a cooperative action), while the brightness of the layer (second image part) behind the front layer (first image part) showing the reliability suggestive image and the effect element image, or other display parts (background display part, second image part other than the first image part) other than the part showing the reliability suggestive image and the effect element image (background display part, second image part other than the first image part). By facilitating lowering than the indicated portion (or normal state), it is possible to increase the degree of attention of the player and effectively enhance the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention C-6]
Invention C-6 provides a winning/failure determining means (lottery based on starting winnings) using determination information (random number for winning, random number for special loss, etc.) for awarding a special prize (hit [big win, small win, C time saving]/time saving) advantageous to the player; effect notification means (image display device 7) having a effect display section (liquid crystal screen) indicating a predetermined effect (symbol variation) including indication of reliability of whether or not a special prize is awarded; and a display control means capable of displaying, in the effect display section, a suggestible reliability level suggesting image (the pending icon 9D or the pending icon 9) and effect element images (sub-patterns based on effects, color auras, characters, characters, symbols, pictures, etc.) that can appear in response to a predetermined effect. This game machine enables the brightness in a second image portion (background layer, a second display area other than the first display area) different from the first image portion to be lower than before (normal state, first image portion) before cooperatively moving and/or swinging the reliability suggesting image and the effect element image.

According to the present disclosure, the display control means is provided with a display control means that can display the reliability suggestive image and the effect element image on the display device, and the display control means is somewhere in the period from the start of the variable display of the special symbol (including the symbol variation before the start of the symbol variation to be read ahead) to the end of the stop display mode by the special symbol that shows the determination result (correct or not) in a identifiable manner (when making the relevant suspended icon equivalent to the suspended icon, when developing the effect in stages during the special symbol variation, etc.). While cooperatively moving and/or swinging (associating with each other) the effect element images, the brightness of the layer (second image part) behind the front layer (first image part) showing the reliability suggestive image and effect element image, or other display parts (second image part other than the background display part and the first image part) other than the part showing the reliability suggestive image and effect element image (background display part, second image part other than the first image part) is made lower than the part (or normal state) showing the reliability suggestive image and effect element image, thereby increasing the player's attention. Thus, it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention C-7]
Invention C-7 is the invention according to any one of Inventions C-4 to C-6, wherein the display control means comprises a first setting means capable of setting the color setting of the reliability suggesting image to one color from a plurality of colors (for example, white, blue, green, and red), a second setting means capable of setting the color setting of the effect element image to one color from a plurality of colors (for example, white, green, and red), and preliminary processing (can be linked to a winning random number) regarding determination information (suspended storage information) that is suspended due to execution of a predetermined effect. and a third setting means capable of setting (notifying according to the degree of reliability) related to the suggested reliability by predictive determination of the fluctuation pattern, etc., and the first setting means and the second setting means set the color of either the reliability suggesting image or the effect element image to the first color (green) according to the reliability of the setting by the third setting means. , blue or red, etc.).

According to the present disclosure, at a predetermined timing (when shifting to the reserved icon 9D corresponding to the reserved icon 9, when developing the effect in stages during the special figure fluctuation, etc.) when the special symbol that can notify the success or failure is displayed in a variable manner, the first setting means and the second setting means each of the first setting means and the second setting means from the discomfort caused by the color setting that differs from the other color setting (a color according to an intermediate reliability different from the lowest reliability and the highest reliability and a color that can be changed to another color). When the color setting of the game is displayed differently, it is possible to increase the degree of attention of the player and effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

Further, a fourth setting means capable of suggestive setting (notification according to the degree of reliability of the reservation icon 9D) related to the reliability of the pattern variation based on the judgment processing using the judgment information by the success/failure judging means (judgment of the variation pattern that can be linked to the winning random number). It may be made different from the first color (green) of either the reliability suggestive image or the effect element image.
[Invention C-8]
Invention C-8 according to any one of Inventions C-4 to C-7, wherein the display control means makes it possible to display a production pattern that can be shown during the predetermined production in a specific intermediate mode (reach, SP reach, pseudo-run, etc.) different from the predetermined intermediate mode (non-reach or N-reach) at an intermediate opportunity (during development of the performance) from the start of the predetermined performance to before the result of determination based on the determination information is displayed, and sets the first color and the second color different from the first color according to the reliability. In this case, at least one of the first setting means and the second setting means (including any of separate opportunities/simultaneous opportunities) makes it easier to perform the above-mentioned specific midway mode than when only the color corresponding to the reliability is set.

According to the present disclosure, when the color setting is made different based on the first setting means and the second setting means, it becomes easier to make a specific intermediate mode using the production pattern that can suggest the development of the production than in the case where the first setting means or the second setting means sets only the color setting corresponding to the reliability as individual or parallel notification by the first setting means or the second setting means.

[Invention C-9]
Invention C-9 is the gaming machine according to any one of Inventions C-4 to C-7, wherein the first setting means sets the color setting of the reliability suggesting image to a color corresponding to the reliability level, and the second setting means sets the color setting of the effect element image to a color associated with a reliability level that is at least one level higher or lower than the reliability level associated with the set color of the reliability suggesting image.

According to the present disclosure, when moving or swinging an effect element image that is one level higher or lower than the first color indicated by the reliability suggesting image, the reliability that can be different by at least one level, and the first color or more according to the reliability (for example, the higher reliability indicated by the look-ahead notification) can improve the expectation, thereby effectively increasing the amusement of the player playing the game.

[Invention C-10]
Invention C-10 according to any one of Inventions C-4 to C-7, wherein the first setting means sets the color setting of the reliability suggesting image to a first color according to the reliability, the second setting means sets the color setting of the effect element image to a second color according to a reliability level higher or lower than the reliability level associated with the first color by a predetermined level (for example, including any one of one level, two levels, or three levels), and the display control means comprises at least one of the effect elements. This gaming machine is characterized in that the brightness can be lowered according to when an image is moved or oscillated (eg, changes in motion according to a predetermined period or a predetermined mode).

According to the present disclosure, by making it possible to lower the brightness in response to the movement or swinging of the effect element image, which is higher than the first color indicated by the reliability suggestive image by a predetermined level, it is possible to increase the player's attention and to improve the expectation beyond the color corresponding to the reliability indicated by the reliability suggestive image (for example, pre-reading notification), thereby effectively increasing the interest of the player playing the game.

Further, according to the present disclosure, by making it possible to lower the brightness in accordance with the movement or swinging of the effect element image, which is lower than the first color indicated by the reliability suggestive image by a predetermined level, the player's attention is increased, and the expectation of the color higher than the reliability indicated by the effect element image (for example, the higher reliability indicated by the pre-reading notification) can be improved, and the interest of the player playing the game can be effectively improved.

[Invention D]
Invention D includes determination information acquisition means capable of acquiring determination information (random hits, exceptional random numbers, etc.) for awarding advantageous special prizes (hit [big hits, small wins, C time saving] / time saving), predetermined requirements (predetermined implementation requirements; start conditions for variable production), determination means capable of executing determinations on determination information when predetermined requirements are satisfied, and prior suggestion notification regarding determination information before predetermined requirements are satisfied (for example, destination based on a variation pattern that can be linked to the winning random number. a first performance executing means capable of developing the first intermediate mode of the performance pattern being executed into a second midway mode (specific variable performance; reach, etc.) at an intermediate opportunity from the start of the variable display of the performance symbols for indicating the judgment result (correctness) to showing the judgment result (correct or not) and a first performance execution means capable of developing the second intermediate mode (specific variable performance; reach, etc.); and a third effect execution means capable of developing a first suggesting pattern (the holding icon 9D, the holding of the white ball) into a second suggesting pattern (the holding of the blue ball) different from the first suggesting pattern (the holding of the blue ball) based on the execution of the advance suggestion notification. This game machine is characterized in that it is easier to execute than in the case of a combination of specific numerical symbols (x3).

Thus, in the introduction performance (such as the beginning of the variable performance) that can lead to the display formation of the performance symbols that are variably displayed on the display device (image display device 7) from the first intermediate mode to the second midway mode (specific intermediate mode; specific outcomes such as reach, reach, or losing), it is possible to display the first suggested symbol (such as the white pending icon 9D) for assisting the performance, and the first stage is exceeded at a predetermined opportunity (such as the timing of performing a pattern re-variation) during the execution of the introduction performance. It is possible to display a first notification (first advance notice) that can display a specific numerical pattern (reference image 7g), and a second suggested pattern (the blue pending icon 9D) that is different from the first suggested pattern based on a prior suggestion notice (prefetched notice), and a second notice (second advance notice) that can display a predetermined numerical pattern (second image 7f) that is stepwise lower than the above based on a predetermined opportunity during execution of the introduction effect. When the above-mentioned first notification becomes executable, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can provide a case where it is possible to suggest that it will be easier to develop into a second intermediate mode (SP reach etc.) that can notify the increase in reliability of whether or not the special prize will be awarded at an intermediate opportunity before the judgment result (correctness) is indicated. According to the present disclosure, even when the second suggesting symbol that is changed from the first suggesting symbol and the low numerical symbol in multiple stages (or the numerical symbol that the first display color is set) are displayed as a composite (combination), it is possible to increase the variation related to the development to the second intermediate mode (increase the execution rate of the second intermediate mode when the second notification is performed), and it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention D-1]
In Invention D-1, in Invention D, the third effect executing means can develop the display color associated with the second suggestive symbol to either a first display color representing a first degree of reliability with respect to whether or not a special prize will be awarded, or a second display color representing a second degree of reliability higher than the first reliability, and the development to the second intermediate mode is the second suggestive symbol of the second display color related to the color setting in the case of a combination of the second suggestive symbol of the first display color related to the color setting and a predetermined numerical symbol. This gaming machine is characterized in that it is easier to execute than when it is used alone (that is, it is only the second suggestive symbol and not combined with the numerical symbol).

According to the present disclosure, in the above-described introductory effect, only by displaying the second suggesting pattern in which the second display color (for example, green with lower reliability than red and red with lower reliability than gold) is set, than when the predetermined numerical pattern and the specific numerical pattern are not displayed, the second suggesting pattern in which the first display color (for example, blue with lower reliability than green) is set is displayed, and when the predetermined numerical pattern (second image 7f) is displayed, the second intermediate mode (SP reach etc.) It is possible to provide a gaming machine that can provide at least a case where suggestions that facilitate the development of the game can be provided, and it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention D-2]
Invention D-2 is the gaming machine according to Invention D, wherein the second intermediate mode includes at least temporarily associating the second display color with the performance symbol.

According to the present disclosure, based on the execution of the above-described second notification, it is possible to form a display in an intermediate manner (re-variation display, step-up variation display, pseudo-continuous variation display, etc.) using the performance symbol represented by the second display color based on the reliability (possibility of winning) higher than that of the first display color.

[Invention D-3]
Invention D-3 includes determination information acquisition means capable of acquiring determination information (random number, exceptional random number, etc.) for awarding advantageous special prizes (win [big win, small win, C time saving] / time saving), determination means capable of executing determination of determination information when predetermined implementation requirements (conditions for starting variable performance) are satisfied, and advance suggestion notification regarding determination information before predetermined implementation requirements are satisfied (for example, based on a variation pattern that can be linked to the winning random number). and an effect executing means capable of executing a variable effect that variably displays the effect symbol that can indicate the determination result of the determination by the determining means. Second execution means capable of increasing the numerical symbol (×2, second image 7f) to a specific numerical symbol (×3, reference image 7g) (development into step-by-step reliability suggestion), and third execution means capable of developing (retaining change) the first suggestive symbol (the relevant pending icon 9D, the relevant pending white ball) that can be shown during the execution of the variable performance by the production design into a second suggestive pattern (the relevant pending blue ball) that is different from the first suggested pattern based on the execution of the above-mentioned advance suggestion notification. , and the above-mentioned development to the specific variable effect is made easier to execute in the case of the combination of the second suggestive symbol (blue ball) and the predetermined numerical symbol (x2) than in the case of the combination of the first suggestive symbol (white ball) and the specific numerical symbol (x3) (as one aspect of the branching pattern related to the effect variation).

As a result, in the introduction performance (such as the beginning of the variation performance) that can lead to the display formation of a specific midway mode (a specific outcome such as a ready-to-win, a ready-to-win, or a losing eye), the first suggesting pattern (such as the white pending icon 9D) for assisting the performance can be displayed, and a specific numerical pattern (reference image) that exceeds the first stage at a predetermined opportunity (such as the timing of re-fluctuation of the pattern) during the execution of the introductory effect. 7g) can be displayed, and a second suggestion pattern (the blue pending icon 9D) different from the first suggestion pattern can be displayed based on the advance suggestion notice (foreread notice), and a second notice (second notice notice) that can display a predetermined numerical pattern (second image 7f) that is stepwise lower than the above based on a predetermined trigger during execution of the introduction effect is made executable. When the second notice is executable, the above-mentioned first notice is made. It is possible to provide a game machine capable of providing a case in which it is possible to provide a case in which it is possible to make a suggestion to the effect that it is likely to develop into a specific variable performance (SP reach etc.) capable of informing an increase in the reliability of whether or not a special prize will be awarded at an intermediate opportunity before showing a judgment result (whether or not) rather than when it becomes executable. According to the present disclosure, even when the second suggestive symbol that is changed from the first suggestive symbol and the low numerical value symbol in multiple stages (or the numerical value symbol to which the first display color is set) are displayed as a composite (combination), it is possible to increase the variation related to the development to the specific variable effect (increase the execution rate of the specific variable effect when the second notification is executed), and it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention D-4]
Invention D-4 includes determination information acquisition means capable of acquiring determination information (random numbers, exceptional random numbers, etc.) for awarding advantageous special prizes (wins [big wins, small wins, C time saving] / time saving), determination means capable of executing determination of determination information when predetermined implementation requirements (variation performance start conditions) are satisfied, and prior suggestion notification regarding determination information before predetermined implementation requirements are satisfied (for example, based on a variation pattern that can be linked to the winning random number). and an effect executing means capable of executing a variable effect that variably displays the effect symbol that can indicate the determination result of the determination by the determining means. Second execution means capable of increasing the numerical symbol (×2, second image 7f) to a specific numerical symbol (×3, reference image 7g) (development into step-by-step reliability suggestion), and third execution means capable of developing (retaining change) the first suggestive symbol (the relevant pending icon 9D, the relevant pending white ball) that can be shown during the execution of the variable performance by the production design into a second suggestive pattern (the relevant pending blue ball) that is different from the first suggested pattern based on the execution of the above-mentioned advance suggestion notification. and a fourth execution means capable of color setting (for example, a setting in which the reliability increases in the order of white < blue < green < red < gold) to set the display color associated with the second suggestive pattern to either the first display color (blue) indicating that the reliability is higher than in the normal state, or the second display color (green) that indicates that the reliability is higher than the reliability represented by the first display color and lower than the maximum reliability. This game machine is characterized in that, when shown as a composite (combination) of a blue ball) and a predetermined numerical pattern (x2), it is easier to execute than when only the second suggestive pattern (green ball) to which the second display color is set is not shown as a composite related to the numerical pattern (this is one aspect of the branching pattern related to the production variation).

Thus, in an introductory performance (such as the beginning of a variable performance) that can lead to display formation of a specific midway mode (a specific outcome such as a ready-to-win game, a ready-to-win game, or a losing game), the performance symbols variably displayed on the display device (image display device 7) can be displayed stepwise during the execution of the introductory performance only by making it possible to display a specific second suggested pattern (the green pending icon 9D) different from the first suggested pattern for assisting the performance based on the advance suggestion notification (pre-reading notification). It is possible to display a first notification (first advance notice) that is not shown as a composite related to the numerical patterns (second image 7f, reference image 7g) that can be used, and a predetermined second suggested pattern (the blue pending icon 9D) that is different from the specific second suggested pattern based on the advance suggestion notice. ) can be executed, and when the above-mentioned second notification becomes executable, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can provide a case where it is possible to provide a case where it is easier to develop a specific variable performance (such as SP reach) that can notify an increase in the reliability of whether or not a special prize will be granted at an opportunity midway before the judgment result (correctness) is indicated than when the above-mentioned second notification becomes executable. According to the present disclosure, it is possible to increase the variation related to the development of a specific variable effect (increase the execution rate of the specific variable effect when the second notification is executed) even if it is shown as a combination of the second suggested symbol (blue ball) with low reliability that can be changed from the first suggested symbol and the low numerical value symbol (or the numerical value symbol to which the first display color (blue) is set) in multiple stages, and it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention D-5]
Invention D-5 includes determination information acquisition means capable of acquiring determination information (random number, exceptional random number, etc.) for awarding advantageous special prizes (win [big win, small win, C time saving] / time saving), determination means capable of determining determination information when a predetermined implementation requirement (variation performance start condition) is satisfied, and advance suggestion notification regarding determination information before the predetermined implementation requirement is satisfied (for example, a destination based on a variation pattern that can be linked to the winning random number. and an effect executing means capable of executing a variable effect that variably displays the effect symbol that can indicate the determination result of the determination by the determining means. Second execution means capable of increasing the numerical symbol (×2, second image 7f) to a specific numerical symbol (×3, reference image 7g) (development into step-by-step reliability suggestion), and third execution means capable of developing (retaining change) the first suggestive symbol (the relevant pending icon 9D, the relevant pending white ball) that can be shown during the execution of the variable performance by the production design into a second suggestive pattern (the relevant pending blue ball) that is different from the first suggested pattern based on the execution of the above-mentioned advance suggestion notification. and a fourth execution means capable of color setting (for example, a setting in which the reliability increases in the order of white < blue < green < red < gold) to set the display color associated with the second suggestive pattern to either the first display color (blue) indicating that the reliability is higher than in the normal state, or the second display color (green) that indicates that the reliability is higher than the reliability represented by the first display color and lower than the maximum reliability. This game machine is characterized in that when it is shown as a combination of a blue ball) and a specific numerical pattern (x3), it is easier to execute than when it is shown as a combination of a second suggestive pattern (green ball) to which a second display color is set and a predetermined numerical pattern (x2) (this is one mode of a branching pattern related to the effect variation).

This makes it possible to display a specific second suggested pattern (green pending icon 9D) different from the first suggested pattern for assisting the production based on the advance suggestion notification (pre-reading notification) in the introduction effect (such as the beginning of the variable effect) that can lead to the display formation of a specific midway mode (a specific outcome such as a ready-to-win, a ready-to-win, or a losing win) from the effect symbols variably displayed on the display device (image display device 7). A first notification (first notice notification) that can display a predetermined numerical pattern (second image 7f) that is stepwise lower based on the timing of pattern re-variation, etc., and a predetermined second suggested pattern (the blue reserved icon 9D) that is different from the specific second suggested pattern based on the advance suggestion notification can be displayed. It is possible to provide a game machine capable of providing a case where a second notification (second advance notice) that can display a specific numerical pattern) can be executed, and when the above-mentioned second notification becomes executable, it is possible to provide a case in which it is possible to provide a case where it is easier to develop a specific variable performance (such as SP reach) that can notify an increase in the reliability of whether or not a special prize will be awarded halfway before the judgment result (correctness) is indicated than when the above-mentioned first notification becomes executable. According to the present disclosure, even if the second suggested symbol that is changed from the first suggested symbol is indicated as a low reliability (blue ball) in multiple stages, if it is indicated as a composite of a predetermined numerical symbol (reference image 7g (x 3) and a numerical symbol in which a second display color (such as green or red with a higher degree of reliability than blue) is set), it is possible to increase the variation related to development to a specific variable effect (increase the execution rate of a specific variable effect when the second notification is performed). is enabled, and it is possible to effectively improve interest in the player playing the game.

[Invention D-6]
Invention D-6 is according to any one of Inventions D-3 to D-5, wherein the effect execution means further comprises a fourth execution means capable of setting the display color associated with the second suggestion pattern to one color from a plurality of colors (for example, a setting in which the reliability increases in the order of white < blue < green < red < gold), and the development to the above-mentioned specific variable effect (reach, etc.) includes the second suggestion pattern (blue ball) and the predetermined numerical pattern (x 2) of the first display color related to the aforementioned color setting. ), only the second suggestive symbol (green ball) to which the second display color indicating that the degree of reliability is higher than the first display color is set is displayed as a combination of the above-mentioned numerical symbols, which is easier to execute than the case of not being represented as a combination related to the above-mentioned numerical symbols (this is one aspect of the branching pattern related to the effect variation).

According to the present disclosure, in the above-described introductory effect, the second suggestive pattern in which the second display color (green with lower reliability than red, red with lower reliability than gold) is set is displayed, and the second suggestive pattern in which the first display color (blue with lower reliability than green) is set is displayed than when the predetermined numerical pattern and the specific numerical pattern are not displayed. It is possible to provide a gaming machine that can provide at least a case where the suggestion to make it easier is provided, and it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention D-7]
Invention D-7 is, in any one of Inventions D-3 to D-6, wherein the effect execution means makes it easier to execute the development to the above-described specific variable effect (such as reach) as a combination of a second suggestive symbol (blue ball) to which a first display color (blue) is set and a specific numerical symbol (x3) than a combination of a second suggestive symbol (green ball) to which a second display color (green) is set and a predetermined numerical symbol (x2) (branches related to effect variations) This is a game machine characterized by the following:

According to the present disclosure, in the above-described introductory effect, a second suggestive pattern with a second display color (green with a lower reliability than red and red with a lower reliability than gold) is displayed, and a second suggestive pattern with a first display color (blue with a lower reliability than green) is displayed than when a predetermined numerical pattern (second image 7f) is displayed. It is possible to provide a game machine capable of providing at least a case of making a suggestion that facilitates development to a specific variable performance (SP reach, etc.), and to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention D-8]
Invention D-8 is a gaming machine according to any one of Inventions D-3 to D-6, wherein the effect execution means enables execution to identify, as a midway mode (temporary stop, etc.) before indicating a determination result (correctness) by the determination means, a effect pattern set with a third display color (red, gold, rainbow, etc.) capable of suggesting a higher reliability than the second display color (green) when developing into the above-described specific variable effect (ready-to-win, etc.).

According to the present disclosure, based on the execution of the above-described second notification, it is possible to form a display in an intermediate mode (such as re-variation display, step-up variation display, pseudo-continuous variation display, etc.) using the performance symbol represented by the third display color based on the reliability (possibility of winning) higher than the second display color (green), so that it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

In addition, as a modification, based on the provisional display formation (timing of re-variation of the pattern) in the midway mode by the production pattern represented by the third display color (the timing of re-fluctuation of the pattern), it is possible to execute the effect of making a predetermined haunting pattern appear (for example, the dynamic mode of irradiating the reserved icon 9D with a light beam image from the UFO image). An effect of changing to a second suggested symbol (red ball) to which a color (gold or rainbow) is set may be made executable.

[Invention D-9]
Invention D-9 is any one of Inventions D-3 to D-8, wherein the effect executing means sets the display color associated with the second suggestive pattern to either a first display color (blue) indicating that the reliability is higher than in a normal state, or a second display color (green) that is higher than the reliability indicated by the first display color and lower than the maximum reliability (e.g., hot suggestion, strong hit suggestion, gold, rainbow color, etc.) (for example, white < blue < green < red < gold). This is a gaming machine characterized by enabling a setting in which reliability increases in order).

According to the present disclosure, in the above-described introductory effect, for example, by only displaying the second suggestive pattern in which the second display color (green with lower reliability than red, red with lower reliability than gold) is set, the second suggestive pattern in which the first display color (blue with lower reliability than green) is set is displayed than when the predetermined numerical pattern and the specific numerical pattern are not displayed. It is possible to provide a gaming machine that can provide at least a case where a suggestion that facilitates development can be provided, and it is possible to effectively improve the interest of the player playing the game.

[Invention E]
Invention E is a gaming machine comprising effect executing means capable of executing a predetermined effect using a notification element capable of suggesting the result of a right/fail decision, and operation means allowing a player to perform an input operation at a predetermined operation opportunity during the progress of the predetermined effect (during pattern variation). Alternatively, a second means capable of executing a second notification selectively including a specific notification element (red characters or a special character) different from the aspect of the normal notification element, and a third means capable of executing a third notification including a first input notification element (button image) prompting an input to the operation means in the progress state before the first notification, and in the case of a combination of the second notification and the third notification including the above-mentioned specific notification element (specific second button effect), the second notification and the third notification including the above-mentioned normal notification element. (predetermined second button effect), the gaming machine is characterized in that the above-mentioned first notification is more likely to be executed.

According to the present disclosure, the second notification according to the variable effect indicating the specific notification element (notification that can give discomfort as a different aspect compared to the normal notification, non-normal comment image 7I) and the third notification (button notification) that prompts the input operation are combined (combined) and executable. It is possible to provide a game machine that facilitates execution by making it easier to execute by making it easier to execute a notification mode of development performance (reach, judge performance, a dot mode showing ``7? As a result, interest can be effectively improved as a button performance (operation instruction image) of a specific mode that can suggest an increase in the reliability of whether or not the determination result of success or failure is successful during the execution of the first notification or just before the first notification is performed, and novel motivation to operate the operation means for the player and a sense of accomplishment by the operation of the operation means (pressing the button) can be given.

[Invention E-1]
In Invention E-1, in Invention E, the effect executing means further comprises a fourth means capable of executing a fourth notification including a second input notification element prompting an input to the operation means, the fourth notification suggesting whether or not to execute the first notification before the progress state of performing the first notification. It is a game machine characterized by making it easy to play.

According to the present disclosure, when the first half effect (specific second button effect) that combines the second and third notifications indicating the specific notification element can be executed at a predetermined opportunity (during the re-variation effect of the effect pattern including the operation opportunity, the first half of the effect execution period, etc.) that enables input suggestion by the operation means, when the operation means is pressed (input operation), the first half effect (predetermined second button effect) that combines the second and third notifications that indicate the normal notification element is executable. It is a specific mode different from the third notification (operation instruction image 63c1) of the mode shown in the production, and is made to be a predetermined fourth notification (operation instruction image 63c2) that suggests whether or not to execute the above-mentioned first notification. It is possible to provide a gaming machine that makes it easier to make a predetermined fourth notification according to a corresponding specific mode. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with a novel motivation to operate the operating means, thereby effectively enhancing the interest of the player in playing the game.

[Invention E-2]
Invention E-2 is a gaming machine according to Invention E-1, wherein the first means executes the first notification only when a fourth notification suggesting execution of the first notification is executed by the fourth means.

According to the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that can suggest that the reliability (probability) of deriving a predetermined winning result (big win, small win, C short win based on win/fail judgment) is high when the fourth notification (button image of a specific mode) regarding the execution of development effects such as ready-to-win is performed. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with a novel motivation to operate the operating means, thereby effectively enhancing the interest of the player in playing the game.

[Invention E-3]
Invention E-3 is a gaming machine comprising: effect execution means capable of executing a predetermined effect using a notification element (such as a effect image) that can suggest a win/fail judgment result (big win, small win, C short win); A first means that can execute the first notification using a developmental notification element (such as a judgment effect that can suggest an increase in the reliability of whether the judgment result is a hit or not) according to the progress of the predetermined effect, and a second means that selectively indicates a normal notification element (white characters, a normal character image, etc.) or a specific notification element different from the normal notification element (a red character, a special character image, etc.) at a predetermined opportunity (such as N reach including the operation opportunity) before performing the first notification. A second means capable of executing notification, and a third means capable of executing third notification indicating an input notification element (operation instruction image 63c1, operation instruction image 63c2) that can be a suggestion (button notification, repeated hit notification, etc.) to prompt input to the operation means according to the above-described operation opportunity, and when the second and third notifications indicating the above-mentioned specific notification elements can be combined and executed (a specific second button effect), the second and third notifications indicating the above-mentioned normal notification elements are combined. This game machine is characterized in that a predetermined third notification (first button performance corresponding to execution of the above-mentioned first notification) can be easily executed after the above-mentioned predetermined trigger, rather than being executable (predetermined second button performance).

According to the present disclosure, the second notification according to the variable effect indicating the specific notification element (notification that can give discomfort as a different mode compared to the normal notification, non-normal comment image 7I) and the third notification (button notification) that prompts the input operation are combined and executable. ) (such as reach, judge performance, and appearance of ``7?7'' based on the red performance pattern), or a predetermined third notification related to a mode corresponding to the suggestion of execution of the development performance, making it easier to execute, and making the player want to press (input operation) the operation means can be provided. As a result, interest can be effectively improved as a button performance (operation instruction image) of a specific mode that can suggest an increase in the reliability of whether or not the determination result of success or failure is successful during the execution of the first notification or just before the first notification is performed, and novel motivation to operate the operation means for the player and a sense of accomplishment by the operation of the operation means (pressing the button) can be given.

Regarding the operation means (one or more types of operation means that can be installed in the pachinko game machine), the operation means α (for example, a production button) that prompts the player to perform an input operation as a third notification according to the combination with the second notification that is performed before the predetermined effect (before the predetermined trigger), and the target that prompts the player to perform the input operation as a predetermined third notification during the execution of the first notification that is performed after the predetermined effect (after the predetermined trigger) or as a predetermined third notification according to the execution suggestion. The target operation means β (for example, a select button, a lever, etc.) may be different from each other, or the operation means may be the same.

Further, regarding the specific notification element or the normal notification element, it may be a dynamic additional image (for example, a character such as a UFO) for prompting the action of the input operation (button depression) on the button image (input notification element, operation instruction image) corresponding to the variable effect, or an additional image (for example, a character symbol of a comment regarding the operation instruction) related to the button image (input notification element, operation instruction image) related to the input operation.

In addition, regarding the first notification using the development notification element, for example, it may be based on the execution of development production showing a special mode (e.g., special color, pattern, etc.) that suggests a high degree of reliability, such as a confirmed hit or a strong hit.

[Invention E-4]
Invention E-4 is a gaming machine comprising: effect execution means capable of executing a predetermined effect using a notification element (effect image, etc.) that can suggest a win/fail judgment result (big win, small win, C short win); A first means that can execute a first notification using an advanced notification element (judgment performance that can suggest an increase in the reliability of whether the judgment result is hit or not) according to the progress of the predetermined performance, and a second notification that can execute a second notification that selectively indicates a normal notification element (white characters, normal character image, etc.) or a specific notification element different from the normal notification element (red characters, special character image, etc.) at a predetermined opportunity (N-reach time, etc.) before performing the first notification. and a third means capable of executing a third notification showing an input notification element (operation instruction image 63c1, operation instruction image 63c2) that prompts an input to the operation means (button notification, repeated press notification, etc.) according to the above-mentioned operation opportunity, and when it is possible to execute a composite notification (specific second button effect) that combines the specific notification element indicated by the second notification and the input notification element indicated by the third notification above. And the game machine characterized by making it easier to execute the predetermined third notification (the first button effect in response to the execution of the first notification) after the above-described predetermined trigger, rather than the case where the composite notification combining the input notification elements shown in the third notification is executable (predetermined second button effect).

According to the present disclosure, when it is possible to perform a composite notification that combines a second notification corresponding to a variable effect indicating a specific notification element and a third notification that prompts an input operation (for example, an image configuration that inserts a special image that can give a sense of discomfort as a different aspect compared to the normal mode on the button pressing surface of the button image) can be executed. The game machine can provide a game machine that makes it easier to execute again by making it easier to execute again by making it possible to execute the execution mode related to the development performance after that (after a predetermined opportunity) (e.g., reach, judge performance, and the appearance mode showing "7?7" based on the red performance pattern) or the mode according to the execution suggestion of the development performance. As a result, interest can be effectively improved as a button performance (operation instruction image) of a specific mode that can suggest an increase in the reliability of whether or not the determination result of success or failure is successful during the execution of the first notification or just before the first notification is performed, and novel motivation to operate the operation means for the player and a sense of accomplishment by the operation of the operation means (pressing the button) can be given.

[Invention E-5]
Invention E-5 is a gaming machine comprising: effect execution means capable of executing a predetermined effect using a notification element (such as a effect image) that can suggest a win/fail judgment result (big win, small win, C short win); A first means that can execute a first notification using an advanced notification element (judgment performance that can suggest an increase in the reliability of whether the judgment result is hit or not) according to the progress of the predetermined performance, and a second notification that can execute a second notification that selectively indicates a normal notification element (white characters, normal character image, etc.) or a specific notification element different from the normal notification element (red characters, special character image, etc.) at a predetermined opportunity (N-reach time, etc.) before performing the first notification. and a third means capable of executing a third notification indicating an input notification element (operation instruction image 63c1, operation instruction image 63c2) that prompts an input to the operation means (button notification, repeated press notification, etc.) according to the above-mentioned operation opportunity, and making it possible to execute a compound notification (specific second button effect) in which at least one of the specific notification element indicated by the second notification and the input notification element indicated by the third notification is moved or swung (associated with each other). In addition, the game machine is characterized in that it is easier to execute the predetermined third notification (the first button effect according to the execution of the first notification) after the above-described predetermined trigger than the case where the compound notification that moves or swings (associates with each other) at least one of the normal notification element indicated by the second notification and the input notification element indicated by the third notification is executable (predetermined second button effect).

According to the present disclosure, when it is possible to execute a composite notification that moves or swings at least one of the second notification corresponding to the variable effect indicating the specific notification element and the third notification that prompts the input operation (for example, a moving image configuration that associates a specific additional image related to the operation instruction image and a different aspect with each other). , a moving image configuration in which an operation instruction image and an unspecified additional image related to a normal mode are associated with each other) can be executed after that (after a predetermined trigger), and a predetermined third notification related to an execution mode related to a development performance (e.g., reach or judge performance, a roll mode indicating "7?7" based on a red performance pattern, etc.), or a predetermined third notification related to a mode according to the execution suggestion to perform the development performance, to make it easier to execute again, and make the player want to press the operation means (input operation). available. As a result, interest can be effectively improved as a button performance (operation instruction image) of a specific mode that can suggest an increase in the reliability of whether or not the determination result of success or failure is successful during the execution of the first notification or just before the first notification is performed, and novel motivation to operate the operation means for the player and a sense of accomplishment by the operation of the operation means (pressing the button) can be given.

[Invention E-6]
Invention E-6 is a gaming machine according to any one of Inventions E-3 to E-5, wherein the predetermined third notification (operation instruction image 63c2, operation instruction image 63c3) is different from the third notification (operation instruction image 63c1) shown as a combination with the second notification.

According to the present disclosure, when the first half effect (specific second button effect) that combines the second and third notifications indicating the specific notification element can be executed at a predetermined opportunity (during the re-variation effect of the effect pattern including the operation opportunity, the first half of the effect execution period, etc.) that enables input suggestion by the operation means, when the operation means is pressed (input operation), the first half effect (predetermined second button effect) that combines the second and third notifications that indicate the normal notification element is executable. The production that can be executed by making it possible to perform a predetermined third notification (operation instruction image 63c2) according to a specific mode different from the third notification (operation instruction image 63c1) of the mode shown in the production is made easy to execute after the above-mentioned predetermined trigger, and at least either before the first notification after the above-mentioned predetermined trigger is performed or during the execution of the first notification (including the start time). It is possible to provide a gaming machine that makes it easier to suggest that the likelihood of the game is high. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with a novel motivation to operate the operating means, thereby effectively enhancing the interest of the player in playing the game.

[Invention E-7]
Invention E-7 is a gaming machine according to any one of Inventions E-3 to E-6, wherein the effect executing means can execute a predetermined third notification (operation instruction image 63c2, operation instruction image 63c3) that suggests that the first notification will be performed after a predetermined trigger (while the predetermined effect is in progress) and before the first notification is performed.

According to the present disclosure, when the first half effect (specific second button effect) that combines the second and third notifications indicating the specific notification element can be executed at a predetermined opportunity (during the re-variation effect of the effect pattern including the operation opportunity, the first half of the effect execution period, etc.) that enables input suggestion by the operation means, when the operation means is pressed (input operation), the first half effect (predetermined second button effect) that combines the second and third notifications that indicate the normal notification element is executable. A predetermined third notification (operation instruction image 63c2) according to a specific mode different from the third notification (operation instruction image 63c1) of the mode shown in the production is performed, and a development performance (first report) is performed using a developmental presentation (first report) that suggests that the reliability (probability) of deriving a predetermined winning result (big win, small win, C short win based on win/fail judgment) after the above-mentioned predetermined trigger is high. A game machine can be provided. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with a novel motivation to operate the operating means, thereby effectively enhancing the interest of the player in playing the game.

[Invention E-8]
Invention E-8 is a gaming machine according to any one of Inventions E-3 to E-6, wherein the effect executing means is capable of executing the first notification as a predetermined third notification (operation instruction image 63c2, operation instruction image 63c3) based on the effect mode performed using the development notification element.

According to the present disclosure, when the first half effect (specific second button effect) that combines the second and third notifications indicating the specific notification element can be executed at a predetermined opportunity (during the re-variation effect of the effect pattern including the operation opportunity, the first half of the effect execution period, etc.) that enables input suggestion by the operation means, when the operation means is pressed (input operation), the first half effect (predetermined second button effect) that combines the second and third notifications that indicate the normal notification element is executable. A predetermined third notification (operation instruction image 63c2) according to a specific mode different from the third notification (operation instruction image 63c1) of the mode shown in the performance is performed, and a predetermined third notification related to a specific mode is performed according to the performance mode when executing the development presentation (first report) using the development notification element that suggests that the reliability (probability) of deriving the predetermined winning result (big hit, small win, C short win based on the win/fail judgment) is high after the above-mentioned predetermined trigger. It is possible to provide a game machine that makes it easier to lose. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with a novel motivation to operate the operating means, thereby effectively enhancing the interest of the player in playing the game.

[Invention E-9]
Invention E-9 is according to any one of Inventions E-3 to E-6, wherein the effect executing means further comprises a fourth means capable of displaying a predetermined effect using the aforementioned notification element on the effect display section (image display device 7), and in the first image section (foreground layer, first display area) of the aforementioned effect display section, when the second and third notifications indicating the specific notification element can be combined and displayed, the second and third notifications indicating the normal notification element can be displayed in combination, compared to the case where the second and third notifications indicating the normal notification element can be displayed. The gaming machine is characterized in that the brightness of a second image portion (second display area other than the background layer and the first display area) different from the first image portion in the effect display portion of (1) can be reduced.

According to the present disclosure, the display area of the display device showing the operation instruction image (input notification element) and the specific additional image (specific notification element) is set to be the main display (bright), and other images (effect design, background image, etc.) in the effect display section can be changed to a low brightness display state that darkens, thereby making it possible to improve the attention level of the operation instruction image and the specific additional image, and when the display state is changed to the low brightness display state. It is possible to provide a gaming machine in which the execution control of the third notification (the button image of the specific mode) regarding the execution of the development effect can be easily performed. As a result, it is possible to provide the player with a novel motivation to operate the operating means, thereby effectively enhancing the interest of the player in playing the game.

The above-mentioned "additional image" exemplified as the specific notification element or the normal notification element is an additional image related to the input notification element (operation instruction image, button image), and may be any of characters, symbols, marks, characters (pictures), effects or auras, meters, pictograms that suggest the effective time of operation, or combinations thereof that make it possible to understand or assist the semantic concept related to the suggestion of the operation instruction.

[Invention F-1]
Invention F-1 comprises acquisition means capable of acquiring determination information (special figure-related random numbers) relating to win/fail according to the progress of a game, determination means capable of deriving the determination result of first winning or second winning by determining determination information based on one of a plurality of types of determination conditions (win/fail determination table that varies according to the game state), and execution when a predetermined operation requirement (stop display of winning symbols or V winning after stop display of winning symbols) is satisfied based on the determination results of the determination means. a game control means capable of controlling a plurality of game states including a special game state (jackpot game), wherein the game control means includes a predetermined normal state (non-time-saving) based on the game state according to the initial setting at the time of activation, a first advantageous state (first time-saving state) that allows a game more advantageous than a predetermined normal game based on the end of the special game state when the determination result of the determination means is the first winning (jackpot or small win), and the determination result of the determination means. When is the second winning (C time saving hit), it is possible to control a second advantageous state (third time saving state) that allows a game more advantageous than a predetermined normal game without going through a special game state, and the above-mentioned multiple types of determination conditions include a first determination condition that can be used when it is in the second advantageous state, and a second determination condition that is available when it is in a predetermined normal state and gives preferential treatment to the determination result (acquisition) of the second winning over the first determination condition. It is a gaming machine characterized by

As a result, when the determination result of the determination means is the second winning (C time saving win), an advantageous game (sudden time saving) can be performed without going through a special game state (jackpot game). A second advantageous state (third time saving state associated with C time saving win) is provided, and a first judgment condition (a win/fail judgment table corresponding to the third time saving state, a prescribed judgment condition) that can be used when the second advantageous state is present, and a predetermined normal state (of the gaming machine) that becomes a game state based on the initial setting. The game machine can be used when the game machine is in a non-time-saving state set based on RAM clearing performed at startup, and has a plurality of types of determination conditions including a second determination condition (a winning/failure determination table according to the non-time-saving state, a normal determination condition) that favors acquisition of a second prize over the first determination condition. According to the present disclosure, it is possible to give preferential treatment to a player who is playing in a predetermined normal state (for example, at the start of business at a game parlor when the game machine is started) to obtain the second winning (C time-saving win) determination, and it is possible to effectively enhance the game interest related to the improvement of expectation.

It should be noted that the above-mentioned "predetermined normal state" is a non-time-saving state (low-probability gaming state in which the determination of the second winning is preferential) including the first thing in the morning when the power is turned on to the gaming machine (when the gaming machine starts operating).

However, it may be a predetermined normal state (non-time-saving state) that can be differentiated in some way from the general normal state (non-time-saving state) in which the player stays in the main operation of the gaming machine for one day. For example, it may be a non-time-saving (predetermined low-probability game) state, such as a normal state at a predetermined time after the number of times of addiction in the non-time-saving state reaches a certain number, or a normal state until all remaining memories are consumed at the end of the advantageous game state (time-saving OFF).

In addition, the above-mentioned "second judgment condition for giving preferential treatment to the judgment result of the second winning" is a treatment that makes it easier to allocate the second winning (C time saving) than the first judgment condition. Therefore, even if it is impossible to allocate the second winning under the above-described first judgment condition, and the second winning can be allocated under the second judgment condition, it is included in the meaning of the above-mentioned "preferential treatment". In addition, the above-described second determination condition also includes a case where the second winning is more likely to be allocated preferentially (early).

In addition, the above-mentioned "second judgment condition" is the second election than the general judgment condition that can be used when it is in the normal state (non-time saving state) to stay in the general main.

Here, a case may be included in which the general determination condition makes it impossible to allocate the second winning, and the above-described second determination condition allows the second winning to be allocated. In addition, although the second winning can be assigned even under the general determination condition, a case may be included in which the probability of winning the second winning is lower than in the case of the above-described second determination condition.

In addition, the “second advantageous state” that can be shifted based on the second election (per C time saving) may be a time saving state having the same advantageous degree of performance as the first advantageous state (A time saving, first time saving state). That is, the time saving state related to the second advantageous state may allow performance setting related to the degree of advantage (for example, setting whether or not the electric chew opening time extension function is operated) as appropriate according to the game characteristics. In addition, the termination condition of this "second advantageous state" may be until the start of transition to the second time saving state (so-called B time saving, idle time).

[Invention F-2]
Invention F-2 comprises acquisition means capable of acquiring determination information regarding success or failure according to the progress of the game; determination means capable of deriving the determination result of first winning or second winning by determining determination information based on one of a plurality of types of determination conditions; game control means capable of controlling a plurality of game states including a special game state and a first advantageous state based on the first winning and a second advantageous state based on a second winning during a predetermined normal state; A second termination condition that makes it easier to end the first advantageous state than the termination condition (time reduction M times less than N times) is provided, and the above-mentioned plurality of types of determination conditions include a first determination condition that can be used when the second advantageous state and a second determination condition that can be used when it is in a predetermined normal state and that gives preferential treatment to the acquisition of the second winning over the first determination condition. This game machine is characterized by facilitating the first win that can be executed in the associated first advantageous state.

As a result, the first determination condition that can be used when the second advantageous state (third time saving state associated with C time saving) based on the second winning is the first winning state (first time saving state) associated with the second end condition (e.g., A time saving 20 times). Since it becomes easy to avoid the acquisition of the first time reduction state with a small number of times of short, the game amusement related to the improvement of expectations for the acquisition of the special game state can be effectively enhanced in the first advantageous state associated with the first end condition.

As for the second end condition, when the number of notifications (number of lotteries of special symbols) of loss determination (stop display of special symbols) performed based on the execution of variable display of special symbols is total M times, the first advantageous state may be terminated.

For example, during the first advantageous state of the total M times (second end condition) described above, the first advantageous state ends at the timing when the judgment result (stop display of the small winning pattern) of the small win (first winning) is obtained (turns off the time saving and shifts to a non-time saving state). .

Thus, depending on whether the condition is the second end condition or the first end condition, it is possible to create two patterns of sorting situations: the case where the game state at the time of winning the V prize during the small win game after winning the small win becomes the non-time saving state, and the case where the game state at the time of the V winning becomes the time saving state. It is possible to effectively enhance the game interest related to the improvement of the expectation when the first prize is won based on the first judgment condition in (1).

[Invention F-3]
Invention F-3 is a game board having a game area through which a game ball can flow, a first prize winning opening and a second winning opening arranged in the game area through which a game ball can pass, ball entry support means (electric chew) capable of guiding a captured game ball to the first winning opening by using a movable part displaceable between a position where it is difficult to capture a game ball (closed) and a position where it is easy to capture a game ball (open), and an acquisition means capable of acquiring determination information regarding win or failure. A determination means capable of deriving the determination result of first winning or second winning by determining determination information based on one of the types of determination conditions, and a game control means capable of controlling a plurality of game states including a special game state and a first advantageous state based on the first winning, and a second advantageous state based on the second winning during a predetermined normal state, and the plurality of types of determination conditions mentioned above are the first determination condition that can be used when it is in the second advantageous state, and the first determination condition that can be used when it is in the predetermined normal state. Also includes a second determination condition that gives preferential treatment to the acquisition of the second winning, and the acquisition means described above can acquire determination information (special figure related random number) based on the ball entering either the first winning opening (first starting opening 20) or the second winning opening (second starting opening 21). machine.

As a result, during a predetermined normal state (non-time-saving state) in which the second determination condition is used, it is possible to execute a selective game such as entering a game ball into the first winning hole or entering a game ball into the second winning hole, and when the game ball can be entered into the first winning hole, it is possible to preferentially win the judgment of the second winning (C time-saving hit). To effectively enhance the interest in a game related to the improvement of the sense of anticipation for the player who plays the game.

[Invention F-4]
Invention F-4 comprises a game board having a game area through which a game ball can flow down, a first prize winning opening and a second winning opening arranged in the game area through which a game ball can pass, ball entry support means (electric chew) capable of guiding a captured game ball to the first winning opening by using a movable part displaceable between a position where it is difficult to capture a game ball (closed) and a position where it is easy to capture a game ball (open), and an acquisition means capable of acquiring judgment information regarding win or failure; Judgment means capable of deriving the judgment result of first winning or second winning by judging judgment information based on one of the types of judgment conditions; game control means capable of controlling a plurality of game states including a special game state and a first advantageous state based on the first winning, and a second advantageous state based on the second winning in a predetermined normal state; a normal movement pattern (short-time open electric chew opening pattern) in which the movable portion of the ball-entering support means is displaced in a predetermined normal state; Equipped with a dedicated movable pattern (an electric chew opening pattern for short-circuiting two times) that is displaced differently, the plurality of types of determination conditions include a first determination condition that can be used in a second advantageous state, and a second determination condition that can be used in a predetermined normal state and gives preferential treatment to winning a second prize than under the first determination condition. Judgment information (special figure-related random numbers) can be acquired, and the second judgment condition enables judgment of second winning (C time saving hit) when judgment information (special loss) is acquired according to the ball entering the first winning hole. The above-mentioned dedicated movable pattern is a game characterized by displacing the movable part of the ball-entering support means, which is roughly equivalent to the number of game balls (for example, 0) that can be captured according to the displacement of the movable part of the ball-entering support means based on the normal movable pattern. machine.

Thus, in a predetermined normal state (non-time-saving state) in which the second judgment condition is used, the opening pattern of the electric chew 22 can be changed to a dedicated movable pattern (an electric chew opening pattern of short-circuiting twice) to make it a non-easy winning state, and when the game ball can be entered into the first prize-winning opening where the difficulty of catching the game ball by the electric chew 22 is high, the judgment of the second winning (C time saving win) can be preferentially obtained. From this, for example, it is possible to effectively increase the interest in the game related to improving the sense of anticipation for the player who received the support of the store clerk first thing in the morning at the game parlor.

[Invention G]
Invention G comprises acquisition means capable of acquiring determination information (special figure-related random numbers) relating to win or failure according to the progress of the game (starting ball entry), storage means capable of storing one or a plurality of determination information acquired by the acquisition means, determination means capable of actual determination (special figure lottery determination) of individual determination information stored by the storage means each time a start condition (enablement of start of special figure fluctuation) is satisfied, and a variable display of symbols displayed on the display unit (display screen of the display device) based on the establishment of the start condition. Then, in response to the end (stop display) of the variable display of the pattern, a notification means capable of notifying the result of the final determination by the determination means, predetermined determination information (special prize winning command) based on individual storage by the storage means can be pre-determined before the start condition is established, and a performance control means (sub-control board) capable of executing and controlling the execution of suggestive notification regarding the pre-reading performance before the main determination of the determination information subject to the pre-determination is carried out. The game machine includes a first look-ahead performance for changing the suggestive notification regarding the look-ahead performance at a first timing before the variable display of the symbols that can be started when the main determination of the determination information is performed, and a second look-ahead performance for changing the suggestive notification regarding the look-ahead performance at the second timing when performing the variable display of the symbols that can be started.

As a result, with regard to a predetermined pre-reading effect that can be executed before the main determination related to the determination information that is the target of the pre-determination (pre-reading) is performed (when the pre-determination pre-reading is performed or at a predetermined opportunity after that), the first timing (for example, at the end of the changing pattern that is not pre-determined for pre-reading) is executed. It is possible to sort whether or not to execute a second look-ahead performance (e.g., color hold change) for changing suggestive notification (holding icon, music, etc.) related to the look-ahead performance at the start of variable display of a pattern that is a look-ahead target for pre-determination.

Note that the above-described first timing may be performed before the main determination related to the determination information that is the pre-read target of the pre-determination (so-called waiting for the variation, before the display of the variation starts) is performed before the end (stop display) of the symbol during the variable display related to the non-pre-read target.

In addition, the above-described second timing may be set so that there is a time lag between the end of the variable display of symbols related to the first timing and the start of the variable display of symbols related to the look-ahead target, or the beginning of the execution of the variable display (at least, the fixed display time for making the player aware of the win/fail notification (stopped symbols)).

Therefore, regarding the look-ahead effect whose execution is controlled based on the look-ahead result of the preliminary determination from before the start of the variable display of the pattern related to the look-ahead target, it is possible to provide variations of the first look-ahead effect and the second look-ahead effect in which the timing of the change of the suggestive notification related to the look-ahead effect (change or change in shape, state, content, appearance and appearance) is different from each other. It can effectively enhance the taste.

[Invention G-1]
Invention G-1 is a game machine according to Invention G, in which, compared with the case where the suggestive notification regarding the prefetching effect can be changed at the first timing of the first prefetching effect, the predictive effect is improved in the case where the suggestive notification regarding the prefetching effect can be changed at the second timing of the second prefetching effect, from the prefetching of the predetermination by the predetermining means, to improve the reliability of winning this determination.

From this, for example, the aspect of changing the suggestion notification related to the second look-ahead effect when performed at the second timing when the variable display of the symbols starts (rainbow color pending change) can be designed to have a higher degree of expectation than the aspect of changing the suggestion information related to the first look-ahead effect when performed at the first timing when the symbols in the variable display stop display (red hold change). In this case, the second look-ahead effect when the first look-ahead effect based on the first timing is not executed. It is possible to improve interest in execution.

[Invention G-2]
In Invention G-2, in Invention G, the effect control means can display on the display unit an image display for guiding the operation of the operation means that allows the player to perform an input operation, the first look-ahead effect can perform execution control that changes the suggestive notification regarding the look-ahead effect when the player does not perform the input operation of the operation means even if the image for operation guidance is displayed, and the first timing comes. It is a game machine that is made possible.

As a result, when the player does not perform the input operation of the operating means (the performance button 63) even though the image display (button hold 9Z) for operation guidance is displayed, it is possible to improve the interest in the variation prediction of whether the first look-ahead performance of changing the suggestion notification regarding the reading performance is executed at the first timing or the second look-ahead performance of changing the suggestion notification regarding the reading performance is executed at the second timing.

[Invention G-3]
Invention G-3 is invention G-3 in invention G, further comprising a pending display means capable of displaying one or a plurality of pending indications (holding icons) that enable suggestions according to the number of judgment information stored in the storage means (number of pending memories) on the display unit (display screen of the display device), the effect control means enabling execution control of the prefetch effect to make the pending display a first change pending display (button pending) conforming to the suggestive notification regarding the prefetch effect, and when the first prefetch effect reaches the first timing, the suggestive notification related to the prefetch effect. The second change pending display (another color-changed pending icon) different from the first change pending display is performed as a transformation of the second change pending display (another color-changed pending icon), and the second look-ahead performance is a performance mode of making the second change-hold display (another color-changed pending icon) as a transformation of the suggestive notification related to the look-ahead effect at the second timing.

As a result, regarding the change pending display (for example, button hold) related to the look-ahead effect that can be executed before the main determination related to the determination information subject to the pre-determination (pre-reading) is performed, the change pending display is changed to another change pending display (holding display different from usual, including the hold icon that can be displayed during the variable display of the pattern related to the look-ahead target) at the first timing when the pattern in the variable display becomes the stop display, or the first look-ahead effect is executed at the second timing when the variable display of the pattern is started. can be provided with a variation capable of allocating whether or not to execute the second look-ahead performance of changing to another change suspension display (suspension display different from usual), and as a result, it is possible to provide a novel performance notification giving a sense of incompatibility to the player, so that the game interest related to the improvement of the player's expectation can be effectively enhanced.

In addition, the second change pending display that is transformed when it comes to the first timing (first look-ahead effect),
The second change pending display that is transformed at the second timing (second look-ahead effect) may be in the same display mode (for example, both are red pending display) or may be in different display modes (for example, red pending display and rainbow-colored pending display). However, when the display mode is the same (for example, both are red pending display), the second change pending display that is transformed at the second timing (second look-ahead effect) is preferable from the viewpoint of improving expectations by making it easier to develop into highly expected effects such as SP reach.

[Invention G-4]
The invention G -4 can be displayed on the display color in the invention G -4, the display color of the second change holding display can be displayed in the display color according to the reliability in which this judgment is hit by the pre -judgment by prior judgment method, and the ready -to -read production is displayed at the first timing of the first reader reading and the display color of the second -handed holding display. In comparison, it is a gaming machine that is a production form that makes the display color of the second change hold display displayed at the second timing of the second ready -to -read production, which makes it easier to become a highly reliable display color.

From here, for example, the second change pending display (rainbow color hold/highest reliability suggestive color) that changes at the second timing (second look-ahead effect) when the variable display of the pattern starts can be designed to be a display color with higher reliability than the second change hold display (red hold/second highest reliability suggestive color) that changes at the first timing (first look-ahead effect) when the pattern in the variable display is stopped display (first look-ahead effect). It is possible to improve interest in executing the change suspension display again at the second timing (second look-ahead effect) when there is no change.

[Invention G-5]
Invention G-5 is a game according to Invention G, further comprising voice control means for enabling output of music from a predetermined trigger based on the start of the variable display of the symbols to the end of the variable display, wherein the voice control means is capable of controlling a sound end effect (fade-out) that gradually shifts to the muting of the music from the first timing, and the second look-ahead effect is a game in which the output of the music is stopped without warning as a transformation of the suggestion notification regarding the reading effect at the second timing, without causing the above-mentioned sound end effect. machine.

As a result, the suggestive notification (music) related to the pre-reading effect, which can be executed before the main decision related to the determination information subject to the pre-determination (pre-reading) is carried out, is not faded out (gradual muting of the music) from the first timing when the symbols in the variable display are stopped to the second timing when the variable display of the symbols is started, and the second timing when the variable display of the symbols is started is cut out (forcibly muted the music) without warning at the second timing. You will be able to

Therefore, before the actual determination (before the change), it is possible to change the timing of ending the music related to the suggestive notification of the pre-reading performance being executed based on the result of the preliminary determination, and from this it is possible to provide a novel performance that gives the player a sense of discomfort, so that the game interest related to the improvement of the player's expectation can be effectively enhanced.

Furthermore, the music mode (forced mute/cutout) related to the second look-ahead effect to be changed at the second timing (second look-ahead effect) when the variable display of the symbols is started can be designed to have a higher level of expectation than the music mode (gradual mute/fade-out) based on the sound end effect which is activated from the first timing when the symbols in the variable display are stopped and displayed.

[Invention H]
Invention H comprises acquisition means capable of acquiring determination information regarding success or failure according to progress of a game, determination means capable of deriving determination results of first winning or second winning by determining determination information based on one of a plurality of types of determination conditions, and game control means capable of controlling a plurality of game states including a special game state that can be executed when a predetermined operation requirement is satisfied based on the determination results of the determination means, and the aforementioned plurality of game states are the initial settings (when the RAM is cleared) of the game at startup. A predetermined normal state related to the skill state (non-time saving), a first advantageous state related to the predetermined normal game (A short time) that can be granted based on the end of the special game state when the determination result is the first winning, and a second advantageous state related to the game state (slightly short time) that is different from the first advantageous state that can be granted without going through the special game state if the determination result is the second winning. The game machine is characterized by including: a first judgment condition that the executable period of the first advantageous state after the end of the game state (the number of times of time saving A) can be extended longer than when the first winning in the second advantageous state (the number of times of time saving is increased);

Thereby, when the judgment result of the judging means is the first win (big win or small win), the first advantageous state (shorter A time) that enables the advantageous game after the special game state, and the second advantageous state (shorter time) that enables the advantageous game without going through the special game state when the judgment result of the judging means is the second win, and the executable period of the first advantageous state based on the win in a predetermined normal state (for example, short A time of N times < short time A of M times) is a long executable period. Based on a second judgment condition that can be granted (chance up) so that it becomes (M times of A reduced working hours / many reduced working hours), and when the first advantageous state ends (when the situation changes from A reduced working hours to non-reduced working hours), the judgment result of the second winning (C reduced working hours) is given preferential treatment than in a predetermined normal state, and the balance of the game can be adjusted by making it easier to shift to the second advantageous state (slightly reduced working hours) (in other words, make it difficult to return to a predetermined normal state). We can provide gaming machines.

According to the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a new interest to the player who plays when in the predetermined normal state and when the first advantageous state ends.

[Invention H-1]
Invention H-1 comprises storage means capable of storing one or more determination information acquired by the acquisition means in invention H, and the second determination condition is a predetermined determination result that can satisfy the termination condition of the first advantageous state (Nth or Mth success/failure notification in time saving A). , making it possible to determine preferential treatment for the second winning (C time saving win) when the determination result of the determination information does not result in the first winning (big win or small win).

As a result, based on the second determination condition that can be used at the end of the first advantageous state (when the state changes from short working hours to non-short working hours), it is possible to provide a gaming machine that facilitates the transition to the second advantageous state (shorter working hours) by giving preferential treatment to the judgment result of the second winning (shorter working hours C) when the judgment result of the judging means at the end of the first advantageous state (for example, the final special drawing reservation) does not result in the first winning (jackpot or small winning).

According to the present disclosure, at the end of the first advantageous state, it is possible to make it difficult to shift to a predetermined normal state, and to make it possible to shift to the second advantageous state (slightly shortened time) with high accuracy, thereby making it possible to improve new interest for the player playing the game.

As a modification, when the first advantageous state ends (when the state changes from A time saving to non-time saving state), based on the second determination condition that can be used, the determination result of the determination means is the first winning (big hit or small hit).

As a result, it is possible to provide a game property such that not only the transition to the second advantageous state (slightly shortened time) at the end of the first advantageous state but also the possibility of transition to a predetermined normal state with a predetermined probability (for example, a probability substantially equal to the probability of winning a big win or a small win) can be provided, and the game interest related to the improvement of expectation can be effectively enhanced without giving the player a negative impression of the predetermined normal state appearing only at the time of initial setting (at the time of clearing the RAM) at the time of starting.

[Invention H-2]
Invention H-2 is a gaming machine according to Invention H, wherein the second judgment condition includes shortening the executable period of the first advantageous state that can be granted after the end of the special game state (shortening the A time of N times) when the judgment result is the first winning, compared to the case of the first winning in a predetermined normal state.

As a result, if the first win (jackpot or small win) is achieved in a predetermined normal state (non-short time in the morning), the executable period of the first advantageous state that can be granted after the end of the special game state is lengthened (M times of short A time, for example, 80 times of short A time), and when the first winning state is non-preferred at the time of the end of the first advantageous state (when the state changes from short time A to non-short time), the execution of the first advantageous state that can be granted after the end of the special game state. It is possible to provide a game machine capable of shortening the possible period (N times of A time saving, for example, giving 30 times of A time saving).

According to the present disclosure, if it is a hit during a predetermined normal state (non-shortening in the morning), it is possible to extend the executable period of the first advantageous state and grant it, and when the first advantageous state ends (when the state changes from short working hours to non-shortening A) If the first winning related to non-preferential treatment occurs, it is possible to shorten the executable period of the first advantageous state and make it possible to grant it. It is possible to improve a new interest for the player who plays the game.

[Invention H-3]
Invention H-3 is invention H-3, wherein the plurality of types of determination conditions further includes a third determination condition that can be used when the second advantageous state (state of slightly reduced working hours) is provided, and the third determination condition is that when the determination result is the first winning, the executable period of the first advantageous state that can be granted after the end of the special game state is shorter (N times A) than when the first winning is achieved from the start of the first advantageous state to before the end condition is satisfied (for example, N times - 1 A time reduction or M times - 1 A time reduction). It is a game machine that includes time saving, for example, giving A time saving 30 times.

As a result, when the first winning (jackpot or small win) is achieved at the end of the second advantageous state (slightly short time), the executable period of the first advantageous state performed after the end of the special game state can be shortened and granted (N times A short time, for example, 30 times A short time). It is possible to provide a game machine capable of extending the executable period of the first advantageous state after the end (a long chance period related to M time reduction of A time, for example, 80 times of A time reduction).

According to the present disclosure, the executable period of the first advantageous state can be shortened (N times A time reduction) based on the hit when it is in the second advantageous state (N times A time reduction), and can be granted (lower A time reduction mode transition). Then, based on the first advantageous state (N times - 1 A time reduction), the first advantageous state executable period can be extended (M times A time reduction) based on the hit (higher A time reduction mode transition). Amusement can be improved by providing the player with a sense of accomplishment in which the executable period of the first advantageous state is changed stepwise (from the lower A time saving mode to the higher A time saving mode).

[Invention H-4]
Invention H-4 comprises, in Invention H, a game board having a game area through which a game ball can flow down; a first prize winning opening and a second winning opening arranged in the game area through which a game ball can pass; and ball entry support means capable of guiding a captured game ball to the first prize opening by using a movable part displaceable between a position where it is difficult to capture a game ball and a position where it is easy to capture a game ball; The game machine is capable of guiding a game ball to a first winning hole based on displacing a movable part more advantageous than a predetermined normal game, enabling acquisition means to acquire determination information based on a ball entering either the first winning hole or the second winning hole, and enabling a second determination condition to give preferential treatment to the second winning when determining the acquired determination information according to the ball entering the first winning hole.

As a result, the second winning (C time saving) determination result based on the second decision condition that can be used at the end of the first advantageous state (A time saving/right hitting state/entering the ball into the first winning hole) (when the state changes from A time saving to non-working time) is treated more favorably than the predetermined normal state. It is possible to provide a game machine that facilitates transition to the second advantageous state (slightly reduced working hours).

According to the present disclosure, it is possible to improve a new interest for the player playing when the first advantageous state ends.

[Invention H-5]
Invention H-5 according to Invention H-4 is provided with a normal movement pattern for displacing the movable portion of the ball-entering assistance means in a predetermined normal state, and a dedicated movement pattern for displacing the movable portion of the ball-entering assistance means in a second advantageous state in a manner different from the normal movement pattern. It is a game machine that makes it possible to have 0 uncapturable).

As a result, when the first advantageous state (A time saving / right hitting state / ball entering the first winning hole) ends (when the state changes from A time saving to non-working time saving) based on the second judgment condition that can be used. It is possible to provide a game machine in which a second advantageous state (left-handed state/ball entering the second winning hole) capable of achieving the same game progression as the first thing in the morning/left-handed state/ball entering the second winning hole) can be provided.

According to the present disclosure, based on the first winning in the second advantageous state (slight time reduction/lowest time reduction mode) similar to a predetermined normal state, the executable period of the first advantageous state can be shortened (N times A time reduction short chance period). can be improved.

[Invention H-6]
Invention H-6 is a gaming machine according to Invention H, wherein the second judgment condition includes shortening the executable period of the first advantageous state that can be granted after the end of the special game state (N times A short) than in the case where the first prize is won in either the start of a predetermined normal state or the first advantageous state until the end condition is satisfied (N times-1 A short time or M times-1 A short time) when the judgment result is the first winning.

As a result, if the first winning (jackpot or small win) occurs in a predetermined normal state (non-time saving in the morning) or in the first advantageous state (for example, N times -1 A time saving or M times -1 A time saving), the executable period of the first advantageous state that can be granted after the end of the special game state is extended (M times A time saving, for example, 80 times A time saving), and when the first advantageous state ends (A time saving to non working time state) Non-preferred It is possible to provide a game machine capable of shortening the executable period of the first advantageous state which can be given after the end of the special game state (to give N time reduction of A time, for example, 30 times of reduction of A time) when the first prize relating to the prize is won.

According to the present disclosure, during a predetermined normal state (not working hours first thing in the morning) or during the first advantageous state, it is possible to extend the executable period of the first advantageous state and grant it, and when the first advantageous state ends (when the state changes from the working hours A to the state of not working hours A) If the first winning related to non-preferential treatment is obtained, the executable period of the first advantageous state can be shortened and granted. It is possible to improve interest.

[Invention H-7]
Invention H-7 is invention H-7, wherein the plurality of types of judgment conditions further includes a third judgment condition that can be used when the second advantageous state (state of slightly reduced working hours) is provided, and the third judgment condition is that when the judgment result is the first winning, the first advantageous state that can be granted after the end of the special game state can be executed rather than the first winning in either a predetermined normal state or the first advantageous state from the start to before the end condition is satisfied (for example, N times - 1 A time reduction or M times - 1 A time reduction). It is a game machine that includes shortening the period (N times of A time saving, for example, giving 30 times of A time saving).

As a result, when the first winning (jackpot or small win) is achieved at the end of the second advantageous state (slightly short time), the executable period of the first advantageous state performed after the end of the special game state can be shortened and granted (N times A short time, for example, 30 times A short time). It is possible to provide a game machine capable of extending the executable period of the first advantageous state after the end (a long chance period related to M time reduction of A time, for example, 80 times of A time reduction).

According to the present disclosure, the executable period of the first advantageous state can be shortened (N times A time reduction) based on the hit during the second advantageous state (N times A time reduction), and can be granted (lower A time reduction mode transition). Then, based on the hit during the first advantageous state (N times -1 A time reduction), the first advantageous state executable period can be increased (M times A time reduction) based on the hit (higher A time reduction mode transition). It is possible to provide the player with a sense of accomplishment in which the executable period is changed step by step (from the lower A time saving mode to the higher A time saving mode), thereby improving interest.

In addition, the time saving state related to the second advantageous state that can be shifted based on the second winning (per C time saving) is appropriately set for time saving performance related to the degree of advantage according to the game characteristics (For example, it may be possible to set whether or not the electric chew open time extension function is operated).

Also, the end condition of the second advantageous state (for example, 800 times of slight time reduction) may be the end condition until the start of transition to the third time reduction state (so-called B time reduction, play time). Furthermore, the third time-saving state that is shifted based on the satisfaction of the end condition of the second advantageous state is a time-saving state (a state in which a chance can be increased more than the slightly time-saving state) consisting of time-saving performance with a degree of advantage approximately equal to that of the first advantageous state (A time-saving state, first time-saving state), or a time-saving state with time-saving performance of an advantageous degree equivalent to that of the second advantageous state (substantially, a loop of a very short time state).

1... Pachinko machine 7... Image display device 7a... Display screen 7b... Image showing the number of consecutive games (first game performance)
7c... An image showing the total jackpot ball output (second game performance)
7d...Right arrow image (suggestion notification)
7e... V image (suggestion notification)
7f... First numerical pattern 7g... Second numerical pattern 7h... Normal comment image 7I... Non-normal comment image 7a1... Suspended icon display area 7a2... Suspended icon display area 7a3... Numerical symbol display area 8h... Bonus symbol notification 9... Suspended icon 9A... White suspended icon 9B... Green suspended icon 9C... Red suspended icon 9D... Suspended icon 9L... Haunting pattern (UFO image)
9M... event illustration (ray image)
9Z... Button hold 21... Second starting port 22... Normal variable winning device (electric chew)
23... Movable member 30... First big prize opening 35... Second big prize opening 39... Specific area 63... Production button 63c... Operation instruction image 81... Game control microcomputer 91... Production control microcomputer 100... Image control board

Claims (4)

a success/fail determination means capable of determining success/failure for awarding a special game advantageous to the player;
a notification control means capable of executing either a predetermined winning or a specific winning that is more advantageous than the predetermined winning, based on the determination result of the determination;
effect execution means capable of executing a suggestive effect in response to the hit notification using a effect pattern that can be displayed on a predetermined display device;
In a game machine equipped with
The production executing means is
When the notification of the specific winning can be executed by the notification control means, after the first mode display for identifying the performance pattern, a suggestive effect of the second mode display is enabled,
In the second aspect display,
The game machine is characterized by an execution mode indicating at least one of a privilege notification that exceeds a game profit obtained in one special game or a privilege notification that a new special game can be continuously performed. The privilege notification is
2. The gaming machine according to claim 1, characterized in that it is a numerical pattern corresponding to a game profit that can be obtained when a plurality of said special games are completed, and/or a character/symbol pattern definitely suggesting the next award. A game processing means for selectively forming a state in which one game can be played out of a plurality of types of games including the special game, the normal game, the first advantageous game different from the normal game, and the second advantageous game more advantageous than the first advantageous game,
2. The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein when said second advantageous game becomes possible after said special game, said winning notification of said specific winning can be executed. Further comprising determination information acquisition means capable of acquiring determination information for making the determination of the validity by the validity determination means,
The production executing means is
2. The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the predetermined suggestive effect can be executed when the specific hit is indicated by preprocessing relating to the determination information withheld during the special game or before the special game.